Changes in / [d668182:bb8ea30]
- Files:
-
- 2 added
- 8 deleted
- 73 edited
-
doc/LaTeXmacros/common.tex (modified) (10 diffs)
-
doc/refrat/refrat.tex (modified) (163 diffs)
-
doc/user/user.tex (modified) (87 diffs)
-
src/CodeGen/CodeGenerator.cc (modified) (37 diffs)
-
src/CodeGen/FixNames.cc (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/CodeGen/OperatorTable.cc (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/CodeGen/OperatorTable.h (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/GenPoly/Box.cc (modified) (34 diffs)
-
src/GenPoly/CopyParams.cc (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/GenPoly/GenPoly.cc (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/GenPoly/PolyMutator.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/GenPoly/Specialize.cc (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc (deleted)
-
src/InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.h (deleted)
-
src/InitTweak/FixInit.cc (deleted)
-
src/InitTweak/FixInit.h (deleted)
-
src/InitTweak/GenInit.cc (deleted)
-
src/InitTweak/GenInit.h (deleted)
-
src/InitTweak/InitModel.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc (added)
-
src/InitTweak/RemoveInit.h (added)
-
src/InitTweak/module.mk (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/MakeLibCfa.cc (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/Makefile.in (modified) (12 diffs)
-
src/Parser/DeclarationNode.cc (modified) (7 diffs)
-
src/Parser/InitializerNode.cc (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/Parser/ParseNode.h (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/Parser/TypeData.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/Parser/parser.cc (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/Parser/parser.yy (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/AlternativeFinder.cc (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/AlternativeFinder.h (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.cc (modified) (16 diffs)
-
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.h (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/SymTab/AddVisit.h (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/SymTab/Autogen.cc (deleted)
-
src/SymTab/Autogen.h (deleted)
-
src/SymTab/Validate.cc (modified) (9 diffs)
-
src/SymTab/module.mk (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/CommaExpr.cc (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/SynTree/CompoundStmt.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Constant.cc (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/SynTree/Constant.h (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/SynTree/Declaration.h (modified) (7 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/DeclarationWithType.cc (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Expression.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Expression.h (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/FunctionDecl.cc (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Initializer.cc (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Initializer.h (modified) (7 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Mutator.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Mutator.h (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/ObjectDecl.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/SynTree.h (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/TypeSubstitution.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/TypeSubstitution.h (modified) (8 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Visitor.cc (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/SynTree/Visitor.h (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/driver/cc1.cc (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/examples/abstype.c (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/examples/alloc.c (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/examples/array.c (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/examples/array.h (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/examples/fstream_test.c (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/examples/includes.c (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/examples/io.c (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/examples/rational.c (modified) (5 diffs)
-
src/examples/sum.c (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/examples/vector_int.c (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/examples/vector_int.h (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/examples/vector_test.c (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/initialization.txt (modified) (1 diff)
-
src/libcfa/Makefile.am (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/Makefile.in (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/fstream (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/fstream.c (modified) (6 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/iostream.c (modified) (23 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/prelude.cf (modified) (3 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/rational (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/rational.c (modified) (4 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/stdlib (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/libcfa/stdlib.c (modified) (2 diffs)
-
src/main.cc (modified) (17 diffs)
Legend:
- Unmodified
- Added
- Removed
-
doc/LaTeXmacros/common.tex
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 %% Created On : Sat Apr 9 10:06:17 2016 12 12 %% Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 %% Last Modified On : Wed May 4 08:01:10201614 %% Update Count : 5413 %% Last Modified On : Sat Apr 9 10:06:39 2016 14 %% Update Count : 1 15 15 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 16 16 … … 19 19 % Names used in the document. 20 20 21 \newcommand{\CFA}{C$\mathbf\forall$\xspace} % set language symbolic name22 \newcommand{\CFL}{Cforall\xspace} % set language text name21 \newcommand{\CFA}{C$\mathbf\forall$\xspace} % set language symbolic name 22 \newcommand{\CFL}{Cforall\xspace} % set language text name 23 23 \newcommand{\CC}{C\kern-.1em\hbox{+\kern-.25em+}\xspace} % CC symbolic name 24 24 \def\c11{ISO/IEC C} % C11 name (cannot have numbers in latex command name) … … 43 43 \belowdisplayskip \abovedisplayskip 44 44 } 45 \usepackage{relsize} % must be after change to small or selects old size45 \usepackage{relsize} % must be after change to small or selects old size 46 46 47 47 % reduce size of chapter/section titles … … 66 66 \vskip 50\p@ 67 67 }} 68 \renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-3. 5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{2.3ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}}69 \renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{- 3.25ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{1.5ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}}68 \renewcommand\section{\@startsection{section}{1}{\z@}{-3.0ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{1.0ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont\large\bfseries}} 69 \renewcommand\subsection{\@startsection{subsection}{2}{\z@}{-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{1.0ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} 70 70 \renewcommand\subsubsection{\@startsection{subsubsection}{3}{\z@}{-2.5ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{1.0ex \@plus .2ex}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} 71 71 \renewcommand\paragraph{\@startsection{paragraph}{4}{\z@}{-2.0ex \@plus -1ex \@minus -.2ex}{-1em}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries}} … … 109 109 \newcommand{\@sIndex}[2][\@empty]{#2\ifx#1\@empty\index{#2}\else\index{#1@{\protect#2}}\fi} 110 110 111 \newcommand{\Indexc}[1]{\lstinline$#1$\index{#1@\lstinline$#1$}}112 \newcommand{\indexc}[1]{\index{#1@\lstinline$#1$}}113 114 111 \newcommand{\newtermFontInline}{\emph} 115 112 \newcommand{\newterm}{\@ifstar\@snewterm\@newterm} … … 132 129 % blocks and titles 133 130 \newcommand{\define}[1]{\emph{#1\/}\index{#1}} 131 \newcommand{\rewrite}{\(\Rightarrow\)} 134 132 \newcommand{\rewriterules}{\paragraph{Rewrite Rules}~\par\noindent} 135 133 \newcommand{\examples}{\paragraph{Examples}~\par\noindent} … … 143 141 \newcommand{\lhs}[1]{\par{\emph{#1:}}\index{#1@{\emph{#1}}|italic}} 144 142 \newcommand{\rhs}{\hfil\break\hbox{\hskip1in}} 145 \newcommand{\oldlhs}[1]{\emph{#1: \ dots}\index{#1@{\emph{#1}}|italic}}143 \newcommand{\oldlhs}[1]{\emph{#1: \ldots}\index{#1@{\emph{#1}}|italic}} 146 144 \newcommand{\nonterm}[1]{\emph{#1\/}\index{#1@{\emph{#1}}|italic}} 147 145 \newcommand{\opt}{$_{opt}$\ } … … 181 179 fallthru,finally,forall,ftype,_Generic,_Imaginary,inline,__label__,lvalue,_Noreturn,otype,restrict,_Static_assert, 182 180 _Thread_local,throw,throwResume,trait,try,typeof,__typeof,__typeof__,}, 181 moredelim=**[is][\color{red}]{`}{`}, % red highlighting of program text 183 182 }% 184 183 … … 187 186 columns=flexible, 188 187 basicstyle=\sf\relsize{-1}, 189 stringstyle=\tt,190 188 tabsize=4, 191 189 xleftmargin=\parindent, 192 extendedchars=true, 193 escapechar=§, 190 escapechar=@, 194 191 mathescape=true, 195 192 keepspaces=true, 196 193 showstringspaces=false, 197 194 showlines=true, 198 aboveskip=4pt, 199 belowskip=2pt, 200 moredelim=**[is][\color{red}]{®}{®}, % red highlighting 201 % moredelim=**[is][\color{blue}]{¢}{¢}, % blue highlighting 202 moredelim=[is][\lstset{keywords={}}]{¶}{¶}, % temporarily turn off keywords 203 % literate={\\`}{\raisebox{0.3ex}{\ttfamily\upshape \hspace*{-2pt}`}}1, % escape \`, otherwise used for red highlighting 204 literate={...}{{$\dots$}}1 {<-}{{$\leftarrow$}}1 {=>}{{$\Rightarrow$}}1, 195 aboveskip=6pt, 196 belowskip=4pt, 197 literate={\\`}{\raisebox{0.3ex}{\ttfamily\upshape \hspace*{-2pt}`}}1, % escape \`, otherwise used for red highlighting 205 198 }% 206 207 \lstMakeShortInline© % single-character for \lstinline208 199 209 200 \makeatletter … … 212 203 \lst@ProcessOther{"22}{\lst@ttfamily{"}{\raisebox{0.3ex}{\ttfamily\upshape "}}} % replace double quote 213 204 \lst@ProcessOther{"27}{\lst@ttfamily{'}{\raisebox{0.3ex}{\ttfamily\upshape '\hspace*{-2pt}}}} % replace single quote 214 \lst@ProcessOther{"2D}{\lst@ttfamily{-}{\t extbf{\texttt{-}}}} % replace minus215 \lst@ProcessOther{"3C}{\lst@ttfamily{<}{\text bf{\texttt{<}}}} % replace less than216 \lst@ProcessOther{"3E}{\lst@ttfamily{ >}{\textbf{\texttt{>}}}} % replace greater than205 \lst@ProcessOther{"2D}{\lst@ttfamily{-}{\ttfamily\upshape -}} % replace minus 206 \lst@ProcessOther{"3C}{\lst@ttfamily{<}{\texttt{<}}} % replace less than 207 \lst@ProcessOther{"3E}{\lst@ttfamily{<}{\texttt{>}}} % replace greater than 217 208 \lst@ProcessOther{"5E}{\raisebox{0.4ex}{$\scriptstyle\land\,$}} % replace circumflex 218 209 \lst@ProcessOther{"5F}{\lst@ttfamily{\char95}{{\makebox[1.2ex][c]{\rule{1ex}{0.1ex}}}}} % replace underscore -
doc/refrat/refrat.tex
rd668182 rbb8ea30 1 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%``%% 1 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% -*- Mode: Latex -*- %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 2 %% 2 3 %% Cforall Version 1.0.0 Copyright (C) 2016 University of Waterloo 3 4 %% … … 10 11 %% Created On : Wed Apr 6 14:52:25 2016 11 12 %% Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 %% Last Modified On : Tue May 3 18:00:28201613 %% Update Count : 6413 %% Last Modified On : Sat Apr 9 10:19:12 2016 14 %% Update Count : 8 14 15 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 15 16 16 17 % requires tex packages: texlive-base texlive-latex-base tex-common texlive-humanities texlive-latex-extra texlive-fonts-recommended 17 18 % inline code ©...© (copyright symbol) emacs: C-q M-)19 % red highlighting ®...® (registered trademark sumbol) emacs: C-q M-.20 % latex escape §...§ (section symbol) emacs: C-q M-'21 % keyword escape ¶...¶ (pilcrow symbol) emacs: C-q M-^22 % math escape $...$ (dollar symbol)23 18 24 19 \documentclass[openright,twoside]{report} … … 26 21 27 22 % Latex packages used in the document. 28 \usepackage[T1]{fontenc} % allow Latin1 (extended ASCII) characters29 \usepackage{textcomp}30 \usepackage[latin1]{inputenc}31 \usepackage{upquote}32 23 \usepackage{fullpage,times} 33 \usepackage{epic,eepic}34 24 \usepackage{xspace} 35 25 \usepackage{varioref} … … 51 41 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 52 42 53 % Names used in the document.54 55 \newcommand{\Version}{1.0.0}56 57 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%58 59 43 \setcounter{secnumdepth}{3} % number subsubsections 60 44 \setcounter{tocdepth}{3} % subsubsections in table of contents … … 139 123 \subsection{Scopes of identifiers}\index{scopes} 140 124 141 \CFA's scope rules differ from C's in one major respect: a declaration of an identifier may overload\index{overloading} outer declarations of lexically identical identifiers in the same \Index{name space}, instead of hiding them. 142 The outer declaration is hidden if the two declarations have \Index{compatible type}, or if one declares an array type and the other declares a pointer type and the element type and pointed-at type are compatible, or if one has function type and the other is a pointer to a compatible function type, or if one declaration is a ©type©\use{type} or ©typedef©\use{typedef} declaration and the other is not. 143 The outer declaration becomes \Index{visible} when the scope of the inner declaration terminates. 144 \begin{rationale} 145 Hence, a \CFA program can declare an ©int v© and a ©float v© in the same scope; 125 \CFA's scope rules differ from C's in one major respect: a declaration of an identifier may overload\index{overloading} outer declarations of lexically identical identifiers in the same 126 \Index{name space}, instead of hiding them. 127 The outer declaration is hidden if the two declarations have \Index{compatible type}, or if one declares an array type and the other declares a pointer type and the element type and pointed-at type are compatible, or if one has function type and the other is a pointer to a compatible function type, or if one declaration is a \lstinline$type$\use{type} or 128 \lstinline$typedef$\use{typedef} declaration and the other is not. The outer declaration becomes 129 \Index{visible} when the scope of the inner declaration terminates. 130 \begin{rationale} 131 Hence, a \CFA program can declare an \lstinline$int v$ and a \lstinline$float v$ in the same scope; 146 132 a {\CC} program can not. 147 133 \end{rationale} … … 152 138 153 139 \CFA's linkage rules differ from C's in only one respect: instances of a particular identifier with external or internal linkage do not necessarily denote the same object or function. 154 Instead, in the set of translation units and libraries that constitutes an entire program, any two instances of a particular identifier with \Index{external linkage} denote the same object or function if they have \Index{compatible type}s, or if one declares an array type and the other declares a pointer type and the element type and pointed-at type are compatible, or if one has function type and the other is a pointer to a compatible function type. 140 Instead, in the set of translation units and libraries that constitutes an entire program, any two instances of a particular identifier with \Index{external linkage} denote the same object or function if they have 141 \Index{compatible type}s, or if one declares an array type and the other declares a pointer type and the element type and pointed-at type are compatible, or if one has function type and the other is a pointer to a compatible function type. 155 142 Within one translation unit, each instance of an identifier with \Index{internal linkage} denotes the same object or function in the same circumstances. 156 143 Identifiers with \Index{no linkage} always denote unique entities. 157 144 \begin{rationale} 158 A \CFA program can declare an ©extern int v© and an ©extern float v©;145 A \CFA program can declare an \lstinline$extern int v$ and an \lstinline$extern float v$; 159 146 a C program cannot. 160 147 \end{rationale} … … 179 166 \end{lstlisting} 180 167 181 The type parameters in an instantiation of a generic type must satisfy any constraints in the forall specifier on the type generator declaration, e.g., ©sumable©.168 The type parameters in an instantiation of a generic type must satisfy any constraints in the forall specifier on the type generator declaration, e.g., \lstinline$sumable$. 182 169 The instantiation then has the semantics that would result if the type parameters were substituted into the type generator declaration by macro substitution. 183 170 … … 227 214 \CFA defines situations where values of one type are automatically converted to another type. 228 215 These conversions are called \define{implicit conversion}s. 229 The programmer can request \define{explicit conversion}s using cast expressions. 216 The programmer can request 217 \define{explicit conversion}s using cast expressions. 230 218 231 219 … … 239 227 In \CFA, these conversions play a role in overload resolution, and collectively are called the \define{safe arithmetic conversion}s. 240 228 241 Let ©int$_r$© and ©unsigned$_r$©be the signed and unsigned integer types with integer conversion rank\index{integer conversion rank}\index{rank|see{integer conversion rank}} $r$.242 Let ©unsigned$_{mr}$©be the unsigned integer type with maximal rank.229 Let \(int_r\) and \(unsigned_r\) be the signed and unsigned integer types with integer conversion rank\index{integer conversion rank}\index{rank|see{integer conversion rank}} $r$. 230 Let \(unsigned_{mr}\) be the unsigned integer type with maximal rank. 243 231 244 232 The following conversions are \emph{direct} safe arithmetic conversions. … … 247 235 The \Index{integer promotion}s. 248 236 \item 249 For every rank $r$ greater than or equal to the rank of ©int©, conversion from ©int$_r$© to ©unsigned$_r$©.250 \item 251 For every rank $r$ greater than or equal to the rank of ©int©, where ©int$_{r+1}$© exists and can represent all values of ©unsigned$_r$©, conversion from ©unsigned$_r$© to ©int$_{r+1}$©.252 \item 253 Conversion from ©unsigned$_{mr}$© to ©float©.237 For every rank $r$ greater than or equal to the rank of \lstinline$int$, conversion from \(int_r\) to \(unsigned_r\). 238 \item 239 For every rank $r$ greater than or equal to the rank of \lstinline$int$, where \(int_{r+1}\) exists and can represent all values of \(unsigned_r\), conversion from \(unsigned_r\) to \(int_{r+1}\). 240 \item 241 Conversion from \(unsigned_{mr}\) to \lstinline$float$. 254 242 \item 255 243 Conversion from an enumerated type to its compatible integer type. 256 244 \item 257 Conversion from ©float© to ©double©, and from ©double© to ©long double©.258 \item 259 Conversion from ©float _Complex© to ©double _Complex©, and from ©double _Complex© to ©long double _Complex©.245 Conversion from \lstinline$float$ to \lstinline$double$, and from \lstinline$double$ to \lstinline$long double$. 246 \item 247 Conversion from \lstinline$float _Complex$ to \lstinline$double _Complex$, and from \lstinline$double _Complex$ to \lstinline$long double _Complex$. 260 248 \begin{sloppypar} 261 249 \item 262 Conversion from ©float _Imaginary© to ©double _Imaginary©, and from ©double _Imaginary© to ©long double _Imaginary©, if the implementation supports imaginary types.250 Conversion from \lstinline$float _Imaginary$ to \lstinline$double _Imaginary$, and from \lstinline$double _Imaginary$ to \lstinline$long double$ \lstinline$_Imaginary$, if the implementation supports imaginary types. 263 251 \end{sloppypar} 264 252 \end{itemize} 265 253 266 If type ©T© can be converted to type ©U© by a safe direct arithmetic conversion and type ©U© can be converted to type ©V© by a safe arithmetic conversion, then the conversion from ©T© to type ©V©is an \emph{indirect} safe arithmetic conversion.254 If type \lstinline$T$ can be converted to type \lstinline$U$ by a safe direct arithmetic conversion and type \lstinline$U$ can be converted to type \lstinline$V$ by a safe arithmetic conversion, then the conversion from \lstinline$T$ to type \lstinline$V$ is an \emph{indirect} safe arithmetic conversion. 267 255 268 256 \begin{rationale} … … 278 266 \label{anon-conv} 279 267 280 If an expression's type is a pointer to a structure or union type that has a member that is an \Index{anonymous structure} or an \Index{anonymous union}, it can be implicitly converted\index{implicit conversion} to a pointer to the anonymous structure's or anonymous union's type. 268 If an expression's type is a pointer to a structure or union type that has a member that is an 269 \Index{anonymous structure} or an \Index{anonymous union}, it can be implicitly converted\index{implicit conversion} to a pointer to the anonymous structure's or anonymous union's type. 281 270 The result of the conversion is a pointer to the member. 282 271 … … 286 275 int x, y; 287 276 }; 288 void move_by( struct point * p1, struct point * p2 ) { §\impl{move_by}§277 void move_by( struct point * p1, struct point * p2 ) {@\impl{move_by}@ 289 278 p1->x += p2.x; 290 279 p1->y += p2.y; … … 296 285 move_to( &cp1, &cp2 ); 297 286 \end{lstlisting} 298 Thanks to implicit conversion, the two arguments that ©move_by()© receives are pointers to ©cp1©'s second member and ©cp2©'s second member. 287 Thanks to implicit conversion, the two arguments that \lstinline$move_by()$ receives are pointers to 288 \lstinline$cp1$'s second member and \lstinline$cp2$'s second member. 299 289 300 290 … … 338 328 a direct safe arithmetic conversion; 339 329 \item 340 from any object type or incomplete type to ©void©;341 \item 342 from a pointer to any non- ©void© type to a pointer to ©void©;330 from any object type or incomplete type to \lstinline$void$; 331 \item 332 from a pointer to any non-\lstinline$void$ type to a pointer to \lstinline$void$; 343 333 \item 344 334 from a pointer to any type to a pointer to a more qualified version of the type\index{qualified type}; … … 351 341 Conversions that are not safe conversions are \define{unsafe conversion}s. 352 342 \begin{rationale} 353 As in C, there is an implicit conversion from ©void *©to any pointer type.343 As in C, there is an implicit conversion from \lstinline$void *$ to any pointer type. 354 344 This is clearly dangerous, and {\CC} does not have this implicit conversion. 355 345 \CFA\index{deficiencies!void * conversion} keeps it, in the interest of remaining as pure a superset of C as possible, but discourages it by making it unsafe. … … 377 367 \begin{itemize} 378 368 \item 379 The cost of an implicit conversion from ©int© to ©long© is 1. 380 The cost of an implicit conversion from ©long© to ©double© is 3, because it is defined in terms of conversions from ©long© to ©unsigned long©, then to ©float©, and then to ©double©. 381 382 \item 383 If ©int© can represent all the values of ©unsigned short©, then the cost of an implicit conversion from ©unsigned short© to ©unsigned© is 2: ©unsigned short© to ©int© to ©unsigned©. 384 Otherwise, ©unsigned short© is converted directly to ©unsigned©, and the cost is 1. 385 386 \item 387 If ©long© can represent all the values of ©unsigned©, then the conversion cost of ©unsigned© to ©long© is 1. 369 The cost of an implicit conversion from \lstinline$int$ to \lstinline$long$ is 1. 370 The cost of an implicit conversion from \lstinline$long$ to \lstinline$double$ is 3, because it is defined in terms of conversions from \lstinline$long$ to \lstinline$unsigned long$, then to \lstinline$float$, and then to \lstinline$double$. 371 372 \item 373 If \lstinline$int$ can represent all the values of \lstinline$unsigned short$, then the cost of an implicit conversion from \lstinline$unsigned short$ to \lstinline$unsigned$ is 2: 374 \lstinline$unsigned short$ to \lstinline$int$ to \lstinline$unsigned$. 375 Otherwise, \lstinline$unsigned short$ is converted directly to \lstinline$unsigned$, and the cost is 1. 376 377 \item 378 If \lstinline$long$ can represent all the values of \lstinline$unsigned$, then the conversion cost of \lstinline$unsigned$ to \lstinline$long$ is 1. 388 379 Otherwise, the conversion is an unsafe conversion, and its conversion cost is undefined. 389 380 \end{itemize} … … 393 384 \begin{syntax} 394 385 \oldlhs{keyword} 395 \rhs ©forall©396 \rhs ©lvalue©397 \rhs ©trait©398 \rhs ©dtype©399 \rhs ©ftype©400 \rhs ©otype©386 \rhs \lstinline$forall$ 387 \rhs \lstinline$lvalue$ 388 \rhs \lstinline$trait$ 389 \rhs \lstinline$dtype$ 390 \rhs \lstinline$ftype$ 391 \rhs \lstinline$type$ 401 392 \end{syntax} 402 393 … … 405 396 406 397 \CFA allows operator \Index{overloading} by associating operators with special function identifiers. 407 Furthermore, the constants `` ©0©'' and ``©1©'' have special status for many of C's data types (and for many programmer-defined data types as well), so \CFA treats them as overloadable identifiers.398 Furthermore, the constants ``\lstinline$0$'' and ``\lstinline$1$'' have special status for many of C's data types (and for many programmer-defined data types as well), so \CFA treats them as overloadable identifiers. 408 399 Programmers can use these identifiers to declare functions and objects that implement operators and constants for their own types. 409 400 … … 414 405 \begin{syntax} 415 406 \oldlhs{identifier} 416 \rhs ©0©417 \rhs ©1©407 \rhs \lstinline$0$ 408 \rhs \lstinline$1$ 418 409 \end{syntax} 419 410 420 \index{constant identifiers}\index{identifiers!for constants} The tokens `` ©0©''\impl{0} and ``©1©''\impl{1} are identifiers.411 \index{constant identifiers}\index{identifiers!for constants} The tokens ``\lstinline$0$''\impl{0} and ``\lstinline$1$''\impl{1} are identifiers. 421 412 No other tokens defined by the rules for integer constants are considered to be identifiers. 422 413 \begin{rationale} 423 Why `` ©0©'' and ``©1©''? Those integers have special status in C.414 Why ``\lstinline$0$'' and ``\lstinline$1$''? Those integers have special status in C. 424 415 All scalar types can be incremented and decremented, which is defined in terms of adding or subtracting 1. 425 The operations `` ©&&©'', ``©||©'', and ``©!©'' can be applied to any scalar arguments, and are defined in terms of comparison against 0.416 The operations ``\lstinline$&&$'', ``\lstinline$||$'', and ``\lstinline$!$'' can be applied to any scalar arguments, and are defined in terms of comparison against 0. 426 417 A \nonterm{constant-expression} that evaluates to 0 is effectively compatible with every pointer type. 427 418 428 419 In C, the integer constants 0 and 1 suffice because the integer promotion rules can convert them to any arithmetic type, and the rules for pointer expressions treat constant expressions evaluating to 0 as a special case. 429 420 However, user-defined arithmetic types often need the equivalent of a 1 or 0 for their functions or operators, polymorphic functions often need 0 and 1 constants of a type matching their polymorphic parameters, and user-defined pointer-like types may need a null value. 430 Defining special constants for a user-defined type is more efficient than defining a conversion to the type from ©_Bool©.431 432 Why \emph{just} `` ©0©'' and ``©1©''? Why not other integers? No other integers have special status in C.433 A facility that let programmers declare specific constants---`` ©const Rational 12©'', for instance---would not be much of an improvement.421 Defining special constants for a user-defined type is more efficient than defining a conversion to the type from \lstinline$_Bool$. 422 423 Why \emph{just} ``\lstinline$0$'' and ``\lstinline$1$''? Why not other integers? No other integers have special status in C. 424 A facility that let programmers declare specific constants---``\lstinline$const Rational 12$'', for instance---would not be much of an improvement. 434 425 Some facility for defining the creation of values of programmer-defined types from arbitrary integer tokens would be needed. 435 426 The complexity of such a feature doesn't seem worth the gain. … … 447 438 \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} 448 439 %identifier & operation \\ \hline 449 ©?[?]©& subscripting \impl{?[?]}\\450 ©?()©& function call \impl{?()}\\451 ©?++©& postfix increment \impl{?++}\\452 ©?--©& postfix decrement \impl{?--}\\453 ©++?©& prefix increment \impl{++?}\\454 ©--?©& prefix decrement \impl{--?}\\455 ©*?©& dereference \impl{*?}\\456 ©+?©& unary plus \impl{+?}\\457 ©-?©& arithmetic negation \impl{-?}\\458 ©~?©& bitwise negation \impl{~?}\\459 ©!?©& logical complement \impl{"!?}\\460 ©?*?©& multiplication \impl{?*?}\\461 ©?/?©& division \impl{?/?}\\440 \lstinline$?[?]$ & subscripting \impl{?[?]}\\ 441 \lstinline$?()$ & function call \impl{?()}\\ 442 \lstinline$?++$ & postfix increment \impl{?++}\\ 443 \lstinline$?--$ & postfix decrement \impl{?--}\\ 444 \lstinline$++?$ & prefix increment \impl{++?}\\ 445 \lstinline$--?$ & prefix decrement \impl{--?}\\ 446 \lstinline$*?$ & dereference \impl{*?}\\ 447 \lstinline$+?$ & unary plus \impl{+?}\\ 448 \lstinline$-?$ & arithmetic negation \impl{-?}\\ 449 \lstinline$~?$ & bitwise negation \impl{~?}\\ 450 \lstinline$!?$ & logical complement \impl{"!?}\\ 451 \lstinline$?*?$ & multiplication \impl{?*?}\\ 452 \lstinline$?/?$ & division \impl{?/?}\\ 462 453 \end{tabular}\hfil 463 454 \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} 464 455 %identifier & operation \\ \hline 465 ©?%?©& remainder \impl{?%?}\\466 ©?+?©& addition \impl{?+?}\\467 ©?-?©& subtraction \impl{?-?}\\468 ©?<<?©& left shift \impl{?<<?}\\469 ©?>>?©& right shift \impl{?>>?}\\470 ©?<?©& less than \impl{?<?}\\471 ©?<=?©& less than or equal \impl{?<=?}\\472 ©?>=?©& greater than or equal \impl{?>=?}\\473 ©?>?©& greater than \impl{?>?}\\474 ©?==?©& equality \impl{?==?}\\475 ©?!=?©& inequality \impl{?"!=?}\\476 ©?&?©& bitwise AND \impl{?&?}\\456 \lstinline$?%?$ & remainder \impl{?%?}\\ 457 \lstinline$?+?$ & addition \impl{?+?}\\ 458 \lstinline$?-?$ & subtraction \impl{?-?}\\ 459 \lstinline$?<<?$ & left shift \impl{?<<?}\\ 460 \lstinline$?>>?$ & right shift \impl{?>>?}\\ 461 \lstinline$?<?$ & less than \impl{?<?}\\ 462 \lstinline$?<=?$ & less than or equal \impl{?<=?}\\ 463 \lstinline$?>=?$ & greater than or equal \impl{?>=?}\\ 464 \lstinline$?>?$ & greater than \impl{?>?}\\ 465 \lstinline$?==?$ & equality \impl{?==?}\\ 466 \lstinline$?!=?$ & inequality \impl{?"!=?}\\ 467 \lstinline$?&?$ & bitwise AND \impl{?&?}\\ 477 468 \end{tabular}\hfil 478 469 \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} 479 470 %identifier & operation \\ \hline 480 ©?^?©& exclusive OR \impl{?^?}\\481 ©?|?©& inclusive OR \impl{?"|?}\\482 ©?=?©& simple assignment \impl{?=?}\\483 ©?*=?©& multiplication assignment \impl{?*=?}\\484 ©?/=?©& division assignment \impl{?/=?}\\485 ©?%=?©& remainder assignment \impl{?%=?}\\486 ©?+=?©& addition assignment \impl{?+=?}\\487 ©?-=?©& subtraction assignment \impl{?-=?}\\488 ©?<<=?©& left-shift assignment \impl{?<<=?}\\489 ©?>>=?©& right-shift assignment \impl{?>>=?}\\490 ©?&=?©& bitwise AND assignment \impl{?&=?}\\491 ©?^=?©& exclusive OR assignment \impl{?^=?}\\492 ©?|=?©& inclusive OR assignment \impl{?"|=?}\\471 \lstinline$?^?$ & exclusive OR \impl{?^?}\\ 472 \lstinline$?|?$ & inclusive OR \impl{?"|?}\\ 473 \lstinline$?=?$ & simple assignment \impl{?=?}\\ 474 \lstinline$?*=?$ & multiplication assignment \impl{?*=?}\\ 475 \lstinline$?/=?$ & division assignment \impl{?/=?}\\ 476 \lstinline$?%=?$ & remainder assignment \impl{?%=?}\\ 477 \lstinline$?+=?$ & addition assignment \impl{?+=?}\\ 478 \lstinline$?-=?$ & subtraction assignment \impl{?-=?}\\ 479 \lstinline$?<<=?$ & left-shift assignment \impl{?<<=?}\\ 480 \lstinline$?>>=?$ & right-shift assignment \impl{?>>=?}\\ 481 \lstinline$?&=?$ & bitwise AND assignment \impl{?&=?}\\ 482 \lstinline$?^=?$ & exclusive OR assignment \impl{?^=?}\\ 483 \lstinline$?|=?$ & inclusive OR assignment \impl{?"|=?}\\ 493 484 \end{tabular} 494 485 \hfil … … 505 496 506 497 \begin{rationale} 507 The use of `` ©?©'' in identifiers means that some C programs are not \CFA programs. For instance, the sequence of characters ``©(i < 0)?--i:i©'' is legal in a C program, but a508 \CFA compiler detects a syntax error because it treats `` ©?--©'' as an identifier, not as the two tokens ``©?©'' and ``©--©''.498 The use of ``\lstinline$?$'' in identifiers means that some C programs are not \CFA programs. For instance, the sequence of characters ``\lstinline$(i < 0)?--i:i$'' is legal in a C program, but a 499 \CFA compiler detects a syntax error because it treats ``\lstinline$?--$'' as an identifier, not as the two tokens ``\lstinline$?$'' and ``\lstinline$--$''. 509 500 \end{rationale} 510 501 … … 513 504 \begin{itemize} 514 505 \item 515 The logical operators ``©&&©'' and ``©||©'', and the conditional operator ``©?:©''. 506 The logical operators ``\lstinline$&&$'' and ``\lstinline$||$'', and the conditional operator 507 ``\lstinline$?:$''. 516 508 These operators do not always evaluate their operands, and hence can not be properly defined by functions unless some mechanism like call-by-name is added to the language. 517 Note that the definitions of `` ©&&©'' and ``©||©'' say that they work by checking that their arguments are unequal to 0, so defining ``©!=©'' and ``©0©'' for user-defined types is enough to allow them to be used in logical expressions.509 Note that the definitions of ``\lstinline$&&$'' and ``\lstinline$||$'' say that they work by checking that their arguments are unequal to 0, so defining ``\lstinline$!=$'' and ``\lstinline$0$'' for user-defined types is enough to allow them to be used in logical expressions. 518 510 519 511 \item … … 524 516 \item 525 517 The ``address of'' operator. 526 It would seem useful to define a unary `` ©&©'' operator that returns values of some programmer-defined pointer-like type.518 It would seem useful to define a unary ``\lstinline$&$'' operator that returns values of some programmer-defined pointer-like type. 527 519 The problem lies with the type of the operator. 528 Consider the expression ``©p = &x©'', where ©x© is of type ©T© and ©p© has the programmer-defined type ©T_ptr©. 529 The expression might be treated as a call to the unary function ``©&?©''. 530 Now what is the type of the function's parameter? It can not be ©T©, because then ©x© would be passed by value, and there is no way to create a useful pointer-like result from a value. 531 Hence the parameter must have type ©T *©. 532 But then the expression must be rewritten as ``©p = &?( &x )©'' 520 Consider the expression ``\lstinline$p = &x$'', where \lstinline$x$ is of type 521 \lstinline$T$ and \lstinline$p$ has the programmer-defined type \lstinline$T_ptr$. 522 The expression might be treated as a call to the unary function ``\lstinline$&?$''. 523 Now what is the type of the function's parameter? It can not be \lstinline$T$, because then \lstinline$x$ would be passed by value, and there is no way to create a useful pointer-like result from a value. 524 Hence the parameter must have type \lstinline$T *$. 525 But then the expression must be rewritten as ``\lstinline$p = &?( &x )$'' 533 526 ---which doesn't seem like progress! 534 527 535 528 The rule for address-of expressions would have to be something like ``keep applying address-of functions until you get one that takes a pointer argument, then use the built-in operator and stop''. 536 It seems simpler to define a conversion function from ©T *© to ©T_ptr©.537 538 \item 539 The ©sizeof©operator.529 It seems simpler to define a conversion function from \lstinline$T *$ to \lstinline$T_ptr$. 530 531 \item 532 The \lstinline$sizeof$ operator. 540 533 It is already defined for every object type, and intimately tied into the language's storage allocation model. 541 534 Redefining it seems pointless. 542 535 543 536 \item 544 The ``member of'' operators `` ©.©'' and ``©->©''.537 The ``member of'' operators ``\lstinline$.$'' and ``\lstinline$->$''. 545 538 These are not really infix operators, since their right ``operand'' is not a value or object. 546 539 … … 579 572 The ``fewest unsafe conversions'' rule ensures that the usual conversions are done, if possible. 580 573 The ``lowest total expression cost'' rule chooses the proper common type. 581 The odd-looking ``highest argument conversion cost'' rule ensures that, when unary expressions must be converted, conversions of function results are preferred to conversion of function arguments: ©(double)-i© will be preferred to ©-(double)i©.574 The odd-looking ``highest argument conversion cost'' rule ensures that, when unary expressions must be converted, conversions of function results are preferred to conversion of function arguments: \lstinline$(double)-i$ will be preferred to \lstinline$-(double)i$. 582 575 583 576 The ``least polymorphic'' rule reduces the number of polymorphic function calls, since such functions are presumably more expensive than monomorphic functions and since the more specific function is presumably more appropriate. 584 It also gives preference to monomorphic values (such as the ©int© ©0©) over polymorphic values (such as the \Index{null pointer} ©0©\use{0}). 577 It also gives preference to monomorphic values (such as the 578 \lstinline$int$ \lstinline$0$) over polymorphic values (such as the \Index{null pointer} 579 \lstinline$0$\use{0}). 585 580 However, interpretations that call polymorphic functions are preferred to interpretations that perform unsafe conversions, because those conversions potentially lose accuracy or violate strong typing. 586 581 … … 602 597 \begin{rationale} 603 598 Predefined functions and constants have internal linkage because that simplifies optimization in traditional compile-and-link environments. 604 For instance, `` ©an_int + an_int©'' is equivalent to ``©?+?(an_int, an_int)©''.599 For instance, ``\lstinline$an_int + an_int$'' is equivalent to ``\lstinline$?+?(an_int, an_int)$''. 605 600 If integer addition has not been redefined in the current scope, a compiler can generate code to perform the addition directly. 606 601 If predefined functions had external linkage, this optimization would be difficult. … … 628 623 \rhs \nonterm{constant} 629 624 \rhs \nonterm{string-literal} 630 \rhs ©(© \nonterm{expression} ©)©625 \rhs \lstinline$($ \nonterm{expression} \lstinline$)$ 631 626 \rhs \nonterm{generic-selection} 632 627 \end{syntax} … … 634 629 \predefined 635 630 \begin{lstlisting} 636 const int 1; §\use{1}§637 const int 0; §\use{0}§631 const int 1;@\use{1}@ 632 const int 0;@\use{0}@ 638 633 forall( dtype DT ) DT * const 0; 639 634 forall( ftype FT ) FT * const 0; … … 644 639 645 640 A \nonterm{constant} or \nonterm{string-literal} has one valid interpretation, which has the type and value defined by {\c11}. 646 The predefined integer identifiers `` ©1©'' and ``©0©'' have the integer values 1 and 0, respectively.647 The other two predefined `` ©0©'' identifiers are bound to polymorphic pointer values that, when specialized\index{specialization} with a data type or function type respectively, produce a null pointer of that type.641 The predefined integer identifiers ``\lstinline$1$'' and ``\lstinline$0$'' have the integer values 1 and 0, respectively. 642 The other two predefined ``\lstinline$0$'' identifiers are bound to polymorphic pointer values that, when specialized\index{specialization} with a data type or function type respectively, produce a null pointer of that type. 648 643 649 644 A parenthesised expression has the same interpretations as the contained \nonterm{expression}. 650 645 651 646 \examples 652 The expression ©(void *)0©\use{0} specializes the (polymorphic) null pointer to a null pointer to ©void©. ©(const void *)0© does the same, and also uses a safe conversion from ©void *© to ©const void *©. 653 In each case, the null pointer conversion is better\index{best valid interpretations} than the unsafe conversion of the integer ©0© to a pointer. 647 The expression \lstinline$(void *)0$\use{0} specializes the (polymorphic) null pointer to a null pointer to \lstinline$void$. \lstinline$(const void *)0$ does the same, and also uses a safe conversion from \lstinline$void *$ to \lstinline$const void *$. 648 In each case, the null pointer conversion is better\index{best valid interpretations} than the unsafe conversion of the integer 649 \lstinline$0$ to a pointer. 654 650 655 651 \begin{rationale} … … 657 653 658 654 \CFA does not have C's concept of ``null pointer constants'', which are not typed values but special strings of tokens. 659 The C token ``©0©'' is an expression of type ©int© with the value ``zero'', and it \emph{also} is a null pointer constant. 660 Similarly, ``©(void *)0© is an expression of type ©(void *)© whose value is a null pointer, and it also is a null pointer constant. 661 However, in C, ``©(void *)(void *)0©'' is 655 The C token ``\lstinline$0$'' is an expression of type \lstinline$int$ with the value ``zero'', and it \emph{also} is a null pointer constant. 656 Similarly, 657 ``\lstinline$(void *)0$ is an expression of type \lstinline$(void *)$ whose value is a null pointer, and it also is a null pointer constant. 658 However, in C, ``\lstinline$(void *)(void *)0$'' is 662 659 \emph{not} a null pointer constant, even though it is null-valued, a pointer, and constant! The semantics of C expressions contain many special cases to deal with subexpressions that are null pointer constants. 663 660 … … 666 663 \begin{lstlisting} 667 664 forall( dtype DT ) DT * const 0; 668 \end{lstlisting} means that ©0©is a polymorphic object, and contains a value that can have \emph{any} pointer-to-object type or pointer-to-incomplete type.665 \end{lstlisting} means that \lstinline$0$ is a polymorphic object, and contains a value that can have \emph{any} pointer-to-object type or pointer-to-incomplete type. 669 666 The only such value is the null pointer. 670 667 Therefore the type \emph{alone} is enough to identify a null pointer. … … 676 673 677 674 \constraints The best interpretation of the controlling expression shall be unambiguous\index{ambiguous interpretation}, and shall have type compatible with at most one of the types named in its generic association list. 678 If a generic selection has no ©default©generic association, the best interpretation of its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of the types named in its generic association list.675 If a generic selection has no \lstinline$default$ generic association, the best interpretation of its controlling expression shall have type compatible with exactly one of the types named in its generic association list. 679 676 680 677 \semantics … … 687 684 \lhs{postfix-expression} 688 685 \rhs \nonterm{primary-expression} 689 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} ©[© \nonterm{expression} ©]©690 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} ©(©691 \nonterm{argument-expression-list}\opt ©)©692 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} ©.©\nonterm{identifier}693 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} ©->©\nonterm{identifier}694 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} ©++©695 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} ©--©696 \rhs ©(© \nonterm{type-name} ©)© ©{© \nonterm{initializer-list} ©}©697 \rhs ©(© \nonterm{type-name} ©)© ©{© \nonterm{initializer-list} ©,© ©}©686 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} \lstinline$[$ \nonterm{expression} \lstinline$]$ 687 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} \lstinline$($ 688 \nonterm{argument-expression-list}\opt \lstinline$)$ 689 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} \lstinline$.$ \nonterm{identifier} 690 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} \lstinline$->$ \nonterm{identifier} 691 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} \lstinline$++$ 692 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} \lstinline$--$ 693 \rhs \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-name} \lstinline$)$ \lstinline${$ \nonterm{initializer-list} \lstinline$}$ 694 \rhs \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-name} \lstinline$)$ \lstinline${$ \nonterm{initializer-list} \lstinline$,$ \lstinline$}$ 698 695 \lhs{argument-expression-list} 699 696 \rhs \nonterm{assignment-expression} 700 \rhs \nonterm{argument-expression-list} ©,©697 \rhs \nonterm{argument-expression-list} \lstinline$,$ 701 698 \nonterm{assignment-expression} 702 699 \end{syntax} … … 704 701 \rewriterules 705 702 \begin{lstlisting} 706 a[b] => ?[?]( b, a ) // if a has integer type§\use{?[?]}§707 a[b] =>?[?]( a, b ) // otherwise708 a( §\emph{arguments}§ ) => ?()( a, §\emph{arguments}§ )§\use{?()}§709 a++ => ?++(&( a ))§\use{?++}§710 a-- => ?--(&( a ))§\use{?--}§703 a[b] @\rewrite@ ?[?]( b, a ) // if a has integer type@\use{?[?]}@ 704 a[b] @\rewrite@ ?[?]( a, b ) // otherwise 705 a( @\emph{arguments}@ ) @\rewrite@ ?()( a, @\emph{arguments}@ )@\use{?()}@ 706 a++ @\rewrite@ ?++(&( a ))@\use{?++}@ 707 a-- @\rewrite@ ?--(&( a ))@\use{?--}@ 711 708 \end{lstlisting} 712 709 … … 716 713 \predefined 717 714 \begin{lstlisting} 718 forall( otype T ) lvalue T ?[?]( T *, ptrdiff_t ); §\use{ptrdiff_t}§715 forall( otype T ) lvalue T ?[?]( T *, ptrdiff_t );@\use{ptrdiff_t}@ 719 716 forall( otype T ) lvalue _Atomic T ?[?]( _Atomic T *, ptrdiff_t ); 720 717 forall( otype T ) lvalue const T ?[?]( const T *, ptrdiff_t ); … … 736 733 The interpretations of subscript expressions are the interpretations of the corresponding function call expressions. 737 734 \begin{rationale} 738 C defines subscripting as pointer arithmetic in a way that makes ©a[i]© and ©i[a]© equivalent. \CFA provides the equivalence through a rewrite rule to reduce the number of overloadings of ©?[?]©. 735 C defines subscripting as pointer arithmetic in a way that makes \lstinline$a[i]$ and 736 \lstinline$i[a]$ equivalent. \CFA provides the equivalence through a rewrite rule to reduce the number of overloadings of \lstinline$?[?]$. 739 737 740 738 Subscript expressions are rewritten as function calls that pass the first parameter by value. 741 739 This is somewhat unfortunate, since array-like types tend to be large. 742 The alternative is to use the rewrite rule `` ©a[b] => ?[?](&(a), b)©''.743 However, C semantics forbid this approach: the ©a© in ``©a[b]©'' can be an arbitrary pointer value, which does not have an address.740 The alternative is to use the rewrite rule ``\lstinline$a[b]$ \rewrite \lstinline$?[?](&(a), b)$''. 741 However, C semantics forbid this approach: the \lstinline$a$ in ``\lstinline$a[b]$'' can be an arbitrary pointer value, which does not have an address. 744 742 745 743 The repetitive form of the predefined identifiers shows up a deficiency\index{deficiencies!pointers … … 756 754 \nonterm{postfix-expression} in a function call may have some interpretations that are function designators and some that are not. 757 755 758 For those interpretations of the \nonterm{postfix-expression} that are not function designators, the expression is rewritten and becomes a call of a function named `` ©?()©''.756 For those interpretations of the \nonterm{postfix-expression} that are not function designators, the expression is rewritten and becomes a call of a function named ``\lstinline$?()$''. 759 757 The valid interpretations of the rewritten expression are determined in the manner described below. 760 758 … … 763 761 \begin{itemize} 764 762 \item if the argument corresponds to a parameter in the function designator's prototype, the argument interpretation must have the same type as the corresponding parameter, or be implicitly convertible to the parameter's type 765 \item if the function designator's type does not include a prototype or if the argument corresponds to ``©...©'' in a prototype, a \Index{default argument promotion} is applied to it. 763 \item if the function designator's type does not include a prototype or if the argument corresponds to 764 ``\lstinline$...$'' in a prototype, a \Index{default argument promotion} is applied to it. 766 765 \end{itemize} 767 766 The type of the valid interpretation is the return type of the function designator. 768 767 769 For those combinations where the interpretation of the \nonterm{postfix-expression} is a \Index{polymorphic function} designator and the function designator accepts the number of arguments given, there shall be at least one set of \define{implicit argument}s for the implicit parameters such that 768 For those combinations where the interpretation of the \nonterm{postfix-expression} is a 769 \Index{polymorphic function} designator and the function designator accepts the number of arguments given, there shall be at least one set of \define{implicit argument}s for the implicit parameters such that 770 770 \begin{itemize} 771 771 \item 772 If the declaration of the implicit parameter uses \Index{type-class} ©type©\use{type}, the implicit argument must be an object type;773 if it uses ©dtype©, the implicit argument must be an object type or an incomplete type;774 and if it uses ©ftype©, the implicit argument must be a function type.772 If the declaration of the implicit parameter uses \Index{type-class} \lstinline$type$\use{type}, the implicit argument must be an object type; 773 if it uses \lstinline$dtype$, the implicit argument must be an object type or an incomplete type; 774 and if it uses \lstinline$ftype$, the implicit argument must be a function type. 775 775 776 776 \item if an explicit parameter's type uses any implicit parameters, then the corresponding explicit argument must have a type that is (or can be safely converted\index{safe conversion} to) the type produced by substituting the implicit arguments for the implicit parameters in the explicit parameter type. … … 791 791 \begin{rationale} 792 792 One desirable property of a polymorphic programming language is \define{generalizability}: the ability to replace an abstraction with a more general but equivalent abstraction without requiring changes in any of the uses of the original\cite{Cormack90}. 793 For instance, it should be possible to replace a function ``©int f( int );©'' with ``©forall( otype T ) T f( T );©'' without affecting any calls of ©f©. 794 795 \CFA\index{deficiencies!generalizability} does not fully possess this property, because \Index{unsafe conversion} are not done when arguments are passed to polymorphic parameters. 793 For instance, it should be possible to replace a function ``\lstinline$int f( int );$'' with ``\lstinline$forall( otype T ) T f( T );$'' without affecting any calls of \lstinline$f$. 794 795 \CFA\index{deficiencies!generalizability} does not fully possess this property, because 796 \Index{unsafe conversion} are not done when arguments are passed to polymorphic parameters. 796 797 Consider 797 798 \begin{lstlisting} … … 804 805 f = g( d, f ); // (3) (unsafe conversion to float) 805 806 \end{lstlisting} 806 If ©g© was replaced by ``©forall( otype T ) T g( T, T );©'', the first and second calls would be unaffected, but the third would change: ©f© would be converted to ©double©, and the result would be a ©double©. 807 808 Another example is the function ``©void h( int *);©''. 809 This function can be passed a ©void *© argument, but the generalization ``©forall( otype T ) void h( T *);©'' can not. 810 In this case, ©void© is not a valid value for ©T© because it is not an object type. 811 If unsafe conversions were allowed, ©T© could be inferred to be \emph{any} object type, which is undesirable. 807 If \lstinline$g$ was replaced by ``\lstinline$forall( otype T ) T g( T, T );$'', the first and second calls would be unaffected, but the third would change: \lstinline$f$ would be converted to 808 \lstinline$double$, and the result would be a \lstinline$double$. 809 810 Another example is the function ``\lstinline$void h( int *);$''. 811 This function can be passed a 812 \lstinline$void *$ argument, but the generalization ``\lstinline$forall( otype T ) void h( T *);$'' can not. 813 In this case, \lstinline$void$ is not a valid value for \lstinline$T$ because it is not an object type. 814 If unsafe conversions were allowed, \lstinline$T$ could be inferred to be \emph{any} object type, which is undesirable. 812 815 \end{rationale} 813 816 814 817 \examples 815 A function called `` ©?()©'' might be part of a numerical differentiation package.818 A function called ``\lstinline$?()$'' might be part of a numerical differentiation package. 816 819 \begin{lstlisting} 817 820 extern otype Derivative; … … 824 827 d = sin_dx( 12.9 ); 825 828 \end{lstlisting} 826 Here, the only interpretation of ©sin_dx© is as an object of type ©Derivative©.827 For that interpretation, the function call is treated as `` ©?()( sin_dx, 12.9 )©''.829 Here, the only interpretation of \lstinline$sin_dx$ is as an object of type \lstinline$Derivative$. 830 For that interpretation, the function call is treated as ``\lstinline$?()( sin_dx, 12.9 )$''. 828 831 \begin{lstlisting} 829 832 int f( long ); // (1) … … 832 835 int i = f( 5 ); // calls (1) 833 836 \end{lstlisting} 834 Function (1) provides a valid interpretation of `` ©f( 5 )©'', using an implicit ©int© to ©long©conversion.835 The other functions do not, since the second requires two arguments, and since there is no implicit conversion from ©int© to ©int *©that could be used with the third function.837 Function (1) provides a valid interpretation of ``\lstinline$f( 5 )$'', using an implicit \lstinline$int$ to \lstinline$long$ conversion. 838 The other functions do not, since the second requires two arguments, and since there is no implicit conversion from \lstinline$int$ to \lstinline$int *$ that could be used with the third function. 836 839 837 840 \begin{lstlisting} … … 839 842 double d = h( 1.5 ); 840 843 \end{lstlisting} 841 ``©1.5©'' is a ©double© constant, so ©T© is inferred to be ©double©, and the result of the function call is a ©double©. 844 ``\lstinline$1.5$'' is a \lstinline$double$ constant, so \lstinline$T$ is inferred to be 845 \lstinline$double$, and the result of the function call is a \lstinline$double$. 842 846 843 847 \begin{lstlisting} 844 848 forall( otype T, otype U ) void g( T, U ); // (4) 845 849 forall( otype T ) void g( T, T ); // (5) 846 forall( otype T ) void g( T, long ); // (6)850 forall( otype T ) void g( T, long ); // (6) 847 851 void g( long, long ); // (7) 848 852 double d; 849 853 int i; 850 854 int *p; 851 g( d, d ); // calls (5)852 g( d, i ); // calls (6)853 g( i, i ); // calls (7)854 g( i, p ); // calls (4)855 \end{lstlisting} 856 The first call has valid interpretations for all four versions of ©g©. (6) and (7) are discarded because they involve unsafe ©double©-to-©long©conversions. (5) is chosen because it is less polymorphic than (4).855 g( d, d ); // calls (5) 856 g( d, i ); // calls (6) 857 g( i, i ); // calls (7) 858 g( i, p ); // calls (4) 859 \end{lstlisting} 860 The first call has valid interpretations for all four versions of \lstinline$g$. (6) and (7) are discarded because they involve unsafe \lstinline$double$-to-\lstinline$long$ conversions. (5) is chosen because it is less polymorphic than (4). 857 861 858 862 For the second call, (7) is again discarded. 859 Of the remaining interpretations for (4), (5), and (6) (with ©i© converted to ©long©), (6) is chosen because it is the least polymorphic.863 Of the remaining interpretations for (4), (5), and (6) (with \lstinline$i$ converted to \lstinline$long$), (6) is chosen because it is the least polymorphic. 860 864 861 865 The third call has valid interpretations for all of the functions; … … 866 870 forall( otype T ) T min( T, T ); 867 871 double max( double, double ); 868 trait min_max( T ) { §\impl{min_max}§872 trait min_max( T ) {@\impl{min_max}@ 869 873 T min( T, T ); 870 874 T max( T, T ); … … 873 877 shuffle( 9, 10 ); 874 878 \end{lstlisting} 875 The only possibility for ©U© is ©double©, because that is the type used in the only visible ©max© function. 9 and 10 must be converted to ©double©, and ©min© must be specialized with ©T© bound to ©double©. 876 \begin{lstlisting} 877 extern void q( int ); // (8) 878 extern void q( void * ); // (9) 879 The only possibility for \lstinline$U$ is \lstinline$double$, because that is the type used in the only visible \lstinline$max$ function. 9 and 10 must be converted to \lstinline$double$, and 880 \lstinline$min$ must be specialized with \lstinline$T$ bound to \lstinline$double$. 881 \begin{lstlisting} 882 extern void q( int ); // (8) 883 extern void q( void * ); // (9) 879 884 extern void r(); 880 885 q( 0 ); 881 886 r( 0 ); 882 887 \end{lstlisting} 883 The ©int 0© could be passed to (8), or the ©(void *)© \Index{specialization} of the null pointer\index{null pointer} ©0©\use{0} could be passed to (9).884 The former is chosen because the ©int© ©0©is \Index{less polymorphic}.885 For the same reason, ©int© ©0© is passed to ©r()©, even though it has \emph{no} declared parameter types.888 The \lstinline$int 0$ could be passed to (8), or the \lstinline$(void *)$ \Index{specialization} of the null pointer\index{null pointer} \lstinline$0$\use{0} could be passed to (9). 889 The former is chosen because the \lstinline$int$ \lstinline$0$ is \Index{less polymorphic}. 890 For the same reason, \lstinline$int$ \lstinline$0$ is passed to \lstinline$r()$, even though it has \emph{no} declared parameter types. 886 891 887 892 888 893 \subsubsection{Structure and union members} 889 894 890 \semantics In the member selection expression ``©s©.©m©'', there shall be at least one interpretation of ©s© whose type is a structure type or union type containing a member named ©m©. 891 If two or more interpretations of ©s© have members named ©m© with mutually compatible types, then the expression has an \Index{ambiguous interpretation} whose type is the composite type of the types of the members. 892 If an interpretation of ©s© has a member ©m© whose type is not compatible with any other ©s©'s ©m©, then the expression has an interpretation with the member's type. 895 \semantics In the member selection expression ``\lstinline$s$.\lstinline$m$'', there shall be at least one interpretation of \lstinline$s$ whose type is a structure type or union type containing a member named \lstinline$m$. 896 If two or more interpretations of \lstinline$s$ have members named 897 \lstinline$m$ with mutually compatible types, then the expression has an \Index{ambiguous interpretation} whose type is the composite type of the types of the members. 898 If an interpretation of \lstinline$s$ has a member \lstinline$m$ whose type is not compatible with any other 899 \lstinline$s$'s \lstinline$m$, then the expression has an interpretation with the member's type. 893 900 The expression has no other interpretations. 894 901 895 The expression ``©p->m©'' has the same interpretations as the expression ``©(*p).m©''. 902 The expression ``\lstinline$p->m$'' has the same interpretations as the expression 903 ``\lstinline$(*p).m$''. 896 904 897 905 … … 988 996 * ?--( _Atomic const restrict volatile T * _Atomic restrict volatile * ); 989 997 \end{lstlisting} 990 For every extended integer type ©X©there exist998 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ there exist 991 999 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 992 1000 \begin{lstlisting} … … 994 1002 ?--( volatile X * ), ?--( _Atomic volatile X * ); 995 1003 \end{lstlisting} 996 For every complete enumerated type ©E©there exist1004 For every complete enumerated type \lstinline$E$ there exist 997 1005 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 998 1006 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1002 1010 1003 1011 \begin{rationale} 1004 Note that `` ©++©'' and ``©--©'' are rewritten as function calls that are given a pointer to that operand. (This is true of all operators that modify an operand.) As Hamish Macdonald has pointed out, this forces the modified operand of such expressions to be an lvalue.1012 Note that ``\lstinline$++$'' and ``\lstinline$--$'' are rewritten as function calls that are given a pointer to that operand. (This is true of all operators that modify an operand.) As Hamish Macdonald has pointed out, this forces the modified operand of such expressions to be an lvalue. 1005 1013 This partially enforces the C semantic rule that such operands must be \emph{modifiable} lvalues. 1006 1014 \end{rationale} … … 1008 1016 \begin{rationale} 1009 1017 In C, a semantic rule requires that pointer operands of increment and decrement be pointers to object types. 1010 Hence, ©void *©objects cannot be incremented.1011 In \CFA, the restriction follows from the use of a ©type© parameter in the predefined function definitions, as opposed to ©dtype©, since only object types can be inferred arguments corresponding to the type parameter ©T©.1018 Hence, \lstinline$void *$ objects cannot be incremented. 1019 In \CFA, the restriction follows from the use of a \lstinline$type$ parameter in the predefined function definitions, as opposed to \lstinline$dtype$, since only object types can be inferred arguments corresponding to the type parameter \lstinline$T$. 1012 1020 \end{rationale} 1013 1021 1014 1022 \semantics 1015 1023 First, each interpretation of the operand of an increment or decrement expression is considered separately. 1016 For each interpretation that is a bit-field or is declared with the \Indexc{register}\index{storage-class specifier}, the expression has one valid interpretation, with the type of the operand, and the expression is ambiguous if the operand is. 1024 For each interpretation that is a bit-field or is declared with the 1025 \lstinline$register$\index{register@{\lstinline$register$}} \index{Itorage-class specifier}, the expression has one valid interpretation, with the type of the operand, and the expression is ambiguous if the operand is. 1017 1026 1018 1027 For the remaining interpretations, the expression is rewritten, and the interpretations of the expression are the interpretations of the corresponding function call. … … 1027 1036 \end{lstlisting} 1028 1037 \begin{sloppypar} 1029 Since ©&(vs)© has type ©volatile short int *©, the best valid interpretation of ©vs++© calls the ©?++© function with the ©volatile short *© parameter. 1030 ©s++© does the same, applying the safe conversion from ©short int *© to ©volatile short int *©. 1031 Note that there is no conversion that adds an ©_Atomic© qualifier, so the ©_Atomic volatile short int© overloading does not provide a valid interpretation. 1038 Since \lstinline$&(vs)$ has type \lstinline$volatile short int *$, the best valid interpretation of 1039 \lstinline$vs++$ calls the \lstinline$?++$ function with the \lstinline$volatile short *$ parameter. 1040 \lstinline$s++$ does the same, applying the safe conversion from \lstinline$short int *$ to 1041 \lstinline$volatile short int *$. 1042 Note that there is no conversion that adds an \lstinline$_Atomic$ qualifier, so the \lstinline$_Atomic volatile short int$ overloading does not provide a valid interpretation. 1032 1043 \end{sloppypar} 1033 1044 1034 There is no safe conversion from ©const short int *© to ©volatile short int *©, and no ©?++© function that accepts a ©const *© parameter, so ©cs++©has no valid interpretations.1035 1036 The best valid interpretation of ©as++© calls the ©short ?++© function with the ©_Atomic volatile short int *© parameter, applying a safe conversion to add the ©volatile©qualifier.1045 There is no safe conversion from \lstinline$const short int *$ to \lstinline$volatile short int *$, and no \lstinline$?++$ function that accepts a \lstinline$const *$ parameter, so \lstinline$cs++$ has no valid interpretations. 1046 1047 The best valid interpretation of \lstinline$as++$ calls the \lstinline$short ?++$ function with the \lstinline$_Atomic volatile short int *$ parameter, applying a safe conversion to add the \lstinline$volatile$ qualifier. 1037 1048 \begin{lstlisting} 1038 1049 char * const restrict volatile * restrict volatile pqpc; … … 1041 1052 ppc++; 1042 1053 \end{lstlisting} 1043 Since ©&(pqpc)© has type ©char * const restrict volatile * restrict volatile *©, the best valid interpretation of ©pqpc++© calls the polymorphic ©?++© function with the ©const restrict volatile T * restrict volatile *© parameter, inferring ©T© to be ©char *©.1044 1045 ©ppc++© calls the same function, again inferring ©T© to be ©char *©, and using the safe conversions from ©T© to ©T const© ©restrict volatile©.1054 Since \lstinline$&(pqpc)$ has type \lstinline$char * const restrict volatile * restrict volatile *$, the best valid interpretation of \lstinline$pqpc++$ calls the polymorphic \lstinline$?++$ function with the \lstinline$const restrict volatile T * restrict volatile *$ parameter, inferring \lstinline$T$ to be \lstinline$char *$. 1055 1056 \lstinline$ppc++$ calls the same function, again inferring \lstinline$T$ to be \lstinline$char *$, and using the safe conversions from \lstinline$T$ to \lstinline$T const$ \lstinline$restrict volatile$. 1046 1057 1047 1058 \begin{rationale} … … 1057 1068 \begin{enumerate} 1058 1069 \item 1059 `` ©char * p; p++;©''.1060 The argument to ©?++© has type ©char * *©, and the result has type ©char *©.1061 The expression would be valid if ©?++©were declared by1070 ``\lstinline$char * p; p++;$''. 1071 The argument to \lstinline$?++$ has type \lstinline$char * *$, and the result has type \lstinline$char *$. 1072 The expression would be valid if \lstinline$?++$ were declared by 1062 1073 \begin{lstlisting} 1063 1074 forall( otype T ) T * ?++( T * * ); 1064 \end{lstlisting} with ©T© inferred to be ©char©.1065 1066 \item 1067 `` ©char *restrict volatile qp; qp++©''.1068 The result again has type ©char *©, but the argument now has type ©char *restrict volatile *©, so it cannot be passed to the hypothetical function declared in point 1.1075 \end{lstlisting} with \lstinline$T$ inferred to be \lstinline$char$. 1076 1077 \item 1078 ``\lstinline$char *restrict volatile qp; qp++$''. 1079 The result again has type \lstinline$char *$, but the argument now has type \lstinline$char *restrict volatile *$, so it cannot be passed to the hypothetical function declared in point 1. 1069 1080 Hence the actual predefined function is 1070 1081 \begin{lstlisting} 1071 1082 forall( otype T ) T * ?++( T * restrict volatile * ); 1072 \end{lstlisting} which also accepts a ©char * *© argument, because of the safe conversions that add ©volatile© and ©restrict© qualifiers. (The parameter is not const-qualified, so constant pointers cannot be incremented.) 1073 1074 \item 1075 ``©char *_Atomic ap; ap++©''. 1076 The result again has type ©char *©, but no safe conversion adds an ©_Atomic© qualifier, so the function in point 2 is not applicable. 1077 A separate overloading of ©?++© is required. 1078 1079 \item 1080 ``©char const volatile * pq; pq++©''. 1081 Here the result has type ©char const volatile *©, so a new overloading is needed: 1083 \end{lstlisting} which also accepts a \lstinline$char * *$ argument, because of the safe conversions that add 1084 \lstinline$volatile$ and \lstinline$restrict$ qualifiers. (The parameter is not const-qualified, so constant pointers cannot be incremented.) 1085 1086 \item 1087 ``\lstinline$char *_Atomic ap; ap++$''. 1088 The result again has type \lstinline$char *$, but no safe conversion adds an \lstinline$_Atomic$ qualifier, so the function in point 2 is not applicable. 1089 A separate overloading of \lstinline$?++$ is required. 1090 1091 \item 1092 ``\lstinline$char const volatile * pq; pq++$''. 1093 Here the result has type 1094 \lstinline$char const volatile *$, so a new overloading is needed: 1082 1095 \begin{lstlisting} 1083 1096 forall( otype T ) T const volatile * ?++( T const volatile *restrict volatile * ); … … 1086 1099 1087 1100 \item 1088 `` ©float *restrict * prp; prp++©''.1089 The ©restrict© qualifier is handled just like ©const© and ©volatile©in the previous case:1101 ``\lstinline$float *restrict * prp; prp++$''. 1102 The \lstinline$restrict$ qualifier is handled just like \lstinline$const$ and \lstinline$volatile$ in the previous case: 1090 1103 \begin{lstlisting} 1091 1104 forall( otype T ) T restrict * ?++( T restrict *restrict volatile * ); 1092 \end{lstlisting} with ©T© inferred to be ©float *©.1093 This looks odd, because {\c11} contains a constraint that requires restrict-qualified types to be pointer-to-object types, and ©T©is not syntactically a pointer type. \CFA loosens the constraint.1105 \end{lstlisting} with \lstinline$T$ inferred to be \lstinline$float *$. 1106 This looks odd, because {\c11} contains a constraint that requires restrict-qualified types to be pointer-to-object types, and \lstinline$T$ is not syntactically a pointer type. \CFA loosens the constraint. 1094 1107 \end{enumerate} 1095 1108 \end{rationale} … … 1107 1120 \lhs{unary-expression} 1108 1121 \rhs \nonterm{postfix-expression} 1109 \rhs ©++©\nonterm{unary-expression}1110 \rhs ©--©\nonterm{unary-expression}1122 \rhs \lstinline$++$ \nonterm{unary-expression} 1123 \rhs \lstinline$--$ \nonterm{unary-expression} 1111 1124 \rhs \nonterm{unary-operator} \nonterm{cast-expression} 1112 \rhs ©sizeof©\nonterm{unary-expression}1113 \rhs ©sizeof© ©(© \nonterm{type-name} ©)©1114 \lhs{unary-operator} one of \rhs ©&© ©*© ©+© ©-© ©~© ©!©1125 \rhs \lstinline$sizeof$ \nonterm{unary-expression} 1126 \rhs \lstinline$sizeof$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-name} \lstinline$)$ 1127 \lhs{unary-operator} one of \rhs \lstinline$&$ \lstinline$*$ \lstinline$+$ \lstinline$-$ \lstinline$~$ \lstinline$!$ 1115 1128 \end{syntax} 1116 1129 1117 1130 \rewriterules 1118 1131 \begin{lstlisting} 1119 *a => *?( a )§\use{*?}§1120 +a => +?( a )§\use{+?}§1121 -a => -?( a )§\use{-?}§1122 ~a => ~?( a )§\use{~?}§1123 !a => !?( a )§\use{"!?}§1124 ++a => ++?(&( a ))§\use{++?}§1125 --a => --?(&( a ))§\use{--?}§1132 *a @\rewrite@ *?( a ) @\use{*?}@ 1133 +a @\rewrite@ +?( a ) @\use{+?}@ 1134 -a @\rewrite@ -?( a ) @\use{-?}@ 1135 ~a @\rewrite@ ~?( a ) @\use{~?}@ 1136 !a @\rewrite@ !?( a ) @\use{"!?}@ 1137 ++a @\rewrite@ ++?(&( a )) @\use{++?}@ 1138 --a @\rewrite@ --?(&( a )) @\use{--?}@ 1126 1139 \end{lstlisting} 1127 1140 … … 1219 1232 * --?( _Atomic const restrict volatile T * _Atomic restrict volatile * ); 1220 1233 \end{lstlisting} 1221 For every extended integer type ©X©there exist1234 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ there exist 1222 1235 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1223 1236 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1227 1240 --?( _Atomic volatile X * ); 1228 1241 \end{lstlisting} 1229 For every complete enumerated type ©E©there exist1242 For every complete enumerated type \lstinline$E$ there exist 1230 1243 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1231 1244 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1264 1277 1265 1278 \constraints 1266 The operand of the unary ``©&©'' operator shall have exactly one \Index{interpretation}\index{ambiguous interpretation}, which shall be unambiguous. 1279 The operand of the unary ``\lstinline$&$'' operator shall have exactly one 1280 \Index{interpretation}\index{ambiguous interpretation}, which shall be unambiguous. 1267 1281 1268 1282 \semantics 1269 The ``©&©'' expression has one interpretation which is of type ©T *©, where ©T© is the type of the operand. 1283 The ``\lstinline$&$'' expression has one interpretation which is of type \lstinline$T *$, where 1284 \lstinline$T$ is the type of the operand. 1270 1285 1271 1286 The interpretations of an indirection expression are the interpretations of the corresponding function call. … … 1296 1311 forall( ftype FT ) int !?( FT * ); 1297 1312 \end{lstlisting} 1298 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1313 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1299 1314 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1300 1315 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1309 1324 \begin{lstlisting} 1310 1325 long int li; 1311 void eat_double( double ); §\use{eat_double}§1312 eat_double(-li ); // =>eat_double( -?( li ) );1313 \end{lstlisting} 1314 The valid interpretations of `` ©-li©'' (assuming no extended integer types exist) are1326 void eat_double( double );@\use{eat_double}@ 1327 eat_double(-li ); // @\rewrite@ eat_double( -?( li ) ); 1328 \end{lstlisting} 1329 The valid interpretations of ``\lstinline$-li$'' (assuming no extended integer types exist) are 1315 1330 \begin{center} 1316 1331 \begin{tabular}{llc} interpretation & result type & expression conversion cost \\ 1317 1332 \hline 1318 ©-?( (int)li )© & ©int©& (unsafe) \\1319 ©-?( (unsigned)li)© & ©unsigned int©& (unsafe) \\1320 ©-?( (long)li)© & ©long©& 0 \\1321 ©-?( (long unsigned int)li)© & ©long unsigned int©& 1 \\1322 ©-?( (long long int)li)© & ©long long int©& 2 \\1323 ©-?( (long long unsigned int)li)© & ©long long unsigned int©& 3 \\1324 ©-?( (float)li)© & ©float©& 4 \\1325 ©-?( (double)li)© & ©double©& 5 \\1326 ©-?( (long double)li)© & ©long double©& 6 \\1327 ©-?( (_Complex float)li)© & ©float©& (unsafe) \\1328 ©-?( (_Complex double)li)© & ©double©& (unsafe) \\1329 ©-?( (_Complex long double)li)© & ©long double©& (unsafe) \\1333 \lstinline$-?( (int)li )$ & \lstinline$int$ & (unsafe) \\ 1334 \lstinline$-?( (unsigned)li)$ & \lstinline$unsigned int$ & (unsafe) \\ 1335 \lstinline$-?( (long)li)$ & \lstinline$long$ & 0 \\ 1336 \lstinline$-?( (long unsigned int)li)$ & \lstinline$long unsigned int$ & 1 \\ 1337 \lstinline$-?( (long long int)li)$ & \lstinline$long long int$ & 2 \\ 1338 \lstinline$-?( (long long unsigned int)li)$ & \lstinline$long long unsigned int$& 3 \\ 1339 \lstinline$-?( (float)li)$ & \lstinline$float$ & 4 \\ 1340 \lstinline$-?( (double)li)$ & \lstinline$double$ & 5 \\ 1341 \lstinline$-?( (long double)li)$ & \lstinline$long double$ & 6 \\ 1342 \lstinline$-?( (_Complex float)li)$ & \lstinline$float$ & (unsafe) \\ 1343 \lstinline$-?( (_Complex double)li)$ & \lstinline$double$ & (unsafe) \\ 1344 \lstinline$-?( (_Complex long double)li)$ & \lstinline$long double$ & (unsafe) \\ 1330 1345 \end{tabular} 1331 1346 \end{center} 1332 The valid interpretations of the ©eat_double©call, with the cost of the argument conversion and the cost of the entire expression, are1347 The valid interpretations of the \lstinline$eat_double$ call, with the cost of the argument conversion and the cost of the entire expression, are 1333 1348 \begin{center} 1334 1349 \begin{tabular}{lcc} interpretation & argument cost & expression cost \\ 1335 1350 \hline 1336 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (int)li) )©& 7 & (unsafe) \\1337 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (unsigned)li) )©& 6 & (unsafe) \\1338 ©eat_double( (double)-?(li) )©& 5 & \(0+5=5\) \\1339 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (long unsigned int)li) )©& 4 & \(1+4=5\) \\1340 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (long long int)li) )©& 3 & \(2+3=5\) \\1341 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (long long unsigned int)li) )© & 2& \(3+2=5\) \\1342 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (float)li) )©& 1 & \(4+1=5\) \\1343 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (double)li) )©& 0 & \(5+0=5\) \\1344 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (long double)li) )©& (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\1345 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (_Complex float)li) )©& (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\1346 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (_Complex double)li) )©& (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\1347 ©eat_double( (double)-?( (_Complex long double)li) )©& (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\1351 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (int)li) )$ & 7 & (unsafe) \\ 1352 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (unsigned)li) )$ & 6 & (unsafe) \\ 1353 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?(li) )$ & 5 & \(0+5=5\) \\ 1354 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (long unsigned int)li) )$ & 4 & \(1+4=5\) \\ 1355 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (long long int)li) )$ & 3 & \(2+3=5\) \\ 1356 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (long long unsigned int)li) )$& 2 & \(3+2=5\) \\ 1357 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (float)li) )$ & 1 & \(4+1=5\) \\ 1358 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (double)li) )$ & 0 & \(5+0=5\) \\ 1359 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (long double)li) )$ & (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\ 1360 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (_Complex float)li) )$ & (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\ 1361 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (_Complex double)li) )$ & (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\ 1362 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?( (_Complex long double)li) )$ & (unsafe) & (unsafe) \\ 1348 1363 \end{tabular} 1349 1364 \end{center} 1350 Each has result type ©void©, so the best must be selected.1365 Each has result type \lstinline$void$, so the best must be selected. 1351 1366 The interpretations involving unsafe conversions are discarded. 1352 The remainder have equal expression conversion costs, so the ``highest argument conversion cost'' rule is invoked, and the chosen interpretation is ©eat_double( (double)-?(li) )©. 1353 1354 1355 \subsubsection[The sizeof and \_Alignof operators]{The \lstinline@sizeof@ and \lstinline@_Alignof@ operators} 1367 The remainder have equal expression conversion costs, so the 1368 ``highest argument conversion cost'' rule is invoked, and the chosen interpretation is 1369 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)-?(li) )$. 1370 1371 1372 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$sizeof$ and \lstinline$_Alignof$ operators} 1356 1373 1357 1374 \constraints 1358 The operand of ©sizeof© or ©_Alignof© shall not be ©type©, ©dtype©, or ©ftype©. 1359 1360 When the ©sizeof©\use{sizeof} operator is applied to an expression, the expression shall have exactly one \Index{interpretation}\index{ambiguous interpretation}, which shall be unambiguous. \semantics A ©sizeof© or ©_Alignof© expression has one interpretation, of type ©size_t©. 1361 1362 When ©sizeof© is applied to an identifier declared by a \nonterm{type-declaration} or a 1375 The operand of \lstinline$sizeof$ or \lstinline$_Alignof$ shall not be \lstinline$type$, 1376 \lstinline$dtype$, or \lstinline$ftype$. 1377 1378 When the \lstinline$sizeof$\use{sizeof} operator is applied to an expression, the expression shall have exactly one \Index{interpretation}\index{ambiguous interpretation}, which shall be unambiguous. \semantics A \lstinline$sizeof$ or \lstinline$_Alignof$ expression has one interpretation, of type \lstinline$size_t$. 1379 1380 When \lstinline$sizeof$ is applied to an identifier declared by a \nonterm{type-declaration} or a 1363 1381 \nonterm{type-parameter}, it yields the size in bytes of the type that implements the operand. 1364 1382 When the operand is an opaque type or an inferred type parameter\index{inferred parameter}, the expression is not a constant expression. 1365 1383 1366 When ©_Alignof©is applied to an identifier declared by a \nonterm{type-declaration} or a1384 When \lstinline$_Alignof$ is applied to an identifier declared by a \nonterm{type-declaration} or a 1367 1385 \nonterm{type-parameter}, it yields the alignment requirement of the type that implements the operand. 1368 1386 When the operand is an opaque type or an inferred type parameter\index{inferred parameter}, the expression is not a constant expression. … … 1371 1389 otype Pair = struct { int first, second; }; 1372 1390 size_t p_size = sizeof(Pair); // constant expression 1373 extern otype Rational; §\use{Rational}§1391 extern otype Rational;@\use{Rational}@ 1374 1392 size_t c_size = sizeof(Rational); // non-constant expression 1375 1393 forall(type T) T f(T p1, T p2) { … … 1378 1396 } 1379 1397 \end{lstlisting} 1380 ``©sizeof Rational©'', although not statically known, is fixed. 1381 Within ©f()©, ``©sizeof(T)©'' is fixed for each call of ©f()©, but may vary from call to call. 1398 ``\lstinline$sizeof Rational$'', although not statically known, is fixed. 1399 Within \lstinline$f()$, 1400 ``\lstinline$sizeof(T)$'' is fixed for each call of \lstinline$f()$, but may vary from call to call. 1382 1401 \end{rationale} 1383 1402 … … 1388 1407 \lhs{cast-expression} 1389 1408 \rhs \nonterm{unary-expression} 1390 \rhs ©(© \nonterm{type-name} ©)©\nonterm{cast-expression}1409 \rhs \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-name} \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{cast-expression} 1391 1410 \end{syntax} 1392 1411 1393 1412 \constraints 1394 The \nonterm{type-name} in a \nonterm{cast-expression} shall not be ©type©, ©dtype©, or ©ftype©. 1413 The \nonterm{type-name} in a \nonterm{cast-expression} shall not be \lstinline$type$, 1414 \lstinline$dtype$, or \lstinline$ftype$. 1395 1415 1396 1416 \semantics 1397 1417 1398 In a \Index{cast expression} `` ©(©\nonterm{type-name}©)e©'', if1399 \nonterm{type-name} is the type of an interpretation of ©e©, then that interpretation is the only interpretation of the cast expression;1400 otherwise, ©e©shall have some interpretation that can be converted to \nonterm{type-name}, and the interpretation of the cast expression is the cast of the interpretation that can be converted at the lowest cost.1418 In a \Index{cast expression} ``\lstinline$($\nonterm{type-name}\lstinline$)e$'', if 1419 \nonterm{type-name} is the type of an interpretation of \lstinline$e$, then that interpretation is the only interpretation of the cast expression; 1420 otherwise, \lstinline$e$ shall have some interpretation that can be converted to \nonterm{type-name}, and the interpretation of the cast expression is the cast of the interpretation that can be converted at the lowest cost. 1401 1421 The cast expression's interpretation is ambiguous\index{ambiguous interpretation} if more than one interpretation can be converted at the lowest cost or if the selected interpretation is ambiguous. 1402 1422 … … 1411 1431 \lhs{multiplicative-expression} 1412 1432 \rhs \nonterm{cast-expression} 1413 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} ©*©\nonterm{cast-expression}1414 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} ©/©\nonterm{cast-expression}1415 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} ©%©\nonterm{cast-expression}1433 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} \lstinline$*$ \nonterm{cast-expression} 1434 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} \lstinline$/$ \nonterm{cast-expression} 1435 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} \lstinline$%$ \nonterm{cast-expression} 1416 1436 \end{syntax} 1417 1437 1418 1438 \rewriterules 1419 1439 \begin{lstlisting} 1420 a * b => ?*?( a, b )§\use{?*?}§1421 a / b => ?/?( a, b )§\use{?/?}§1422 a % b => ?%?( a, b )§\use{?%?}§1440 a * b @\rewrite@ ?*?( a, b )@\use{?*?}@ 1441 a / b @\rewrite@ ?/?( a, b )@\use{?/?}@ 1442 a % b @\rewrite@ ?%?( a, b )@\use{?%?}@ 1423 1443 \end{lstlisting} 1424 1444 … … 1447 1467 ?*?( _Complex long double, _Complex long double ), ?/?( _Complex long double, _Complex long double ); 1448 1468 \end{lstlisting} 1449 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1469 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1450 1470 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1451 1471 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1454 1474 1455 1475 \begin{rationale} 1456 {\c11} does not include conversions from the \Index{real type}s to \Index{complex type}s in the \Index{usual arithmetic conversion}s. Instead it specifies conversion of the result of binary operations on arguments from mixed type domains. \CFA's predefined operators match that pattern. 1476 {\c11} does not include conversions from the \Index{real type}s to \Index{complex type}s in the 1477 \Index{usual arithmetic conversion}s. Instead it specifies conversion of the result of binary operations on arguments from mixed type domains. \CFA's predefined operators match that pattern. 1457 1478 \end{rationale} 1458 1479 … … 1464 1485 int i; 1465 1486 long li; 1466 void eat_double( double ); §\use{eat_double}§1487 void eat_double( double );@\use{eat_double}@ 1467 1488 eat_double( li % i ); 1468 1489 \end{lstlisting} 1469 `` ©li % i©'' is rewritten as ``©?%?(li, i )©''.1470 The valid interpretations of ©?%?(li, i )©, the cost\index{conversion cost} of converting their arguments, and the cost of converting the result to ©double©(assuming no extended integer types are present ) are1490 ``\lstinline$li % i$'' is rewritten as ``\lstinline$?%?(li, i )$''. 1491 The valid interpretations of \lstinline$?%?(li, i )$, the cost\index{conversion cost} of converting their arguments, and the cost of converting the result to \lstinline$double$ (assuming no extended integer types are present ) are 1471 1492 \begin{center} 1472 1493 \begin{tabular}{lcc} interpretation & argument cost & result cost \\ 1473 \hline 1474 © ?%?( (int)li, i )©& (unsafe) & 6 \\1475 © ?%?( (unsigned)li,(unsigned)i )©& (unsafe) & 5 \\1476 © ?%?( li, (long)i )©& 1 & 4 \\1477 © ?%?( (long unsigned)li,(long unsigned)i )©& 3 & 3 \\1478 © ?%?( (long long)li,(long long)i )©& 5 & 2 \\1479 © ?%?( (long long unsigned)li, (long long unsigned)i )©& 7 & 1 \\1494 \hline 1495 \lstinline$ ?%?( (int)li, i )$ & (unsafe) & 6 \\ 1496 \lstinline$ ?%?( (unsigned)li,(unsigned)i )$ & (unsafe) & 5 \\ 1497 \lstinline$ ?%?( li, (long)i )$ & 1 & 4 \\ 1498 \lstinline$ ?%?( (long unsigned)li,(long unsigned)i )$ & 3 & 3 \\ 1499 \lstinline$ ?%?( (long long)li,(long long)i )$ & 5 & 2 \\ 1500 \lstinline$ ?%?( (long long unsigned)li, (long long unsigned)i )$ & 7 & 1 \\ 1480 1501 \end{tabular} 1481 1502 \end{center} 1482 The best interpretation of ©eat_double( li, i )© is ©eat_double( (double)?%?(li, (long)i ))©, which has no unsafe conversions and the lowest total cost. 1483 1484 \begin{rationale} 1485 {\c11} defines most arithmetic operations to apply an \Index{integer promotion} to any argument that belongs to a type that has an \Index{integer conversion rank} less than that of ©int©. 1486 If ©s© is a ©short int©, ``©s *s©'' does not have type ©short int©; 1487 it is treated as ``©( (int)s ) * ( (int)s )©'', and has type ©int©. \CFA matches that pattern; 1488 it does not predefine ``©short ?*?( short, short )©''. 1503 The best interpretation of \lstinline$eat_double( li, i )$ is 1504 \lstinline$eat_double( (double)?%?(li, (long)i ))$, which has no unsafe conversions and the lowest total cost. 1505 1506 \begin{rationale} 1507 {\c11} defines most arithmetic operations to apply an \Index{integer promotion} to any argument that belongs to a type that has an \Index{integer conversion rank} less than that of \lstinline$int$.If 1508 \lstinline$s$ is a \lstinline$short int$, ``\lstinline$s *s$'' does not have type \lstinline$short int$; 1509 it is treated as ``\lstinline$( (int)s ) * ( (int)s )$'', and has type \lstinline$int$. \CFA matches that pattern; 1510 it does not predefine ``\lstinline$short ?*?( short, short )$''. 1489 1511 1490 1512 These ``missing'' operators limit polymorphism. … … 1495 1517 square( s ); 1496 1518 \end{lstlisting} 1497 Since \CFA does not define a multiplication operator for ©short int©, ©square( s )© is treated as ©square( (int)s )©, and the result has type ©int©. 1519 Since \CFA does not define a multiplication operator for \lstinline$short int$, 1520 \lstinline$square( s )$ is treated as \lstinline$square( (int)s )$, and the result has type 1521 \lstinline$int$. 1498 1522 This is mildly surprising, but it follows the {\c11} operator pattern. 1499 1523 … … 1504 1528 product( sa, 5); 1505 1529 \end{lstlisting} 1506 This has no valid interpretations, because \CFA has no conversion from ``array of ©short int©'' to ``array of ©int©''. 1530 This has no valid interpretations, because \CFA has no conversion from ``array of 1531 \lstinline$short int$'' to ``array of \lstinline$int$''. 1507 1532 The alternatives in such situations include 1508 1533 \begin{itemize} 1509 1534 \item 1510 Defining monomorphic overloadings of ©product© for ©short© and the other ``small'' types. 1511 \item 1512 Defining ``©short ?*?( short, short )©'' within the scope containing the call to ©product©. 1513 \item 1514 Defining ©product© to take as an argument a conversion function from the ``small'' type to the operator's argument type. 1535 Defining monomorphic overloadings of \lstinline$product$ for \lstinline$short$ and the other 1536 ``small'' types. 1537 \item 1538 Defining ``\lstinline$short ?*?( short, short )$'' within the scope containing the call to 1539 \lstinline$product$. 1540 \item 1541 Defining \lstinline$product$ to take as an argument a conversion function from the ``small'' type to the operator's argument type. 1515 1542 \end{itemize} 1516 1543 \end{rationale} … … 1522 1549 \lhs{additive-expression} 1523 1550 \rhs \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} 1524 \rhs \nonterm{additive-expression} ©+©\nonterm{multiplicative-expression}1525 \rhs \nonterm{additive-expression} ©-©\nonterm{multiplicative-expression}1551 \rhs \nonterm{additive-expression} \lstinline$+$ \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} 1552 \rhs \nonterm{additive-expression} \lstinline$-$ \nonterm{multiplicative-expression} 1526 1553 \end{syntax} 1527 1554 1528 1555 \rewriterules 1529 1556 \begin{lstlisting} 1530 a + b => ?+?( a, b )§\use{?+?}§1531 a - b => ?-?( a, b )§\use{?-?}§1557 a + b @\rewrite@ ?+?( a, b )@\use{?+?}@ 1558 a - b @\rewrite@ ?-?( a, b )@\use{?-?}@ 1532 1559 \end{lstlisting} 1533 1560 … … 1582 1609 * ?-?( _Atomic const restrict volatile T *, _Atomic const restrict volatile T * ); 1583 1610 \end{lstlisting} 1584 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1611 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1585 1612 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1586 1613 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1592 1619 1593 1620 \begin{rationale} 1594 ©ptrdiff_t© is an implementation-defined identifier defined in ©<stddef.h>©that is synonymous with a signed integral type that is large enough to hold the difference between two pointers.1621 \lstinline$ptrdiff_t$ is an implementation-defined identifier defined in \lstinline$<stddef.h>$ that is synonymous with a signed integral type that is large enough to hold the difference between two pointers. 1595 1622 It seems reasonable to use it for pointer addition as well. (This is technically a difference between \CFA and C, which only specifies that pointer addition uses an \emph{integral} argument.) Hence it is also used for subscripting, which is defined in terms of pointer addition. 1596 The {\c11} standard uses ©size_t© in several cases where a library function takes an argument that is used as a subscript, but ©size_t©is unsuitable here because it is an unsigned type.1623 The {\c11} standard uses \lstinline$size_t$ in several cases where a library function takes an argument that is used as a subscript, but \lstinline$size_t$ is unsuitable here because it is an unsigned type. 1597 1624 \end{rationale} 1598 1625 … … 1603 1630 \lhs{shift-expression} 1604 1631 \rhs \nonterm{additive-expression} 1605 \rhs \nonterm{shift-expression} ©<<©\nonterm{additive-expression}1606 \rhs \nonterm{shift-expression} ©>>©\nonterm{additive-expression}1632 \rhs \nonterm{shift-expression} \lstinline$<<$ \nonterm{additive-expression} 1633 \rhs \nonterm{shift-expression} \lstinline$>>$ \nonterm{additive-expression} 1607 1634 \end{syntax} 1608 1635 1609 \rewriterules 1610 \begin{lstlisting} 1611 a << b => ?<<?( a, b )§\use{?<<?}§1612 a >> b => ?>>?( a, b )§\use{?>>?}§1636 \rewriterules \use{?>>?}%use{?<<?} 1637 \begin{lstlisting} 1638 a << b @\rewrite@ ?<<?( a, b ) 1639 a >> b @\rewrite@ ?>>?( a, b ) 1613 1640 \end{lstlisting} 1614 1641 … … 1622 1649 long long unsigned int ?<<?( long long unsigned int, int ), ?>>?( long long unsigned int, int); 1623 1650 \end{lstlisting} 1624 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1651 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1625 1652 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1626 1653 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1642 1669 \lhs{relational-expression} 1643 1670 \rhs \nonterm{shift-expression} 1644 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} ©< ©\nonterm{shift-expression}1645 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} ©> ©\nonterm{shift-expression}1646 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} ©<=©\nonterm{shift-expression}1647 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} ©>=©\nonterm{shift-expression}1671 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} \lstinline$< $ \nonterm{shift-expression} 1672 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} \lstinline$> $ \nonterm{shift-expression} 1673 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} \lstinline$<=$ \nonterm{shift-expression} 1674 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} \lstinline$>=$ \nonterm{shift-expression} 1648 1675 \end{syntax} 1649 1676 1650 \rewriterules 1651 \begin{lstlisting} 1652 a < b => ?<?( a, b )§\use{?<?}§1653 a > b => ?>?( a, b )§\use{?>?}§1654 a <= b => ?<=?( a, b )§\use{?<=?}§1655 a >= b => ?>=?( a, b )§\use{?>=?}§1677 \rewriterules\use{?>?}\use{?>=?}%use{?<?}%use{?<=?} 1678 \begin{lstlisting} 1679 a < b @\rewrite@ ?<?( a, b ) 1680 a > b @\rewrite@ ?>?( a, b ) 1681 a <= b @\rewrite@ ?<=?( a, b ) 1682 a >= b @\rewrite@ ?>=?( a, b ) 1656 1683 \end{lstlisting} 1657 1684 … … 1685 1712 ?>=?( _Atomic const restrict volatile DT *, _Atomic const restrict volatile DT * ); 1686 1713 \end{lstlisting} 1687 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1714 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1688 1715 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1689 1716 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1703 1730 \lhs{equality-expression} 1704 1731 \rhs \nonterm{relational-expression} 1705 \rhs \nonterm{equality-expression} ©==©\nonterm{relational-expression}1706 \rhs \nonterm{equality-expression} ©!=©\nonterm{relational-expression}1732 \rhs \nonterm{equality-expression} \lstinline$==$ \nonterm{relational-expression} 1733 \rhs \nonterm{equality-expression} \lstinline$!=$ \nonterm{relational-expression} 1707 1734 \end{syntax} 1708 1735 1709 1736 \rewriterules 1710 1737 \begin{lstlisting} 1711 a == b => ?==?( a, b )§\use{?==?}§1712 a != b => ?!=?( a, b )§\use{?"!=?}§1738 a == b @\rewrite@ ?==?( a, b )@\use{?==?}@ 1739 a != b @\rewrite@ ?!=?( a, b )@\use{?"!=?}@ 1713 1740 \end{lstlisting} 1714 1741 … … 1763 1790 ?==?( forall( ftype FT2) FT2*, forall( ftype FT3) FT3 * ), ?!=?( forall( ftype FT2) FT2*, forall( ftype FT3) FT3 * ); 1764 1791 \end{lstlisting} 1765 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1792 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1766 1793 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1767 1794 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1771 1798 1772 1799 \begin{rationale} 1773 The polymorphic equality operations come in three styles: comparisons between pointers of compatible types, between pointers to ©void©and pointers to object types or incomplete types, and between the \Index{null pointer} constant and pointers to any type.1800 The polymorphic equality operations come in three styles: comparisons between pointers of compatible types, between pointers to \lstinline$void$ and pointers to object types or incomplete types, and between the \Index{null pointer} constant and pointers to any type. 1774 1801 In the last case, a special constraint rule for null pointer constant operands has been replaced by a consequence of the \CFA type system. 1775 1802 \end{rationale} … … 1792 1819 \lhs{AND-expression} 1793 1820 \rhs \nonterm{equality-expression} 1794 \rhs \nonterm{AND-expression} ©&©\nonterm{equality-expression}1821 \rhs \nonterm{AND-expression} \lstinline$&$ \nonterm{equality-expression} 1795 1822 \end{syntax} 1796 1823 1797 1824 \rewriterules 1798 1825 \begin{lstlisting} 1799 a & b => ?&?( a, b )§\use{?&?}§1826 a & b @\rewrite@ ?&?( a, b )@\use{?&?}@ 1800 1827 \end{lstlisting} 1801 1828 … … 1809 1836 long long unsigned int ?&?( long long unsigned int, long long unsigned int ); 1810 1837 \end{lstlisting} 1811 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1838 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1812 1839 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1813 1840 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1824 1851 \lhs{exclusive-OR-expression} 1825 1852 \rhs \nonterm{AND-expression} 1826 \rhs \nonterm{exclusive-OR-expression} ©^©\nonterm{AND-expression}1853 \rhs \nonterm{exclusive-OR-expression} \lstinline$^$ \nonterm{AND-expression} 1827 1854 \end{syntax} 1828 1855 1829 1856 \rewriterules 1830 1857 \begin{lstlisting} 1831 a ^ b => ?^?( a, b )§\use{?^?}§1858 a ^ b @\rewrite@ ?^?( a, b )@\use{?^?}@ 1832 1859 \end{lstlisting} 1833 1860 … … 1841 1868 long long unsigned int ?^?( long long unsigned int, long long unsigned int ); 1842 1869 \end{lstlisting} 1843 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1870 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1844 1871 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1845 1872 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1856 1883 \lhs{inclusive-OR-expression} 1857 1884 \rhs \nonterm{exclusive-OR-expression} 1858 \rhs \nonterm{inclusive-OR-expression} ©|©\nonterm{exclusive-OR-expression}1885 \rhs \nonterm{inclusive-OR-expression} \lstinline$|$ \nonterm{exclusive-OR-expression} 1859 1886 \end{syntax} 1860 1887 1861 \rewriterules 1862 \begin{lstlisting} 1863 a | b => ?|?( a, b )§\use{?"|?}§1888 \rewriterules\use{?"|?} 1889 \begin{lstlisting} 1890 a | b @\rewrite@ ?|?( a, b ) 1864 1891 \end{lstlisting} 1865 1892 … … 1873 1900 long long unsigned int ?|?( long long unsigned int, long long unsigned int ); 1874 1901 \end{lstlisting} 1875 For every extended integer type ©X© with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of ©int©there exist1902 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ with \Index{integer conversion rank} greater than the rank of \lstinline$int$ there exist 1876 1903 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 1877 1904 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1888 1915 \lhs{logical-AND-expression} 1889 1916 \rhs \nonterm{inclusive-OR-expression} 1890 \rhs \nonterm{logical-AND-expression} ©&&©\nonterm{inclusive-OR-expression}1917 \rhs \nonterm{logical-AND-expression} \lstinline$&&$ \nonterm{inclusive-OR-expression} 1891 1918 \end{syntax} 1892 1919 1893 \semantics The operands of the expression ``©a && b©'' are treated as ``©(int)((a)!=0)©'' and ``©(int)((b)!=0)©'', which shall both be unambiguous. 1894 The expression has only one interpretation, which is of type ©int©. 1895 \begin{rationale} 1896 When the operands of a logical expression are values of built-in types, and ``©!=©'' has not been redefined for those types, the compiler can optimize away the function calls. 1897 1898 A common C idiom omits comparisons to ©0© in the controlling expressions of loops and ©if© statements. 1899 For instance, the loop below iterates as long as ©rp© points at a ©Rational© value that is non-zero. 1900 1901 \begin{lstlisting} 1902 extern otype Rational;§\use{Rational}§ 1903 extern const Rational 0;§\use{0}§ 1920 \semantics The operands of the expression ``\lstinline$a && b$'' are treated as 1921 ``\lstinline$(int)((a)!=0)$'' and ``\lstinline$(int)((b)!=0)$'', which shall both be unambiguous. 1922 The expression has only one interpretation, which is of type \lstinline$int$. 1923 \begin{rationale} 1924 When the operands of a logical expression are values of built-in types, and ``\lstinline$!=$'' has not been redefined for those types, the compiler can optimize away the function calls. 1925 1926 A common C idiom omits comparisons to \lstinline$0$ in the controlling expressions of loops and 1927 \lstinline$if$ statements. 1928 For instance, the loop below iterates as long as \lstinline$rp$ points at a \lstinline$Rational$ value that is non-zero. 1929 1930 \begin{lstlisting} 1931 extern otype Rational;@\use{Rational}@ 1932 extern const Rational 0;@\use{0}@ 1904 1933 extern int ?!=?( Rational, Rational ); 1905 1934 Rational *rp; 1906 1935 while ( rp && *rp ) { ... } 1907 1936 \end{lstlisting} 1908 The logical expression calls the ©Rational© inequality operator, passing it ©*rp© and the ©Rational 0©, and getting a 1 or 0 as a result.1909 In contrast, {\CC} would apply a programmer-defined ©Rational©-to-©int© conversion to ©*rp©in the equivalent situation.1910 The conversion to ©int©would produce a general integer value, which is unfortunate, and possibly dangerous if the conversion was not written with this situation in mind.1937 The logical expression calls the \lstinline$Rational$ inequality operator, passing it \lstinline$*rp$ and the \lstinline$Rational 0$, and getting a 1 or 0 as a result. 1938 In contrast, {\CC} would apply a programmer-defined \lstinline$Rational$-to-\lstinline$int$ conversion to \lstinline$*rp$ in the equivalent situation. 1939 The conversion to \lstinline$int$ would produce a general integer value, which is unfortunate, and possibly dangerous if the conversion was not written with this situation in mind. 1911 1940 \end{rationale} 1912 1941 … … 1917 1946 \lhs{logical-OR-expression} 1918 1947 \rhs \nonterm{logical-AND-expression} 1919 \rhs \nonterm{logical-OR-expression} ©||©\nonterm{logical-AND-expression}1948 \rhs \nonterm{logical-OR-expression} \lstinline$||$ \nonterm{logical-AND-expression} 1920 1949 \end{syntax} 1921 1950 1922 1951 \semantics 1923 1952 1924 The operands of the expression `` ©a || b©'' are treated as ``©(int)((a)!=0)©'' and ``©(int)((b))!=0)©'', which shall both be unambiguous.1925 The expression has only one interpretation, which is of type ©int©.1953 The operands of the expression ``\lstinline$a || b$'' are treated as ``\lstinline$(int)((a)!=0)$'' and ``\lstinline$(int)((b))!=0)$'', which shall both be unambiguous. 1954 The expression has only one interpretation, which is of type \lstinline$int$. 1926 1955 1927 1956 … … 1931 1960 \lhs{conditional-expression} 1932 1961 \rhs \nonterm{logical-OR-expression} 1933 \rhs \nonterm{logical-OR-expression} ©?©\nonterm{expression}1934 ©:©\nonterm{conditional-expression}1962 \rhs \nonterm{logical-OR-expression} \lstinline$?$ \nonterm{expression} 1963 \lstinline$:$ \nonterm{conditional-expression} 1935 1964 \end{syntax} 1936 1965 1937 1966 \semantics 1938 In the conditional expression\use{?:} `` ©a?b:c©'', if the second and third operands both have an interpretation with ©void© type, then the expression has an interpretation with type ©void©, equivalent to1967 In the conditional expression\use{?:} ``\lstinline$a?b:c$'', if the second and third operands both have an interpretation with \lstinline$void$ type, then the expression has an interpretation with type \lstinline$void$, equivalent to 1939 1968 \begin{lstlisting} 1940 1969 ( int)(( a)!=0) ? ( void)( b) : ( void)( c) 1941 1970 \end{lstlisting} 1942 1971 1943 If the second and third operands both have interpretations with non- ©void© types, the expression is treated as if it were the call ``©cond((a)!=0, b, c)©'', with ©cond©declared as1972 If the second and third operands both have interpretations with non-\lstinline$void$ types, the expression is treated as if it were the call ``\lstinline$cond((a)!=0, b, c)$'', with \lstinline$cond$ declared as 1944 1973 \begin{lstlisting} 1945 1974 forall( otype T ) T cond( int, T, T ); … … 1993 2022 rand() ? i : l; 1994 2023 \end{lstlisting} 1995 The best interpretation infers the expression's type to be ©long© and applies the safe ©int©-to-©long© conversion to ©i©. 2024 The best interpretation infers the expression's type to be \lstinline$long$ and applies the safe 2025 \lstinline$int$-to-\lstinline$long$ conversion to \lstinline$i$. 1996 2026 1997 2027 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2000 2030 rand() ? cip : vip; 2001 2031 \end{lstlisting} 2002 The expression has type ©const volatile int *©, with safe conversions applied to the second and third operands to add ©volatile© and ©const©qualifiers, respectively.2032 The expression has type \lstinline$const volatile int *$, with safe conversions applied to the second and third operands to add \lstinline$volatile$ and \lstinline$const$ qualifiers, respectively. 2003 2033 2004 2034 \begin{lstlisting} 2005 2035 rand() ? cip : 0; 2006 2036 \end{lstlisting} 2007 The expression has type ©const int *©, with a specialization conversion applied to ©0©. 2037 The expression has type \lstinline$const int *$, with a specialization conversion applied to 2038 \lstinline$0$. 2008 2039 2009 2040 … … 2016 2047 \nonterm{assignment-expression} 2017 2048 \lhs{assignment-operator} one of 2018 \rhs ©=©\ \ ©*=©\ \ ©/=©\ \ ©%=©\ \ ©+=©\ \ ©-=©\ \ ©<<=©\ \ ©>>=©\ \ ©&=©\ \ ©^=©\ \ ©|=© 2049 \rhs \lstinline$=$\ \ \lstinline$*=$\ \ \lstinline$/=$\ \ \lstinline$%=$\ \ \lstinline$+=$\ \ \lstinline$-=$\ \ 2050 \lstinline$<<=$\ \ \lstinline$>>=$\ \ \lstinline$&=$\ \ \lstinline$^=$\ \ \lstinline$|=$ 2019 2051 \end{syntax} 2020 2052 2021 2053 \rewriterules 2022 Let `` ©<-©'' be any of the assignment operators.2054 Let ``\(\leftarrow\)'' be any of the assignment operators. 2023 2055 Then 2024 \use{?=?}\use{?*=?}\use{?/=?}\use{?%=?}\use{?+=?}\use{?-=?}\use{?>>=?}\use{?&=?}\use{?^=?}\use{?"|=?}%use{?<<=?} 2025 \begin{lstlisting} 2026 a <- b => ?<-?( &( a ), b ) 2056 \use{?=?}\use{?*=?}\use{?/=?}\use{?%=?}\use{?+=?}\use{?-=?} 2057 \use{?>>=?}\use{?&=?}\use{?^=?}\use{?"|=?}%use{?<<=?} 2058 \begin{lstlisting} 2059 a @$\leftarrow$@ b @\rewrite@ ?@$\leftarrow$@?( &( a ), b ) 2027 2060 \end{lstlisting} 2028 2061 2029 2062 \semantics 2030 2063 Each interpretation of the left operand of an assignment expression is considered separately. 2031 For each interpretation that is a bit-field or is declared with the ©register©storage class specifier, the expression has one valid interpretation, with the type of the left operand.2064 For each interpretation that is a bit-field or is declared with the \lstinline$register$ storage class specifier, the expression has one valid interpretation, with the type of the left operand. 2032 2065 The right operand is cast to that type, and the assignment expression is ambiguous if either operand is. 2033 2066 For the remaining interpretations, the expression is rewritten, and the interpretations of the assignment expression are the interpretations of the corresponding function call. … … 2262 2295 \end{lstlisting} 2263 2296 \begin{rationale} 2264 The pattern of overloadings for simple assignment resembles that of pointer increment and decrement, except that the polymorphic pointer assignment functions declare a ©dtype© parameter, instead of a ©type©parameter, because the left operand may be a pointer to an incomplete type.2265 \end{rationale} 2266 2267 For every complete structure or union type ©S©there exist2297 The pattern of overloadings for simple assignment resembles that of pointer increment and decrement, except that the polymorphic pointer assignment functions declare a \lstinline$dtype$ parameter, instead of a \lstinline$type$ parameter, because the left operand may be a pointer to an incomplete type. 2298 \end{rationale} 2299 2300 For every complete structure or union type \lstinline$S$ there exist 2268 2301 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 2269 2302 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2271 2304 \end{lstlisting} 2272 2305 2273 For every extended integer type ©X©there exist2306 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ there exist 2274 2307 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 2275 2308 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2277 2310 \end{lstlisting} 2278 2311 2279 For every complete enumerated type ©E©there exist2312 For every complete enumerated type \lstinline$E$ there exist 2280 2313 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 2281 2314 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2283 2316 \end{lstlisting} 2284 2317 \begin{rationale} 2285 The right-hand argument is ©int© because enumeration constants have type ©int©.2318 The right-hand argument is \lstinline$int$ because enumeration constants have type \lstinline$int$. 2286 2319 \end{rationale} 2287 2320 … … 2544 2577 \end{lstlisting} 2545 2578 2546 For every extended integer type ©X©there exist2579 For every extended integer type \lstinline$X$ there exist 2547 2580 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 2548 2581 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2559 2592 \end{lstlisting} 2560 2593 2561 For every complete enumerated type ©E©there exist2594 For every complete enumerated type \lstinline$E$ there exist 2562 2595 % Don't use predefined: keep this out of prelude.cf. 2563 2596 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2580 2613 \lhs{expression} 2581 2614 \rhs \nonterm{assignment-expression} 2582 \rhs \nonterm{expression} ©,©\nonterm{assignment-expression}2615 \rhs \nonterm{expression} \lstinline$,$ \nonterm{assignment-expression} 2583 2616 \end{syntax} 2584 2617 2585 2618 \semantics 2586 In the comma expression ``©a, b©'', the first operand is interpreted as ``©( void )(a)©'', which shall be unambiguous\index{ambiguous interpretation}. 2619 In the comma expression ``\lstinline$a, b$'', the first operand is interpreted as 2620 ``\lstinline$( void )(a)$'', which shall be unambiguous\index{ambiguous interpretation}. 2587 2621 The interpretations of the expression are the interpretations of the second operand. 2588 2622 … … 2619 2653 { ... } 2620 2654 \end{lstlisting} 2621 Without the rule, ©Complex©would be a type in the first case, and a parameter name in the second.2655 Without the rule, \lstinline$Complex$ would be a type in the first case, and a parameter name in the second. 2622 2656 \end{rationale} 2623 2657 … … 2645 2679 \examples 2646 2680 \begin{lstlisting} 2647 struct point { §\impl{point}§2681 struct point {@\impl{point}@ 2648 2682 int x, y; 2649 2683 }; 2650 struct color_point { §\impl{color_point}§2684 struct color_point {@\impl{color_point}@ 2651 2685 enum { RED, BLUE, GREEN } color; 2652 2686 struct point; … … 2655 2689 cp.x = 0; 2656 2690 cp.color = RED; 2657 struct literal { §\impl{literal}§2691 struct literal {@\impl{literal}@ 2658 2692 enum { NUMBER, STRING } tag; 2659 2693 union { … … 2676 2710 \begin{syntax} 2677 2711 \lhs{forall-specifier} 2678 \rhs ©forall© ©(© \nonterm{type-parameter-list} ©)©2712 \rhs \lstinline$forall$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-parameter-list} \lstinline$)$ 2679 2713 \end{syntax} 2680 2714 … … 2688 2722 } mkPair( T, T ); // illegal 2689 2723 \end{lstlisting} 2690 If an instance of ©struct Pair©was declared later in the current scope, what would the members' type be?2724 If an instance of \lstinline$struct Pair$ was declared later in the current scope, what would the members' type be? 2691 2725 \end{rationale} 2692 2726 \end{comment} … … 2695 2729 The \nonterm{type-parameter-list}s and assertions of the \nonterm{forall-specifier}s declare type identifiers, function and object identifiers with \Index{no linkage}. 2696 2730 2697 If, in the declaration ``©T D©'', ©T© contains \nonterm{forall-specifier}s and ©D© has the form 2698 \begin{lstlisting} 2699 D( §\normalsize\nonterm{parameter-type-list}§ ) 2700 \end{lstlisting} then a type identifier declared by one of the \nonterm{forall-specifier}s is an \define{inferred parameter} of the function declarator if and only if it is not an inferred parameter of a function declarator in ©D©, and it is used in the type of a parameter in the following 2701 \nonterm{type-parameter-list} or it and an inferred parameter are used as arguments of a \Index{specification} in one of the \nonterm{forall-specifier}s. 2731 If, in the declaration ``\lstinline$T D$'', \lstinline$T$ contains \nonterm{forall-specifier}s and 2732 \lstinline$D$ has the form 2733 \begin{lstlisting} 2734 D( @\normalsize\nonterm{parameter-type-list}@ ) 2735 \end{lstlisting} then a type identifier declared by one of the \nonterm{forall-specifier}s is an \define{inferred parameter} of the function declarator if and only if it is not an inferred parameter of a function declarator in \lstinline$D$, and it is used in the type of a parameter in the following 2736 \nonterm{type-parameter-list} or it and an inferred parameter are used as arguments of a 2737 \Index{specification} in one of the \nonterm{forall-specifier}s. 2702 2738 The identifiers declared by assertions that use an inferred parameter of a function declarator are \Index{assertion parameter}s of that function declarator. 2703 2739 … … 2708 2744 If this restriction were lifted, it would be possible to write 2709 2745 \begin{lstlisting} 2710 forall( otype T ) T * alloc( void );§\use{alloc}§ int *p = alloc(); 2711 \end{lstlisting} 2712 Here ©alloc()© would receive ©int© as an inferred argument, and return an ©int *©. 2713 In general, if a call to ©alloc()© is a subexpression of an expression involving polymorphic functions and overloaded identifiers, there could be considerable distance between the call and the subexpression that causes ©T© to be bound. 2714 2715 With the current restriction, ©alloc()© must be given an argument that determines ©T©: 2716 \begin{lstlisting} 2717 forall( otype T ) T * alloc( T initial_value );§\use{alloc}§ 2746 forall( otype T ) T * alloc( void );@\use{alloc}@ int *p = alloc(); 2747 \end{lstlisting} 2748 Here \lstinline$alloc()$ would receive \lstinline$int$ as an inferred argument, and return an 2749 \lstinline$int *$. 2750 In general, if a call to \lstinline$alloc()$ is a subexpression of an expression involving polymorphic functions and overloaded identifiers, there could be considerable distance between the call and the subexpression that causes \lstinline$T$ to be bound. 2751 2752 With the current restriction, \lstinline$alloc()$ must be given an argument that determines 2753 \lstinline$T$: 2754 \begin{lstlisting} 2755 forall( otype T ) T * alloc( T initial_value );@\use{alloc}@ 2718 2756 \end{lstlisting} 2719 2757 \end{rationale} … … 2721 2759 2722 2760 If a function declarator is part of a function definition, its inferred parameters and assertion parameters have \Index{block scope}; 2723 otherwise, identifiers declared by assertions have a \define{declaration scope}, which terminates at the end of the \nonterm{declaration}. 2761 otherwise, identifiers declared by assertions have a 2762 \define{declaration scope}, which terminates at the end of the \nonterm{declaration}. 2724 2763 2725 2764 A function type that has at least one inferred parameter is a \define{polymorphic function} type. … … 2730 2769 Let $f$ and $g$ be two polymorphic function types with the same number of inferred parameters, and let $f_i$ and $g_i$ be the inferred parameters of $f$ and $g$ in their order of occurance in the function types' \nonterm{parameter-type-list}s. 2731 2770 Let $f'$ be $f$ with every occurrence of $f_i$ replaced by $g_i$, for all $i$. 2732 Then $f$ and $g$ are \Index{compatible type}s if $f'$'s and $g$'s return types and parameter lists are compatible, and if for every assertion parameter of $f'$ there is an assertion parameter in $g$ with the same identifier and compatible type, and vice versa. 2771 Then $f$ and $g$ are 2772 \Index{compatible type}s if $f'$'s and $g$'s return types and parameter lists are compatible, and if for every assertion parameter of $f'$ there is an assertion parameter in $g$ with the same identifier and compatible type, and vice versa. 2733 2773 2734 2774 \examples … … 2738 2778 forall( otype T ) T fT( T ); 2739 2779 \end{lstlisting} 2740 ©fi()© takes an ©int© and returns an ©int©. ©fT()© takes a ©T© and returns a ©T©, for any type ©T©. 2780 \lstinline$fi()$ takes an \lstinline$int$ and returns an \lstinline$int$. \lstinline$fT()$ takes a 2781 \lstinline$T$ and returns a \lstinline$T$, for any type \lstinline$T$. 2741 2782 \begin{lstlisting} 2742 2783 int (*pfi )( int ) = fi; 2743 2784 forall( otype T ) T (*pfT )( T ) = fT; 2744 2785 \end{lstlisting} 2745 ©pfi© and ©pfT© are pointers to functions. ©pfT©is not polymorphic, but the function it points at is.2786 \lstinline$pfi$ and \lstinline$pfT$ are pointers to functions. \lstinline$pfT$ is not polymorphic, but the function it points at is. 2746 2787 \begin{lstlisting} 2747 2788 int (*fvpfi( void ))( int ) { … … 2752 2793 } 2753 2794 \end{lstlisting} 2754 ©fvpfi()© and ©fvpfT()© are functions taking no arguments and returning pointers to functions. ©fvpfT()©is monomorphic, but the function that its return value points at is polymorphic.2795 \lstinline$fvpfi()$ and \lstinline$fvpfT()$ are functions taking no arguments and returning pointers to functions. \lstinline$fvpfT()$ is monomorphic, but the function that its return value points at is polymorphic. 2755 2796 \begin{lstlisting} 2756 2797 forall( otype T ) int ( *fTpfi( T ) )( int ); … … 2758 2799 forall( otype T, otype U ) U ( *fTpfU( T ) )( U ); 2759 2800 \end{lstlisting} 2760 ©fTpfi()© is a polymorphic function that returns a pointer to a monomorphic function taking an integer and returning an integer. 2761 It could return ©pfi©. ©fTpfT()© is subtle: it is a polymorphic function returning a \emph{monomorphic} function taking and returning 2762 ©T©, where ©T© is an inferred parameter of ©fTpfT()©. 2763 For instance, in the expression ``©fTpfT(17)©'', ©T© is inferred to be ©int©, and the returned value would have type ©int ( * )( int )©. ``©fTpfT(17)(13)©'' and ``©fTpfT("yes")("no")©'' are legal, but ``©fTpfT(17)("no")©'' is illegal. 2764 ©fTpfU()© is polymorphic ( in type ©T©), and returns a pointer to a function that is polymorphic ( in type ©U©). ``©f5(17)("no")©'' is a legal expression of type ©char *©. 2801 \lstinline$fTpfi()$ is a polymorphic function that returns a pointer to a monomorphic function taking an integer and returning an integer. 2802 It could return \lstinline$pfi$. \lstinline$fTpfT()$ is subtle: it is a polymorphic function returning a \emph{monomorphic} function taking and returning 2803 \lstinline$T$, where \lstinline$T$ is an inferred parameter of \lstinline$fTpfT()$. 2804 For instance, in the expression ``\lstinline$fTpfT(17)$'', \lstinline$T$ is inferred to be \lstinline$int$, and the returned value would have type \lstinline$int ( * )( int )$. ``\lstinline$fTpfT(17)(13)$'' and 2805 ``\lstinline$fTpfT("yes")("no")$'' are legal, but ``\lstinline$fTpfT(17)("no")$'' is illegal. 2806 \lstinline$fTpfU()$ is polymorphic ( in type \lstinline$T$), and returns a pointer to a function that is polymorphic ( in type \lstinline$U$). ``\lstinline$f5(17)("no")$'' is a legal expression of type 2807 \lstinline$char *$. 2765 2808 \begin{lstlisting} 2766 2809 forall( otype T, otype U, otype V ) U * f( T *, U, V * const ); 2767 2810 forall( otype U, otype V, otype W ) U * g( V *, U, W * const ); 2768 2811 \end{lstlisting} 2769 The functions ©f()© and ©g()©have compatible types.2812 The functions \lstinline$f()$ and \lstinline$g()$ have compatible types. 2770 2813 Let \(f\) and \(g\) be their types; 2771 then \(f_1\) = ©T©, \(f_2\) = ©U©, \(f_3\) = ©V©, \(g_1\)2772 = ©V©, \(g_2\) = ©U©, and \(g_3\) = ©W©.2814 then \(f_1\) = \lstinline$T$, \(f_2\) = \lstinline$U$, \(f_3\) = \lstinline$V$, \(g_1\) 2815 = \lstinline$V$, \(g_2\) = \lstinline$U$, and \(g_3\) = \lstinline$W$. 2773 2816 Replacing every \(f_i\) by \(g_i\) in \(f\) gives 2774 2817 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2776 2819 \end{lstlisting} which has a return type and parameter list that is compatible with \(g\). 2777 2820 \begin{rationale} 2778 The word `` ©type©'' in a forall specifier is redundant at the moment, but I want to leave room for inferred parameters of ordinary types in case parameterized types get added one day.2821 The word ``\lstinline$type$'' in a forall specifier is redundant at the moment, but I want to leave room for inferred parameters of ordinary types in case parameterized types get added one day. 2779 2822 2780 2823 Even without parameterized types, I might try to allow … … 2802 2845 \subsection{Type qualifiers} 2803 2846 2804 \CFA defines a new type qualifier ©lvalue©\impl{lvalue}\index{lvalue}.2847 \CFA defines a new type qualifier \lstinline$lvalue$\impl{lvalue}\index{lvalue}. 2805 2848 \begin{syntax} 2806 2849 \oldlhs{type-qualifier} 2807 \rhs ©lvalue©2850 \rhs \lstinline$lvalue$ 2808 2851 \end{syntax} 2809 2852 2810 2853 \constraints 2811 \ Indexc{restrict} Types other than type parameters and pointer types whose referenced type is an object type shall not be restrict-qualified.2854 \lstinline$restrict$\index{register@{\lstinline$restrict$}} Types other than type parameters and pointer types whose referenced type is an object type shall not be restrict-qualified. 2812 2855 2813 2856 \semantics 2814 An object's type may be a restrict-qualified type parameter. 2815 ©restrict© does not establish any special semantics in that case. 2857 An object's type may be a restrict-qualified type parameter. \lstinline$restrict$ does not establish any special semantics in that case. 2816 2858 2817 2859 \begin{rationale} … … 2819 2861 \end{rationale} 2820 2862 2821 ©lvalue© may be used to qualify the return type of a function type. 2822 Let ©T© be an unqualified version of a type; 2823 then the result of calling a function with return type ©lvalue T© is a \Index{modifiable lvalue} of type ©T©. 2824 ©const©\use{const} and ©volatile©\use{volatile} qualifiers may also be added to indicate that the function result is a constant or volatile lvalue. 2825 \begin{rationale} 2826 The ©const© and ©volatile© qualifiers can only be sensibly used to qualify the return type of a function if the ©lvalue© qualifier is also used. 2863 \lstinline$lvalue$ may be used to qualify the return type of a function type. 2864 Let \lstinline$T$ be an unqualified version of a type; 2865 then the result of calling a function with return type 2866 \lstinline$lvalue T$ is a \Index{modifiable lvalue} of type \lstinline$T$. 2867 \lstinline$const$\use{const} and \lstinline$volatile$\use{volatile} qualifiers may also be added to indicate that the function result is a constant or volatile lvalue. 2868 \begin{rationale} 2869 The \lstinline$const$ and \lstinline$volatile$ qualifiers can only be sensibly used to qualify the return type of a function if the \lstinline$lvalue$ qualifier is also used. 2827 2870 \end{rationale} 2828 2871 … … 2831 2874 2832 2875 \begin{rationale} 2833 ©lvalue© provides some of the functionality of {\CC}'s ``©T&©'' ( reference to object of type ©T©) type.2876 \lstinline$lvalue$ provides some of the functionality of {\CC}'s ``\lstinline$T&$'' ( reference to object of type \lstinline$T$) type. 2834 2877 Reference types have four uses in {\CC}. 2835 2878 \begin{itemize} 2836 2879 \item 2837 They are necessary for user-defined operators that return lvalues, such as ``subscript'' and ``dereference''. 2838 2839 \item 2840 A reference can be used to define an alias for a complicated lvalue expression, as a way of getting some of the functionality of the Pascal ©with© statement. 2880 They are necessary for user-defined operators that return lvalues, such as ``subscript'' and 2881 ``dereference''. 2882 2883 \item 2884 A reference can be used to define an alias for a complicated lvalue expression, as a way of getting some of the functionality of the Pascal \lstinline$with$ statement. 2841 2885 The following {\CC} code gives an example. 2842 2886 \begin{lstlisting} … … 2851 2895 A reference parameter can be used to allow a function to modify an argument without forcing the caller to pass the address of the argument. 2852 2896 This is most useful for user-defined assignment operators. 2853 In {\CC}, plain assignment is done by a function called `` ©operator=©'', and the two expressions2897 In {\CC}, plain assignment is done by a function called ``\lstinline$operator=$'', and the two expressions 2854 2898 \begin{lstlisting} 2855 2899 a = b; 2856 2900 operator=( a, b ); 2857 2901 \end{lstlisting} are equivalent. 2858 If ©a© and ©b© are of type ©T©, then the first parameter of ©operator=© must have type ``©T&©''. 2859 It cannot have type ©T©, because then assignment couldn't alter the variable, and it can't have type ``©T *©'', because the assignment would have to be written ``©&a = b;©''. 2860 2861 In the case of user-defined operators, this could just as well be handled by using pointer types and by changing the rewrite rules so that ``©a = b;©'' is equivalent to ``©operator=(&( a), b )©''. 2862 Reference parameters of ``normal'' functions are Bad Things, because they remove a useful property of C function calls: an argument can only be modified by a function if it is preceded by ``©&©''. 2902 If \lstinline$a$ and \lstinline$b$ are of type \lstinline$T$, then the first parameter of \lstinline$operator=$ must have type ``\lstinline$T&$''. 2903 It cannot have type 2904 \lstinline$T$, because then assignment couldn't alter the variable, and it can't have type 2905 ``\lstinline$T *$'', because the assignment would have to be written ``\lstinline$&a = b;$''. 2906 2907 In the case of user-defined operators, this could just as well be handled by using pointer types and by changing the rewrite rules so that ``\lstinline$a = b;$'' is equivalent to 2908 ``\lstinline$operator=(&( a), b )$''. 2909 Reference parameters of ``normal'' functions are Bad Things, because they remove a useful property of C function calls: an argument can only be modified by a function if it is preceded by ``\lstinline$&$''. 2863 2910 2864 2911 \item 2865 2912 References to \Index{const-qualified} types can be used instead of value parameters. Given the 2866 {\CC} function call `` ©fiddle( a_thing )©'', where the type of ©a_thing©is2867 ©Thing©, the type of ©fiddle©could be either of2913 {\CC} function call ``\lstinline$fiddle( a_thing )$'', where the type of \lstinline$a_thing$ is 2914 \lstinline$Thing$, the type of \lstinline$fiddle$ could be either of 2868 2915 \begin{lstlisting} 2869 2916 void fiddle( Thing ); 2870 2917 void fiddle( const Thing & ); 2871 2918 \end{lstlisting} 2872 If the second form is used, then constructors and destructors are not invoked to create a temporary variable at the call site ( and it is bad style for the caller to make any assumptions about such things), and within ©fiddle©the parameter is subject to the usual problems caused by aliases.2873 The reference form might be chosen for efficiency's sake if ©Thing©s are too large or their constructors or destructors are too expensive.2919 If the second form is used, then constructors and destructors are not invoked to create a temporary variable at the call site ( and it is bad style for the caller to make any assumptions about such things), and within \lstinline$fiddle$ the parameter is subject to the usual problems caused by aliases. 2920 The reference form might be chosen for efficiency's sake if \lstinline$Thing$s are too large or their constructors or destructors are too expensive. 2874 2921 An implementation may switch between them without causing trouble for well-behaved clients. 2875 2922 This leaves the implementor to define ``too large'' and ``too expensive''. … … 2879 2926 void fiddle( const volatile Thing ); 2880 2927 \end{lstlisting} with call-by-reference. 2881 Since it knows all about the size of ©Thing©s and the parameter passing mechanism, it should be able to come up with a better definition of ``too large'', and may be able to make a good guess at ``too expensive''.2928 Since it knows all about the size of \lstinline$Thing$s and the parameter passing mechanism, it should be able to come up with a better definition of ``too large'', and may be able to make a good guess at ``too expensive''. 2882 2929 \end{itemize} 2883 2930 … … 2899 2946 \begin{syntax} 2900 2947 \lhs{spec-definition} 2901 \rhs ©spec©\nonterm{identifier}2902 ©(© \nonterm{type-parameter-list} ©)©2903 ©{© \nonterm{spec-declaration-list}\opt ©}©2948 \rhs \lstinline$spec$ \nonterm{identifier} 2949 \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-parameter-list} \lstinline$)$ 2950 \lstinline${$ \nonterm{spec-declaration-list}\opt \lstinline$}$ 2904 2951 \lhs{spec-declaration-list} 2905 \rhs \nonterm{spec-declaration} ©;©2906 \rhs \nonterm{spec-declaration-list} \nonterm{spec-declaration} ©;©2952 \rhs \nonterm{spec-declaration} \lstinline$;$ 2953 \rhs \nonterm{spec-declaration-list} \nonterm{spec-declaration} \lstinline$;$ 2907 2954 \lhs{spec-declaration} 2908 2955 \rhs \nonterm{specifier-qualifier-list} \nonterm{declarator-list} 2909 2956 \lhs{declarator-list} 2910 2957 \rhs \nonterm{declarator} 2911 \rhs \nonterm{declarator-list} ©,©\nonterm{declarator}2958 \rhs \nonterm{declarator-list} \lstinline$,$ \nonterm{declarator} 2912 2959 \end{syntax} 2913 2960 \begin{rationale} … … 2931 2978 \rhs \nonterm{assertion-list} \nonterm{assertion} 2932 2979 \lhs{assertion} 2933 \rhs ©|© \nonterm{identifier} ©(© \nonterm{type-name-list} ©)©2934 \rhs ©|©\nonterm{spec-declaration}2980 \rhs \lstinline$|$ \nonterm{identifier} \lstinline$($ \nonterm{type-name-list} \lstinline$)$ 2981 \rhs \lstinline$|$ \nonterm{spec-declaration} 2935 2982 \lhs{type-name-list} 2936 2983 \rhs \nonterm{type-name} 2937 \rhs \nonterm{type-name-list} ©,©\nonterm{type-name}2984 \rhs \nonterm{type-name-list} \lstinline$,$ \nonterm{type-name} 2938 2985 \end{syntax} 2939 2986 … … 2942 2989 The \nonterm{type-name-list} shall contain one \nonterm{type-name} argument for each \nonterm{type-parameter} in that specification's \nonterm{spec-parameter-list}. 2943 2990 If the 2944 \nonterm{type-parameter} uses type-class ©type©\use{type}, the argument shall be the type name of an \Index{object type};2945 if it uses ©dtype©, the argument shall be the type name of an object type or an \Index{incomplete type};2946 and if it uses ©ftype©, the argument shall be the type name of a \Index{function type}.2991 \nonterm{type-parameter} uses type-class \lstinline$type$\use{type}, the argument shall be the type name of an \Index{object type}; 2992 if it uses \lstinline$dtype$, the argument shall be the type name of an object type or an \Index{incomplete type}; 2993 and if it uses \lstinline$ftype$, the argument shall be the type name of a \Index{function type}. 2947 2994 2948 2995 \semantics 2949 An \define{assertion} is a declaration of a collection of objects and functions, called \define{assertion parameters}. 2996 An \define{assertion} is a declaration of a collection of objects and functions, called 2997 \define{assertion parameters}. 2950 2998 2951 2999 The assertion parameters produced by an assertion that applies the name of a specification to type arguments are found by taking the declarations specified in the specification and treating each of the specification's parameters as a synonym for the corresponding \nonterm{type-name} argument. … … 2956 3004 \examples 2957 3005 \begin{lstlisting} 2958 forall( otype T | T ?*?( T, T )) §\use{?*?}§2959 T square( T val ) { §\impl{square}§3006 forall( otype T | T ?*?( T, T ))@\use{?*?}@ 3007 T square( T val ) {@\impl{square}@ 2960 3008 return val + val; 2961 3009 } 2962 trait summable( otype T ) { §\impl{summable}§2963 T ?+=?( T *, T ); §\use{?+=?}§2964 const T 0; §\use{0}§3010 trait summable( otype T ) {@\impl{summable}@ 3011 T ?+=?( T *, T );@\use{?+=?}@ 3012 const T 0;@\use{0}@ 2965 3013 }; 2966 trait list_of( otype List, otype Element ) { §\impl{list_of}§3014 trait list_of( otype List, otype Element ) {@\impl{list_of}@ 2967 3015 Element car( List ); 2968 3016 List cdr( List ); … … 2973 3021 trait sum_list( otype List, otype Element | summable( Element ) | list_of( List, Element ) ) {}; 2974 3022 \end{lstlisting} 2975 ©sum_list©contains seven declarations, which describe a list whose elements can be added up.2976 The assertion `` ©|sum_list( i_list, int )©''\use{sum_list} produces the assertion parameters3023 \lstinline$sum_list$ contains seven declarations, which describe a list whose elements can be added up. 3024 The assertion ``\lstinline$|sum_list( i_list, int )$''\use{sum_list} produces the assertion parameters 2977 3025 \begin{lstlisting} 2978 3026 int ?+=?( int *, int ); … … 2991 3039 \lhs{type-parameter-list} 2992 3040 \rhs \nonterm{type-parameter} 2993 \rhs \nonterm{type-parameter-list} ©,©\nonterm{type-parameter}3041 \rhs \nonterm{type-parameter-list} \lstinline$,$ \nonterm{type-parameter} 2994 3042 \lhs{type-parameter} 2995 3043 \rhs \nonterm{type-class} \nonterm{identifier} \nonterm{assertion-list}\opt 2996 3044 \lhs{type-class} 2997 \rhs ©type©2998 \rhs ©dtype©2999 \rhs ©ftype©3045 \rhs \lstinline$type$ 3046 \rhs \lstinline$dtype$ 3047 \rhs \lstinline$ftype$ 3000 3048 \lhs{type-declaration} 3001 \rhs \nonterm{storage-class-specifier}\opt ©type©\nonterm{type-declarator-list} \verb|;|3049 \rhs \nonterm{storage-class-specifier}\opt \lstinline$type$ \nonterm{type-declarator-list} \verb|;| 3002 3050 \lhs{type-declarator-list} 3003 3051 \rhs \nonterm{type-declarator} 3004 \rhs \nonterm{type-declarator-list} ©,©\nonterm{type-declarator}3052 \rhs \nonterm{type-declarator-list} \lstinline$,$ \nonterm{type-declarator} 3005 3053 \lhs{type-declarator} 3006 \rhs \nonterm{identifier} \nonterm{assertion-list}\opt ©=©\nonterm{type-name}3054 \rhs \nonterm{identifier} \nonterm{assertion-list}\opt \lstinline$=$ \nonterm{type-name} 3007 3055 \rhs \nonterm{identifier} \nonterm{assertion-list}\opt 3008 3056 \end{syntax} … … 3015 3063 3016 3064 An identifier declared by a \nonterm{type-parameter} has \Index{no linkage}. 3017 Identifiers declared with type-class ©type©\use{type} are \Index{object type}s; 3018 those declared with type-class ©dtype©\use{dtype} are \Index{incomplete type}s; 3019 and those declared with type-class ©ftype©\use{ftype} are \Index{function type}s. 3065 Identifiers declared with type-class \lstinline$type$\use{type} are \Index{object type}s; 3066 those declared with type-class 3067 \lstinline$dtype$\use{dtype} are \Index{incomplete type}s; 3068 and those declared with type-class 3069 \lstinline$ftype$\use{ftype} are \Index{function type}s. 3020 3070 The identifier has \Index{block scope} that terminates at the end of the \nonterm{spec-declaration-list} or polymorphic function that contains the \nonterm{type-parameter}. 3021 3071 … … 3025 3075 Within the scope of the declaration, \Index{implicit conversion}s can be performed between the defined type and the implementation type, and between pointers to the defined type and pointers to the implementation type. 3026 3076 3027 A type declaration without an \Index{initializer} and without a \Index{storage-class specifier} or with storage-class specifier ©static©\use{static} defines an \Index{incomplete type}. 3028 If a \Index{translation unit} or \Index{block} contains one or more such declarations for an identifier, it must contain exactly one definition of the identifier ( but not in an enclosed block, which would define a new type known only within that block). 3077 A type declaration without an \Index{initializer} and without a \Index{storage-class specifier} or with storage-class specifier \lstinline$static$\use{static} defines an \Index{incomplete type}. 3078 If a 3079 \Index{translation unit} or \Index{block} contains one or more such declarations for an identifier, it must contain exactly one definition of the identifier ( but not in an enclosed block, which would define a new type known only within that block). 3029 3080 \begin{rationale} 3030 3081 Incomplete type declarations allow compact mutually-recursive types. … … 3043 3094 \end{rationale} 3044 3095 3045 A type declaration without an initializer and with \Index{storage-class specifier} ©extern©\use{extern} is an \define{opaque type declaration}. 3046 Opaque types are \Index{object type}s. 3096 A type declaration without an initializer and with \Index{storage-class specifier} 3097 \lstinline$extern$\use{extern} is an \define{opaque type declaration}. 3098 Opaque types are 3099 \Index{object type}s. 3047 3100 An opaque type is not a \nonterm{constant-expression}; 3048 neither is a structure or union that has a member whose type is not a \nonterm{constant-expression}. 3049 Every other\Index{object type} is a \nonterm{constant-expression}.3101 neither is a structure or union that has a member whose type is not a \nonterm{constant-expression}. Every other 3102 \Index{object type} is a \nonterm{constant-expression}. 3050 3103 Objects with static storage duration shall be declared with a type that is a \nonterm{constant-expression}. 3051 3104 \begin{rationale} … … 3057 3110 \end{rationale} 3058 3111 3059 An \Index{incomplete type} which is not a qualified version\index{qualified type} of a type is a value of \Index{type-class} ©dtype©. 3060 An object type\index{object types} which is not a qualified version of a type is a value of type-classes ©type© and ©dtype©. 3061 A \Index{function type} is a value of type-class ©ftype©. 3112 An \Index{incomplete type} which is not a qualified version\index{qualified type} of a type is a value of \Index{type-class} \lstinline$dtype$. 3113 An object type\index{object types} which is not a qualified version of a type is a value of type-classes \lstinline$type$ and \lstinline$dtype$. 3114 A 3115 \Index{function type} is a value of type-class \lstinline$ftype$. 3062 3116 \begin{rationale} 3063 3117 Syntactically, a type value is a \nonterm{type-name}, which is a declaration for an object which omits the identifier being declared. … … 3068 3122 3069 3123 Type qualifiers are a weak point of C's type system. 3070 Consider the standard library function ©strchr()© which, given a string and a character, returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the character in the string. 3071 \begin{lstlisting} 3072 char *strchr( const char *s, int c ) {§\impl{strchr}§ 3124 Consider the standard library function 3125 \lstinline$strchr()$ which, given a string and a character, returns a pointer to the first occurrence of the character in the string. 3126 \begin{lstlisting} 3127 char *strchr( const char *s, int c ) {@\impl{strchr}@ 3073 3128 char real_c = c; // done because c was declared as int. 3074 3129 for ( ; *s != real_c; s++ ) … … 3077 3132 } 3078 3133 \end{lstlisting} 3079 The parameter ©s© must be ©const char *©, because ©strchr()© might be used to search a constant string, but the return type must be ©char *©, because the result might be used to modify a non-constant string. 3080 Hence the body must perform a cast, and ( even worse) ©strchr()© provides a type-safe way to attempt to modify constant strings. 3081 What is needed is some way to say that ©s©'s type might contain qualifiers, and the result type has exactly the same qualifiers. 3134 The parameter \lstinline$s$ must be \lstinline$const char *$, because \lstinline$strchr()$ might be used to search a constant string, but the return type must be \lstinline$char *$, because the result might be used to modify a non-constant string. 3135 Hence the body must perform a cast, and ( even worse) 3136 \lstinline$strchr()$ provides a type-safe way to attempt to modify constant strings. 3137 What is needed is some way to say that \lstinline$s$'s type might contain qualifiers, and the result type has exactly the same qualifiers. 3082 3138 Polymorphic functions do not provide a fix for this deficiency\index{deficiencies!pointers to qualified types}, because type qualifiers are not part of type values. 3083 Instead, overloading can be used to define ©strchr()©for each combination of qualifiers.3139 Instead, overloading can be used to define \lstinline$strchr()$ for each combination of qualifiers. 3084 3140 \end{rationale} 3085 3141 … … 3105 3161 }; 3106 3162 \end{lstlisting} 3107 Without this restriction, \CFA might require ``module initialization'' code ( since ©Rational© has external linkage, it must be created before any other translation unit instantiates it), and would force an ordering on the initialization of the translation unit that defines ©Huge© and the translation that declares ©Rational©. 3163 Without this restriction, \CFA might require ``module initialization'' code ( since 3164 \lstinline$Rational$ has external linkage, it must be created before any other translation unit instantiates it), and would force an ordering on the initialization of the translation unit that defines \lstinline$Huge$ and the translation that declares \lstinline$Rational$. 3108 3165 3109 3166 A benefit of the restriction is that it prevents the declaration in separate translation units of types that contain each other, which would be hard to prevent otherwise. … … 3111 3168 // File a.c: 3112 3169 extern type t1; 3113 type t2 = struct { t1 f1; ... } // illegal3170 type t2 = struct { t1 f1; ... } // illegal 3114 3171 // File b.c: 3115 3172 extern type t2; 3116 type t1 = struct { t2 f2; ... } // illegal3173 type t1 = struct { t2 f2; ... } // illegal 3117 3174 \end{lstlisting} 3118 3175 \end{rationale} … … 3122 3179 \nonterm{struct-declaration}, type declarations can not be structure members. 3123 3180 The form of 3124 \nonterm{type-declaration} forbids arrays of, pointers to, and functions returning ©type©.3181 \nonterm{type-declaration} forbids arrays of, pointers to, and functions returning \lstinline$type$. 3125 3182 Hence the syntax of \nonterm{type-specifier} does not have to be extended to allow type-valued expressions. 3126 3183 It also side-steps the problem of type-valued expressions producing different values in different declarations. … … 3137 3194 #include <stdlib.h> 3138 3195 T * new( otype T ) { return ( T * )malloc( sizeof( T) ); }; 3139 ...int * ip = new( int );3140 \end{lstlisting} 3141 This looks sensible, but \CFA's declaration-before-use rules mean that `` ©T©'' in the function body refers to the parameter, but the ``©T©'' in the return type refers to the meaning of ©T© in the scope that contains ©new©;3196 @\ldots@ int * ip = new( int ); 3197 \end{lstlisting} 3198 This looks sensible, but \CFA's declaration-before-use rules mean that ``\lstinline$T$'' in the function body refers to the parameter, but the ``\lstinline$T$'' in the return type refers to the meaning of \lstinline$T$ in the scope that contains \lstinline$new$; 3142 3199 it could be undefined, or a type name, or a function or variable name. 3143 3200 Nothing good can result from such a situation. … … 3156 3213 f2( v2 ); 3157 3214 \end{lstlisting} 3158 ©V1© is passed by value, so ©f1()©'s assignment to ©a[0]© does not modify v1. ©V2© is converted to a pointer, so ©f2()© modifies ©v2[0]©.3215 \lstinline$V1$ is passed by value, so \lstinline$f1()$'s assignment to \lstinline$a[0]$ does not modify v1. \lstinline$V2$ is converted to a pointer, so \lstinline$f2()$ modifies \lstinline$v2[0]$. 3159 3216 3160 3217 A translation unit containing the declarations 3161 3218 \begin{lstlisting} 3162 extern type Complex; §\use{Complex}§// opaque type declaration3163 extern float abs( Complex ); §\use{abs}§3164 \end{lstlisting} can contain declarations of complex numbers, which can be passed to ©abs©.3165 Some other translation unit must implement ©Complex© and ©abs©.3219 extern type Complex;@\use{Complex}@ // opaque type declaration 3220 extern float abs( Complex );@\use{abs}@ 3221 \end{lstlisting} can contain declarations of complex numbers, which can be passed to \lstinline$abs$. 3222 Some other translation unit must implement \lstinline$Complex$ and \lstinline$abs$. 3166 3223 That unit might contain the declarations 3167 3224 \begin{lstlisting} 3168 otype Complex = struct { float re, im; }; §\impl{Complex}§3169 Complex cplx_i = { 0.0, 1.0 }; §\impl{cplx_i}§3170 float abs( Complex c ) { §\impl{abs( Complex )}§3225 otype Complex = struct { float re, im; };@\impl{Complex}@ 3226 Complex cplx_i = { 0.0, 1.0 };@\impl{cplx_i}@ 3227 float abs( Complex c ) {@\impl{abs( Complex )}@ 3171 3228 return sqrt( c.re * c.re + c.im * c.im ); 3172 3229 } 3173 3230 \end{lstlisting} 3174 Note that ©c© is implicitly converted to a ©struct©so that its components can be retrieved.3175 3176 \begin{lstlisting} 3177 otype Time_of_day = int; §\impl{Time_of_day}§// seconds since midnight.3178 Time_of_day ?+?( Time_of_day t1, int seconds ) { §\impl{?+?}§3231 Note that \lstinline$c$ is implicitly converted to a \lstinline$struct$ so that its components can be retrieved. 3232 3233 \begin{lstlisting} 3234 otype Time_of_day = int;@\impl{Time_of_day}@ // seconds since midnight. 3235 Time_of_day ?+?( Time_of_day t1, int seconds ) {@\impl{?+?}@ 3179 3236 return (( int)t1 + seconds ) % 86400; 3180 3237 } 3181 3238 \end{lstlisting} 3182 ©t1©must be cast to its implementation type to prevent infinite recursion.3239 \lstinline$t1$ must be cast to its implementation type to prevent infinite recursion. 3183 3240 3184 3241 \begin{rationale} 3185 3242 Within the scope of a type definition, an instance of the type can be viewed as having that type or as having the implementation type. 3186 In the ©Time_of_day©example, the difference is important.3243 In the \lstinline$Time_of_day$ example, the difference is important. 3187 3244 Different languages have treated the distinction between the abstraction and the implementation in different ways. 3188 3245 \begin{itemize} 3189 3246 \item 3190 3247 Inside a Clu cluster \cite{CLU}, the declaration of an instance states which view applies. 3191 Two primitives called ©up© and ©down©can be used to convert between the views.3248 Two primitives called \lstinline$up$ and \lstinline$down$ can be used to convert between the views. 3192 3249 \item 3193 3250 The Simula class \cite{SIMULA87} is essentially a record type. 3194 3251 Since the only operations on a record are member selection and assignment, which can not be overloaded, there is never any ambiguity as to whether the abstraction or the implementation view is being used. 3195 3252 In {\CC} 3196 \cite{C++}, operations on class instances include assignment and `` ©&©'', which can be overloaded.3253 \cite{C++}, operations on class instances include assignment and ``\lstinline$&$'', which can be overloaded. 3197 3254 A ``scope resolution'' operator can be used inside the class to specify whether the abstract or implementation version of the operation should be used. 3198 3255 \item … … 3207 3264 In this case, explicit conversions between the derived type and the old type can be used. 3208 3265 \end{itemize} 3209 \CFA's rules are like Clu's, except that implicit conversions and conversion costs allow it to do away with most uses of ©up© and ©down©.3266 \CFA's rules are like Clu's, except that implicit conversions and conversion costs allow it to do away with most uses of \lstinline$up$ and \lstinline$down$. 3210 3267 \end{rationale} 3211 3268 … … 3213 3270 \subsubsection{Default functions and objects} 3214 3271 3215 A declaration\index{type declaration} of a type identifier ©T© with type-class ©type© implicitly declares a \define{default assignment} function ©T ?=?( T *, T )©\use{?=?}, with the same \Index{scope} and \Index{linkage} as the identifier ©T©. 3272 A declaration\index{type declaration} of a type identifier \lstinline$T$ with type-class 3273 \lstinline$type$ implicitly declares a \define{default assignment} function 3274 \lstinline$T ?=?( T *, T )$\use{?=?}, with the same \Index{scope} and \Index{linkage} as the identifier \lstinline$T$. 3216 3275 \begin{rationale} 3217 3276 Assignment is central to C's imperative programming style, and every existing C object type has assignment defined for it ( except for array types, which are treated as pointer types for purposes of assignment). 3218 3277 Without this rule, nearly every inferred type parameter would need an accompanying assignment assertion parameter. 3219 If a type parameter should not have an assignment operation, ©dtype© should be used. 3278 If a type parameter should not have an assignment operation, 3279 \lstinline$dtype$ should be used. 3220 3280 If a type should not have assignment defined, the user can define an assignment function that causes a run-time error, or provide an external declaration but no definition and thus cause a link-time error. 3221 3281 \end{rationale} 3222 3282 3223 A definition\index{type definition} of a type identifier ©T© with \Index{implementation type} ©I© and type-class ©type© implicitly defines a default assignment function. 3224 A definition\index{type definition} of a type identifier ©T© with implementation type ©I© and an assertion list implicitly defines \define{default function}s and \define{default object}s as declared by the assertion declarations. 3225 The default objects and functions have the same \Index{scope} and \Index{linkage} as the identifier ©T©. 3283 A definition\index{type definition} of a type identifier \lstinline$T$ with \Index{implementation type} \lstinline$I$ and type-class \lstinline$type$ implicitly defines a default assignment function. 3284 A definition\index{type definition} of a type identifier \lstinline$T$ with implementation type \lstinline$I$ and an assertion list implicitly defines \define{default function}s and 3285 \define{default object}s as declared by the assertion declarations. 3286 The default objects and functions have the same \Index{scope} and \Index{linkage} as the identifier \lstinline$T$. 3226 3287 Their values are determined as follows: 3227 3288 \begin{itemize} 3228 3289 \item 3229 If at the definition of ©T© there is visible a declaration of an object with the same name as the default object, and if the type of that object with all occurrence of ©I© replaced by ©T©is compatible with the type of the default object, then the default object is initialized with that object.3230 Otherwise the scope of the declaration of ©T©must contain a definition of the default object.3290 If at the definition of \lstinline$T$ there is visible a declaration of an object with the same name as the default object, and if the type of that object with all occurrence of \lstinline$I$ replaced by \lstinline$T$ is compatible with the type of the default object, then the default object is initialized with that object. 3291 Otherwise the scope of the declaration of \lstinline$T$ must contain a definition of the default object. 3231 3292 3232 3293 \item 3233 If at the definition of ©T© there is visible a declaration of a function with the same name as the default function, and if the type of that function with all occurrence of ©I© replaced by ©T©is compatible with the type of the default function, then the default function calls that function after converting its arguments and returns the converted result.3234 3235 Otherwise, if ©I© contains exactly one anonymous member\index{anonymous member} such that at the definition of ©T© there is visible a declaration of a function with the same name as the default function, and the type of that function with all occurrences of the anonymous member's type in its parameter list replaced by ©T©is compatible with the type of the default function, then the default function calls that function after converting its arguments and returns the result.3236 3237 Otherwise the scope of the declaration of ©T©must contain a definition of the default function.3294 If at the definition of \lstinline$T$ there is visible a declaration of a function with the same name as the default function, and if the type of that function with all occurrence of \lstinline$I$ replaced by \lstinline$T$ is compatible with the type of the default function, then the default function calls that function after converting its arguments and returns the converted result. 3295 3296 Otherwise, if \lstinline$I$ contains exactly one anonymous member\index{anonymous member} such that at the definition of \lstinline$T$ there is visible a declaration of a function with the same name as the default function, and the type of that function with all occurrences of the anonymous member's type in its parameter list replaced by \lstinline$T$ is compatible with the type of the default function, then the default function calls that function after converting its arguments and returns the result. 3297 3298 Otherwise the scope of the declaration of \lstinline$T$ must contain a definition of the default function. 3238 3299 \end{itemize} 3239 3300 \begin{rationale} … … 3241 3302 \end{rationale} 3242 3303 3243 A function or object with the same type and name as a default function or object that is declared within the scope of the definition of ©T©replaces the default function or object.3304 A function or object with the same type and name as a default function or object that is declared within the scope of the definition of \lstinline$T$ replaces the default function or object. 3244 3305 3245 3306 \examples … … 3251 3312 Pair b = { 1, 1 }; 3252 3313 \end{lstlisting} 3253 The definition of ©Pair© implicitly defines two objects ©a© and ©b©. 3254 ©Pair a© inherits its value from the ©struct impl a©. 3255 The definition of ©Pair b© is compulsory because there is no ©struct impl b© to construct a value from. 3314 The definition of \lstinline$Pair$ implicitly defines two objects \lstinline$a$ and \lstinline$b$. 3315 \lstinline$Pair a$ inherits its value from the \lstinline$struct impl a$. 3316 The definition of 3317 \lstinline$Pair b$ is compulsory because there is no \lstinline$struct impl b$ to construct a value from. 3256 3318 \begin{lstlisting} 3257 3319 trait ss( otype T ) { … … 3259 3321 void munge( T * ); 3260 3322 } 3261 otype Whatsit | ss( Whatsit ); §\use{Whatsit}§3262 otype Doodad | ss( Doodad ) = struct doodad { §\use{Doodad}§3323 otype Whatsit | ss( Whatsit );@\use{Whatsit}@ 3324 otype Doodad | ss( Doodad ) = struct doodad {@\use{Doodad}@ 3263 3325 Whatsit; // anonymous member 3264 3326 int extra; … … 3266 3328 Doodad clone( Doodad ) { ... } 3267 3329 \end{lstlisting} 3268 The definition of ©Doodad©implicitly defines three functions:3330 The definition of \lstinline$Doodad$ implicitly defines three functions: 3269 3331 \begin{lstlisting} 3270 3332 Doodad ?=?( Doodad *, Doodad ); … … 3272 3334 void munge( Doodad * ); 3273 3335 \end{lstlisting} 3274 The assignment function inherits ©struct doodad©'s assignment function because the types match when ©struct doodad© is replaced by ©Doodad© throughout. 3275 ©munge()© inherits ©Whatsit©'s ©munge()© because the types match when ©Whatsit© is replaced by ©Doodad© in the parameter list. ©clone()© does \emph{not} inherit ©Whatsit©'s ©clone()©: replacement in the parameter list yields ``©Whatsit clone( Doodad )©'', which is not compatible with ©Doodad©'s ©clone()©'s type. 3276 Hence the definition of ``©Doodad clone( Doodad )©'' is necessary. 3336 The assignment function inherits \lstinline$struct doodad$'s assignment function because the types match when \lstinline$struct doodad$ is replaced by \lstinline$Doodad$ throughout. 3337 \lstinline$munge()$ inherits \lstinline$Whatsit$'s \lstinline$munge()$ because the types match when 3338 \lstinline$Whatsit$ is replaced by \lstinline$Doodad$ in the parameter list. \lstinline$clone()$ does \emph{not} inherit \lstinline$Whatsit$'s \lstinline$clone()$: replacement in the parameter list yields ``\lstinline$Whatsit clone( Doodad )$'', which is not compatible with 3339 \lstinline$Doodad$'s \lstinline$clone()$'s type. 3340 Hence the definition of 3341 ``\lstinline$Doodad clone( Doodad )$'' is necessary. 3277 3342 3278 3343 Default functions and objects are subject to the normal scope rules. 3279 3344 \begin{lstlisting} 3280 otype T = ...;3281 T a_T = ...; // Default assignment used.3345 otype T = @\ldots@; 3346 T a_T = @\ldots@; // Default assignment used. 3282 3347 T ?=?( T *, T ); 3283 T a_T = ...; // Programmer-defined assignment called.3348 T a_T = @\ldots@; // Programmer-defined assignment called. 3284 3349 \end{lstlisting} 3285 3350 \begin{rationale} … … 3314 3379 \begin{syntax} 3315 3380 \oldlhs{labeled-statement} 3316 \rhs ©case©\nonterm{case-value-list} : \nonterm{statement}3381 \rhs \lstinline$case$ \nonterm{case-value-list} : \nonterm{statement} 3317 3382 \lhs{case-value-list} 3318 3383 \rhs \nonterm{case-value} 3319 \rhs \nonterm{case-value-list} ©,©\nonterm{case-value}3384 \rhs \nonterm{case-value-list} \lstinline$,$ \nonterm{case-value} 3320 3385 \lhs{case-value} 3321 3386 \rhs \nonterm{constant-expression} 3322 3387 \rhs \nonterm{subrange} 3323 3388 \lhs{subrange} 3324 \rhs \nonterm{constant-expression} ©~©\nonterm{constant-expression}3389 \rhs \nonterm{constant-expression} \lstinline$~$ \nonterm{constant-expression} 3325 3390 \end{syntax} 3326 3391 … … 3335 3400 case 1~4, 9~14, 27~32: 3336 3401 \end{lstlisting} 3337 The ©case© and ©default© clauses are restricted within the ©switch© and ©choose©statements, precluding Duff's device.3402 The \lstinline$case$ and \lstinline$default$ clauses are restricted within the \lstinline$switch$ and \lstinline$choose$ statements, precluding Duff's device. 3338 3403 3339 3404 3340 3405 \subsection{Expression and null statements} 3341 3406 3342 The expression in an expression statement is treated as being cast to ©void©.3407 The expression in an expression statement is treated as being cast to \lstinline$void$. 3343 3408 3344 3409 … … 3347 3412 \begin{syntax} 3348 3413 \oldlhs{selection-statement} 3349 \rhs ©choose© ©(© \nonterm{expression} ©)©\nonterm{statement}3414 \rhs \lstinline$choose$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{expression} \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{statement} 3350 3415 \end{syntax} 3351 3416 3352 The controlling expression ©E© in the ©switch© and ©choose©statement:3417 The controlling expression \lstinline$E$ in the \lstinline$switch$ and \lstinline$choose$ statement: 3353 3418 \begin{lstlisting} 3354 3419 switch ( E ) ... … … 3356 3421 \end{lstlisting} may have more than one interpretation, but it shall have only one interpretation with an integral type. 3357 3422 An \Index{integer promotion} is performed on the expression if necessary. 3358 The constant expressions in ©case©statements with the switch are converted to the promoted type.3423 The constant expressions in \lstinline$case$ statements with the switch are converted to the promoted type. 3359 3424 3360 3425 3361 3426 \setcounter{subsubsection}{3} 3362 \subsubsection [The choose statement]{The \lstinline@choose@statement}3363 3364 The ©choose© statement is the same as the ©switch© statement except control transfers to the end of the ©choose© statement at a ©case© or ©default©labeled statement.3365 The ©fallthru© statement is used to fall through to the next ©case© or ©default©labeled statement.3427 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$choose$ statement} 3428 3429 The \lstinline$choose$ statement is the same as the \lstinline$switch$ statement except control transfers to the end of the \lstinline$choose$ statement at a \lstinline$case$ or \lstinline$default$ labeled statement. 3430 The \lstinline$fallthru$ statement is used to fall through to the next \lstinline$case$ or \lstinline$default$ labeled statement. 3366 3431 The following have identical meaning: 3367 3432 \begin{flushleft} … … 3388 3453 \end{tabular} 3389 3454 \end{flushleft} 3390 The ©choose© statement addresses the problem of accidental fall-through associated with the ©switch©statement.3455 The \lstinline$choose$ statement addresses the problem of accidental fall-through associated with the \lstinline$switch$ statement. 3391 3456 3392 3457 3393 3458 \subsection{Iteration statements} 3394 3459 3395 The controlling expression ©E©in the loops3460 The controlling expression \lstinline$E$ in the loops 3396 3461 \begin{lstlisting} 3397 3462 if ( E ) ... 3398 3463 while ( E ) ... 3399 3464 do ... while ( E ); 3400 \end{lstlisting} 3401 is treated as ``©( int )((E)!=0)©''. 3465 \end{lstlisting} is treated as ``\lstinline$( int )((E)!=0)$''. 3402 3466 3403 3467 The statement 3404 3468 \begin{lstlisting} 3405 for ( a; b; c ) ...3469 for ( a; b; c ) @\ldots@ 3406 3470 \end{lstlisting} is treated as 3407 3471 \begin{lstlisting} … … 3414 3478 \begin{syntax} 3415 3479 \oldlhs{jump-statement} 3416 \rhs ©continue©\nonterm{identifier}\opt3417 \rhs ©break©\nonterm{identifier}\opt3480 \rhs \lstinline$continue$ \nonterm{identifier}\opt 3481 \rhs \lstinline$break$ \nonterm{identifier}\opt 3418 3482 \rhs \ldots 3419 \rhs ©throw©\nonterm{assignment-expression}\opt3420 \rhs ©throwResume©\nonterm{assignment-expression}\opt \nonterm{at-expression}\opt3421 \lhs{at-expression} ©_At©\nonterm{assignment-expression}3483 \rhs \lstinline$throw$ \nonterm{assignment-expression}\opt 3484 \rhs \lstinline$throwResume$ \nonterm{assignment-expression}\opt \nonterm{at-expression}\opt 3485 \lhs{at-expression} \lstinline$_At$ \nonterm{assignment-expression} 3422 3486 \end{syntax} 3423 3487 3424 Labeled ©continue© and ©break© allow useful but restricted control-flow that reduces the need for the ©goto©statement for exiting multiple nested control-structures.3488 Labeled \lstinline$continue$ and \lstinline$break$ allow useful but restricted control-flow that reduces the need for the \lstinline$goto$ statement for exiting multiple nested control-structures. 3425 3489 \begin{lstlisting} 3426 3490 L1: { // compound … … 3449 3513 3450 3514 \setcounter{subsubsection}{1} 3451 \subsubsection [The continue statement]{The \lstinline@continue@statement}3452 3453 The identifier in a ©continue©statement shall name a label located on an enclosing iteration statement.3454 3455 3456 \subsubsection [The break statement]{The \lstinline@break@statement}3457 3458 The identifier in a ©break©statement shall name a label located on an enclosing compound, selection or iteration statement.3459 3460 3461 \subsubsection [The return statement]{The \lstinline@return@statement}3462 3463 An expression in a ©return©statement is treated as being cast to the result type of the function.3464 3465 3466 \subsubsection [The throw statement]{The \lstinline@throw@statement}3515 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$continue$ statement} 3516 3517 The identifier in a \lstinline$continue$ statement shall name a label located on an enclosing iteration statement. 3518 3519 3520 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$break$ statement} 3521 3522 The identifier in a \lstinline$break$ statement shall name a label located on an enclosing compound, selection or iteration statement. 3523 3524 3525 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$return$ statement} 3526 3527 An expression in a \lstinline$return$ statement is treated as being cast to the result type of the function. 3528 3529 3530 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$throw$ statement} 3467 3531 3468 3532 When an exception is raised, \Index{propagation} directs control from a raise in the source execution to a handler in the faulting execution. 3469 3533 3470 3534 3471 \subsubsection [The throwResume statement]{The \lstinline@throwResume@statement}3535 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$throwResume$ statement} 3472 3536 3473 3537 … … 3476 3540 \begin{syntax} 3477 3541 \lhs{exception-statement} 3478 \rhs ©try©\nonterm{compound-statement} \nonterm{handler-list}3479 \rhs ©try©\nonterm{compound-statement} \nonterm{finally-clause}3480 \rhs ©try©\nonterm{compound-statement} \nonterm{handler-list} \nonterm{finally-clause}3542 \rhs \lstinline$try$ \nonterm{compound-statement} \nonterm{handler-list} 3543 \rhs \lstinline$try$ \nonterm{compound-statement} \nonterm{finally-clause} 3544 \rhs \lstinline$try$ \nonterm{compound-statement} \nonterm{handler-list} \nonterm{finally-clause} 3481 3545 \lhs{handler-list} 3482 3546 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} 3483 \rhs ©catch© ©(© \ldots ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3484 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} ©catch© ©(© \ldots ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3485 \rhs ©catchResume© ©(© \ldots ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3486 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} ©catchResume© ©(© \ldots ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3547 \rhs \lstinline$catch$ \lstinline$($ \ldots \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3548 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} \lstinline$catch$ \lstinline$($ \ldots \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3549 \rhs \lstinline$catchResume$ \lstinline$($ \ldots \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3550 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} \lstinline$catchResume$ \lstinline$($ \ldots \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3487 3551 \lhs{handler-clause} 3488 \rhs ©catch© ©(© \nonterm{exception-declaration} ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3489 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} ©catch© ©(© \nonterm{exception-declaration} ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3490 \rhs ©catchResume© ©(© \nonterm{exception-declaration} ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3491 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} ©catchResume© ©(© \nonterm{exception-declaration} ©)©\nonterm{compound-statement}3552 \rhs \lstinline$catch$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{exception-declaration} \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3553 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} \lstinline$catch$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{exception-declaration} \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3554 \rhs \lstinline$catchResume$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{exception-declaration} \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3555 \rhs \nonterm{handler-clause} \lstinline$catchResume$ \lstinline$($ \nonterm{exception-declaration} \lstinline$)$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3492 3556 \lhs{finally-clause} 3493 \rhs ©finally©\nonterm{compound-statement}3557 \rhs \lstinline$finally$ \nonterm{compound-statement} 3494 3558 \lhs{exception-declaration} 3495 3559 \rhs \nonterm{type-specifier} … … 3499 3563 \rhs \nonterm{new-abstract-declarator-tuple} 3500 3564 \lhs{asynchronous-statement} 3501 \rhs ©enable©\nonterm{identifier-list} \nonterm{compound-statement}3502 \rhs ©disable©\nonterm{identifier-list} \nonterm{compound-statement}3565 \rhs \lstinline$enable$ \nonterm{identifier-list} \nonterm{compound-statement} 3566 \rhs \lstinline$disable$ \nonterm{identifier-list} \nonterm{compound-statement} 3503 3567 \end{syntax} 3504 3568 … … 3506 3570 3507 3571 3508 \subsubsection [The try statement]{The \lstinline@try@statement}3509 3510 The ©try©statement is a block with associated handlers, called a \Index{guarded block};3572 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$try$ statement} 3573 3574 The \lstinline$try$ statement is a block with associated handlers, called a \Index{guarded block}; 3511 3575 all other blocks are \Index{unguarded block}s. 3512 A ©goto©, ©break©, ©return©, or ©continue©statement can be used to transfer control out of a try block or handler, but not into one.3513 3514 3515 \subsubsection [The enable/disable statements]{The \lstinline@enable@/\lstinline@disable@statements}3516 3517 The ©enable©/©disable©statements toggle delivery of \Index{asynchronous exception}s.3576 A \lstinline$goto$, \lstinline$break$, \lstinline$return$, or \lstinline$continue$ statement can be used to transfer control out of a try block or handler, but not into one. 3577 3578 3579 \subsubsection{The \lstinline$enable$/\lstinline$disable$ statements} 3580 3581 The \lstinline$enable$/\lstinline$disable$ statements toggle delivery of \Index{asynchronous exception}s. 3518 3582 3519 3583 … … 3525 3589 \subsection{Predefined macro names} 3526 3590 3527 The implementation shall define the macro names ©__LINE__©, ©__FILE__©, ©__DATE__©, and ©__TIME__©, as in the {\c11} standard. 3528 It shall not define the macro name ©__STDC__©. 3529 3530 In addition, the implementation shall define the macro name ©__CFORALL__© to be the decimal constant 1. 3591 The implementation shall define the macro names \lstinline$__LINE__$, \lstinline$__FILE__$, 3592 \lstinline$__DATE__$, and \lstinline$__TIME__$, as in the {\c11} standard. 3593 It shall not define the macro name \lstinline$__STDC__$. 3594 3595 In addition, the implementation shall define the macro name \lstinline$__CFORALL__$ to be the decimal constant 1. 3531 3596 3532 3597 … … 3545 3610 The pointer, integral, and floating-point types are all \define{scalar types}. 3546 3611 All of these types can be logically negated and compared. 3547 The assertion `` ©scalar( Complex )©'' should be read as ``type ©Complex©is scalar''.3548 \begin{lstlisting} 3549 trait scalar( otype T ) { §\impl{scalar}§3612 The assertion ``\lstinline$scalar( Complex )$'' should be read as ``type \lstinline$Complex$ is scalar''. 3613 \begin{lstlisting} 3614 trait scalar( otype T ) {@\impl{scalar}@ 3550 3615 int !?( T ); 3551 3616 int ?<?( T, T ), ?<=?( T, T ), ?==?( T, T ), ?>=?( T, T ), ?>?( T, T ), ?!=?( T, T ); … … 3557 3622 This is equivalent to inheritance of specifications. 3558 3623 \begin{lstlisting} 3559 trait arithmetic( otype T | scalar( T ) ) { §\impl{arithmetic}§§\use{scalar}§3624 trait arithmetic( otype T | scalar( T ) ) {@\impl{arithmetic}@@\use{scalar}@ 3560 3625 T +?( T ), -?( T ); 3561 3626 T ?*?( T, T ), ?/?( T, T ), ?+?( T, T ), ?-?( T, T ); … … 3563 3628 \end{lstlisting} 3564 3629 3565 The various flavors of ©char© and ©int© and the enumerated types make up the \define{integral types}. 3566 \begin{lstlisting} 3567 trait integral( otype T | arithmetic( T ) ) {§\impl{integral}§§\use{arithmetic}§ 3630 The various flavors of \lstinline$char$ and \lstinline$int$ and the enumerated types make up the 3631 \define{integral types}. 3632 \begin{lstlisting} 3633 trait integral( otype T | arithmetic( T ) ) {@\impl{integral}@@\use{arithmetic}@ 3568 3634 T ~?( T ); 3569 3635 T ?&?( T, T ), ?|?( T, T ), ?^?( T, T ); … … 3579 3645 The only operation that can be applied to all modifiable lvalues is simple assignment. 3580 3646 \begin{lstlisting} 3581 trait m_lvalue( otype T ) { §\impl{m_lvalue}§3647 trait m_lvalue( otype T ) {@\impl{m_lvalue}@ 3582 3648 T ?=?( T *, T ); 3583 3649 }; … … 3589 3655 Scalars can also be incremented and decremented. 3590 3656 \begin{lstlisting} 3591 trait m_l_scalar( otype T | scalar( T ) | m_lvalue( T ) ) { §\impl{m_l_scalar}§3592 T ?++( T * ), ?--( T * ); §\use{scalar}§§\use{m_lvalue}§3657 trait m_l_scalar( otype T | scalar( T ) | m_lvalue( T ) ) {@\impl{m_l_scalar}@ 3658 T ?++( T * ), ?--( T * );@\use{scalar}@@\use{m_lvalue}@ 3593 3659 T ++?( T * ), --?( T * ); 3594 3660 }; … … 3596 3662 3597 3663 Modifiable arithmetic lvalues are both modifiable scalar lvalues and arithmetic. 3598 Note that this results in the ``inheritance'' of ©scalar©along both paths.3599 \begin{lstlisting} 3600 trait m_l_arithmetic( otype T | m_l_scalar( T ) | arithmetic( T ) ) { §\impl{m_l_arithmetic}§3601 T ?/=?( T *, T ), ?*=?( T *, T ); §\use{m_l_scalar}§§\use{arithmetic}§3664 Note that this results in the ``inheritance'' of \lstinline$scalar$ along both paths. 3665 \begin{lstlisting} 3666 trait m_l_arithmetic( otype T | m_l_scalar( T ) | arithmetic( T ) ) {@\impl{m_l_arithmetic}@ 3667 T ?/=?( T *, T ), ?*=?( T *, T );@\use{m_l_scalar}@@\use{arithmetic}@ 3602 3668 T ?+=?( T *, T ), ?-=?( T *, T ); 3603 3669 }; 3604 trait m_l_integral( otype T | m_l_arithmetic( T ) | integral( T ) ) { §\impl{m_l_integral}§3605 T ?&=?( T *, T ), ?|=?( T *, T ), ?^=?( T *, T ); §\use{m_l_arithmetic}§3606 T ?%=?( T *, T ), ?<<=?( T *, T ), ?>>=?( T *, T ); §\use{integral}§3670 trait m_l_integral( otype T | m_l_arithmetic( T ) | integral( T ) ) {@\impl{m_l_integral}@ 3671 T ?&=?( T *, T ), ?|=?( T *, T ), ?^=?( T *, T );@\use{m_l_arithmetic}@ 3672 T ?%=?( T *, T ), ?<<=?( T *, T ), ?>>=?( T *, T );@\use{integral}@ 3607 3673 }; 3608 3674 \end{lstlisting} … … 3611 3677 \subsection{Pointer and array types} 3612 3678 3613 Array types can barely be said to exist in {\c11}, since in most cases an array name is treated as a constant pointer to the first element of the array, and the subscript expression ``©a[i]©'' is equivalent to the dereferencing expression ``©(*( a+( i )))©''. 3614 Technically, pointer arithmetic and pointer comparisons other than ``©==©'' and ``©!=©'' are only defined for pointers to array elements, but the type system does not enforce those restrictions. 3679 Array types can barely be said to exist in {\c11}, since in most cases an array name is treated as a constant pointer to the first element of the array, and the subscript expression 3680 ``\lstinline$a[i]$'' is equivalent to the dereferencing expression ``\lstinline$(*( a+( i )))$''. 3681 Technically, pointer arithmetic and pointer comparisons other than ``\lstinline$==$'' and 3682 ``\lstinline$!=$'' are only defined for pointers to array elements, but the type system does not enforce those restrictions. 3615 3683 Consequently, there is no need for a separate ``array type'' specification. 3616 3684 3617 3685 Pointer types are scalar types. 3618 Like other scalar types, they have ``©+©'' and ``©-©'' operators, but the types do not match the types of the operations in ©arithmetic©, so these operators cannot be consolidated in ©scalar©. 3619 \begin{lstlisting} 3620 trait pointer( type P | scalar( P ) ) {§\impl{pointer}§§\use{scalar}§ 3686 Like other scalar types, they have ``\lstinline$+$'' and 3687 ``\lstinline$-$'' operators, but the types do not match the types of the operations in 3688 \lstinline$arithmetic$, so these operators cannot be consolidated in \lstinline$scalar$. 3689 \begin{lstlisting} 3690 trait pointer( type P | scalar( P ) ) {@\impl{pointer}@@\use{scalar}@ 3621 3691 P ?+?( P, long int ), ?+?( long int, P ), ?-?( P, long int ); 3622 3692 ptrdiff_t ?-?( P, P ); 3623 3693 }; 3624 trait m_l_pointer( type P | pointer( P ) | m_l_scalar( P ) ) { §\impl{m_l_pointer}§3694 trait m_l_pointer( type P | pointer( P ) | m_l_scalar( P ) ) {@\impl{m_l_pointer}@ 3625 3695 P ?+=?( P *, long int ), ?-=?( P *, long int ); 3626 3696 P ?=?( P *, void * ); … … 3631 3701 Specifications that define the dereference operator ( or subscript operator ) require two parameters, one for the pointer type and one for the pointed-at ( or element ) type. 3632 3702 Different specifications are needed for each set of \Index{type qualifier}s, because qualifiers are not included in types. 3633 The assertion ``©|ptr_to( Safe_pointer, int )©'' should be read as ``©Safe_pointer© acts like a pointer to ©int©''. 3634 \begin{lstlisting} 3635 trait ptr_to( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) {§\impl{ptr_to}§§\use{pointer}§ 3703 The assertion ``\lstinline$|ptr_to( Safe_pointer, int )$'' should be read as 3704 ``\lstinline$Safe_pointer$ acts like a pointer to \lstinline$int$''. 3705 \begin{lstlisting} 3706 trait ptr_to( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) {@\impl{ptr_to}@@\use{pointer}@ 3636 3707 lvalue T *?( P ); 3637 3708 lvalue T ?[?]( P, long int ); 3638 3709 }; 3639 trait ptr_to_const( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) { §\impl{ptr_to_const}§3710 trait ptr_to_const( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) {@\impl{ptr_to_const}@ 3640 3711 const lvalue T *?( P ); 3641 const lvalue T ?[?]( P, long int ); §\use{pointer}§3712 const lvalue T ?[?]( P, long int );@\use{pointer}@ 3642 3713 }; 3643 trait ptr_to_volatile( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) } §\impl{ptr_to_volatile}§3714 trait ptr_to_volatile( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) }@\impl{ptr_to_volatile}@ 3644 3715 volatile lvalue T *?( P ); 3645 volatile lvalue T ?[?]( P, long int ); §\use{pointer}§3716 volatile lvalue T ?[?]( P, long int );@\use{pointer}@ 3646 3717 }; 3647 trait ptr_to_const_volatile( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) } §\impl{ptr_to_const_volatile}§3648 const volatile lvalue T *?( P ); §\use{pointer}§3718 trait ptr_to_const_volatile( otype P | pointer( P ), otype T ) }@\impl{ptr_to_const_volatile}@ 3719 const volatile lvalue T *?( P );@\use{pointer}@ 3649 3720 const volatile lvalue T ?[?]( P, long int ); 3650 3721 }; 3651 3722 \end{lstlisting} 3652 3723 3653 Assignment to pointers is more complicated than is the case with other types, because the target's type can have extra type qualifiers in the pointed-at type: a ``©T *©'' can be assigned to a ``©const T *©'', a ``©volatile T *©'', and a ``©const volatile T *©''. 3654 Again, the pointed-at type is passed in, so that assertions can connect these specifications to the ``©ptr_to©'' specifications. 3655 \begin{lstlisting} 3656 trait m_l_ptr_to( otype P | m_l_pointer( P ),§\use{m_l_pointer}§§\impl{m_l_ptr_to}§ otype T | ptr_to( P, T )§\use{ptr_to}§ { 3724 Assignment to pointers is more complicated than is the case with other types, because the target's type can have extra type qualifiers in the pointed-at type: a ``\lstinline$T *$'' can be assigned to a ``\lstinline$const T *$'', a ``\lstinline$volatile T *$'', and a ``\lstinline$const volatile T *$''. 3725 Again, the pointed-at type is passed in, so that assertions can connect these specifications to the 3726 ``\lstinline$ptr_to$'' specifications. 3727 \begin{lstlisting} 3728 trait m_l_ptr_to( otype P | m_l_pointer( P ),@\use{m_l_pointer}@@\impl{m_l_ptr_to}@ otype T | ptr_to( P, T )@\use{ptr_to}@ { 3657 3729 P ?=?( P *, T * ); 3658 3730 T * ?=?( T **, P ); 3659 3731 }; 3660 trait m_l_ptr_to_const( otype P | m_l_pointer( P ), §\use{m_l_pointer}§§\impl{m_l_ptr_to_const}§ otype T | ptr_to_const( P, T )§\use{ptr_to_const}§) {3732 trait m_l_ptr_to_const( otype P | m_l_pointer( P ),@\use{m_l_pointer}@@\impl{m_l_ptr_to_const}@ otype T | ptr_to_const( P, T )@\use{ptr_to_const}@) { 3661 3733 P ?=?( P *, const T * ); 3662 3734 const T * ?=?( const T **, P ); 3663 3735 }; 3664 trait m_l_ptr_to_volatile( otype P | m_l_pointer( P ), §\use{m_l_pointer}§§\impl{m_l_ptr_to_volatile}§ otype T | ptr_to_volatile( P, T )) {§\use{ptr_to_volatile}§3736 trait m_l_ptr_to_volatile( otype P | m_l_pointer( P ),@\use{m_l_pointer}@@\impl{m_l_ptr_to_volatile}@ otype T | ptr_to_volatile( P, T )) {@\use{ptr_to_volatile}@ 3665 3737 P ?=?( P *, volatile T * ); 3666 3738 volatile T * ?=?( volatile T **, P ); 3667 3739 }; 3668 trait m_l_ptr_to_const_volatile( otype P | ptr_to_const_volatile( P ), §\use{ptr_to_const_volatile}§§\impl{m_l_ptr_to_const_volatile}§3669 otype T | m_l_ptr_to_volatile( P, T ) | m_l_ptr_to_const( P )) { §\use{m_l_ptr_to_const}§§\use{m_l_ptr_to_volatile}§3740 trait m_l_ptr_to_const_volatile( otype P | ptr_to_const_volatile( P ),@\use{ptr_to_const_volatile}@@\impl{m_l_ptr_to_const_volatile}@ 3741 otype T | m_l_ptr_to_volatile( P, T ) | m_l_ptr_to_const( P )) {@\use{m_l_ptr_to_const}@@\use{m_l_ptr_to_volatile}@ 3670 3742 P ?=?( P *, const volatile T * ); 3671 3743 const volatile T * ?=?( const volatile T **, P ); … … 3676 3748 An alternative specification can make use of the fact that qualification of the pointed-at type is part of a pointer type to capture that regularity. 3677 3749 \begin{lstlisting} 3678 trait m_l_ptr_like( type MyP | m_l_pointer( MyP ), §\use{m_l_pointer}§§\impl{m_l_ptr_like}§type CP | m_l_pointer( CP ) ) {3750 trait m_l_ptr_like( type MyP | m_l_pointer( MyP ),@\use{m_l_pointer}@@\impl{m_l_ptr_like}@ type CP | m_l_pointer( CP ) ) { 3679 3751 MyP ?=?( MyP *, CP ); 3680 3752 CP ?=?( CP *, MyP ); 3681 3753 }; 3682 3754 \end{lstlisting} 3683 The assertion ``©| m_l_ptr_like( Safe_ptr, const int * )©'' should be read as ``©Safe_ptr© is a pointer type like ©const int *©''. 3684 This specification has two defects, compared to the original four: there is no automatic assertion that dereferencing a ©MyP© produces an lvalue of the type that ©CP© points at, and the ``©|m_l_pointer( CP )©'' assertion provides only a weak assurance that the argument passed to ©CP© really is a pointer type. 3755 The assertion ``\lstinline$| m_l_ptr_like( Safe_ptr, const int * )$'' should be read as 3756 ``\lstinline$Safe_ptr$ is a pointer type like \lstinline$const int *$''. 3757 This specification has two defects, compared to the original four: there is no automatic assertion that dereferencing a 3758 \lstinline$MyP$ produces an lvalue of the type that \lstinline$CP$ points at, and the 3759 ``\lstinline$|m_l_pointer( CP )$'' assertion provides only a weak assurance that the argument passed to \lstinline$CP$ really is a pointer type. 3685 3760 3686 3761 … … 3688 3763 3689 3764 Different operators often have related meanings; 3690 for instance, in C, ``©+©'', ``©+=©'', and the two versions of ``©++©'' perform variations of addition. 3765 for instance, in C, ``\lstinline$+$'', 3766 ``\lstinline$+=$'', and the two versions of ``\lstinline$++$'' perform variations of addition. 3691 3767 Languages like {\CC} and Ada allow programmers to define operators for new types, but do not require that these relationships be preserved, or even that all of the operators be implemented. 3692 3768 Completeness and consistency is left to the good taste and discretion of the programmer. … … 3701 3777 The different comparison operators have obvious relationships, but there is no obvious subset of the operations to use in the implementation of the others. 3702 3778 However, it is usually convenient to implement a single comparison function that returns a negative integer, 0, or a positive integer if its first argument is respectively less than, equal to, or greater than its second argument; 3703 the library function ©strcmp©is an example.3704 3705 C and \CFA have an extra, non-obvious comparison operator: `` ©!©'', logical negation, returns 1 if its operand compares equal to 0, and 0 otherwise.3779 the library function \lstinline$strcmp$ is an example. 3780 3781 C and \CFA have an extra, non-obvious comparison operator: ``\lstinline$!$'', logical negation, returns 1 if its operand compares equal to 0, and 0 otherwise. 3706 3782 \begin{lstlisting} 3707 3783 trait comparable( otype T ) { … … 3751 3827 \end{lstlisting} 3752 3828 3753 Note that, although an arithmetic type would certainly provide comparison functions, and an integral type would provide arithmetic operations, there does not have to be any relationship among ©int_base©, ©arith_base© and ©comparable©. 3829 Note that, although an arithmetic type would certainly provide comparison functions, and an integral type would provide arithmetic operations, there does not have to be any relationship among 3830 \lstinline$int_base$, \lstinline$arith_base$ and \lstinline$comparable$. 3754 3831 Note also that these declarations provide guidance and assistance, but they do not define an absolutely minimal set of requirements. 3755 A truly minimal implementation of an arithmetic type might only provide ©0©, ©1©, and ©?-=?©, which would be used by polymorphic ©?+=?©, ©?*=?©, and ©?/=?© functions. 3756 3757 Note also that ©short© is an integer type in C11 terms, but has no operations! 3832 A truly minimal implementation of an arithmetic type might only provide 3833 \lstinline$0$, \lstinline$1$, and \lstinline$?-=?$, which would be used by polymorphic 3834 \lstinline$?+=?$, \lstinline$?*=?$, and \lstinline$?/=?$ functions. 3835 3836 Note also that \lstinline$short$ is an integer type in C11 terms, but has no operations! 3758 3837 3759 3838 … … 3762 3841 3763 3842 Restrict allowed to qualify anything, or type/dtype parameters, but only affects pointers. 3764 This gets into ©noalias©territory.3765 Qualifying anything (`` ©short restrict rs©'') means pointer parameters of ©?++©, etc, would need restrict qualifiers.3843 This gets into \lstinline$noalias$ territory. 3844 Qualifying anything (``\lstinline$short restrict rs$'') means pointer parameters of \lstinline$?++$, etc, would need restrict qualifiers. 3766 3845 3767 3846 Enumerated types. … … 3773 3852 Color, enum Color ) really make sense? ?++ does, but it adds (int)1. 3774 3853 3775 Operators on {,signed,unsigned} char and other small types. ©?<?©harmless;3854 Operators on {,signed,unsigned} char and other small types. ?<? harmless; 3776 3855 ?*? questionable for chars. 3777 3856 Generic selections make these choices visible. 3778 Safe conversion operators? Predefined ``promotion'' function? 3779 3780 ©register© assignment might be handled as assignment to a temporary with copying back and forth, but copying must not be done by assignment. 3781 3782 Don't use ©ptrdiff_t© by name in the predefineds. 3857 Safe conversion operators? Predefined 3858 ``promotion'' function? 3859 3860 \lstinline$register$ assignment might be handled as assignment to a temporary with copying back and forth, but copying must not be done by assignment. 3861 3862 Don't use ptrdiff\_t by name in the predefineds. 3783 3863 3784 3864 Polymorphic objects. -
doc/user/user.tex
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 %% Created On : Wed Apr 6 14:53:29 2016 12 12 %% Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 %% Last Modified On : T ue May 3 08:05:33201614 %% Update Count : 24613 %% Last Modified On : Thu Apr 21 08:15:37 2016 14 %% Update Count : 131 15 15 %%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%% 16 16 17 17 % requires tex packages: texlive-base texlive-latex-base tex-common texlive-humanities texlive-latex-extra texlive-fonts-recommended 18 19 % inline code ©...© (copyright symbol) emacs: C-q M-)20 % red highlighting ®...® (registered trademark sumbol) emacs: C-q M-.21 % latex escape §...§ (section symbol) emacs: C-q M-'22 % keyword escape ¶...¶ (pilcrow symbol) emacs: C-q M-^23 % math escape $...$ (dollar symbol)24 18 25 19 \documentclass[openright,twoside]{article} … … 180 174 \CC~\cite{c++,ANSI14:C++} is an example of a similar project; 181 175 however, it largely extended the language, and did not address existing problems.\footnote{% 182 Two important existing problems addressed were changing the type of character literals from ©int© to ©char© and enumerator from ©int©to the type of its enumerators.}176 Two important existing problems addressed were changing the type of character literals from \lstinline@int@ to \lstinline@char@ and enumerator from \lstinline@int@ to the type of its enumerators.} 183 177 Fortran~\cite{Fortran08}, Ada~\cite{Ada12}, and Cobol~\cite{Cobol14} are examples of programming languages that took an evolutionary approach, where modern language features are added and problems fixed within the framework of the existing language. 184 178 Java~\cite{Java8}, Go~\cite{Go}, Rust~\cite{Rust} and D~\cite{D} are examples of the revolutionary approach for modernizing C/\CC, resulting in a new language rather than an extension of the descendent. … … 205 199 206 200 However, it is necessary to differentiate between C and \CFA code because of name overloading, as for \CC. 207 For example, the C math-library provides the following routines for computing the absolute value of the basic type: ©abs©, ©labs©, ©llabs©, ©fabs©, ©fabsf©, ©fabsl©, ©cabsf©, ©cabs©, and ©cabsl©.208 Whereas, \CFA wraps each of these routines into one with the common name ©abs©.201 For example, the C math-library provides the following routines for computing the absolute value of the basic type: \lstinline@abs@, \lstinline@labs@, \lstinline@llabs@, \lstinline@fabs@, \lstinline@fabsf@, \lstinline@fabsl@, \lstinline@cabsf@, \lstinline@cabs@, and \lstinline@cabsl@. 202 Whereas, \CFA wraps each of these routines into one with the common name \lstinline@abs@. 209 203 \begin{lstlisting} 210 204 char abs( char ); … … 221 215 long double _Complex abs( long double _Complex ); 222 216 \end{lstlisting} 223 The problem is the name clash between the library routine ©abs© and the \CFA names ©abs©.224 Hence, names appearing in an ©extern "C"©block have \newterm{C linkage}.217 The problem is the name clash between the library routine \lstinline@abs@ and the \CFA names \lstinline@abs@. 218 Hence, names appearing in an \lstinline@extern "C"@ block have \newterm{C linkage}. 225 219 Then overloading polymorphism uses a mechanism called \newterm{name mangling} to create unique names that are different from C names, which are not mangled. 226 220 Hence, there is the same need as in \CC, to know if a name is a C or \CFA name, so it can be correctly formed. 227 221 There is no way around this problem, other than C's approach of creating unique names for each pairing of operation and type. 228 222 This example strongly illustrates a core idea in \CFA: \emph{the power of a name}. 229 The name `` ©abs©'' evokes the notion of absolute value, and many mathematical types provide the notion of absolute value.230 Hence, knowing the name ©abs©should be sufficient to apply it to any type where it is applicable.223 The name ``\lstinline@abs@'' evokes the notion of absolute value, and many mathematical types provide the notion of absolute value. 224 Hence, knowing the name \lstinline@abs@ should be sufficient to apply it to any type where it is applicable. 231 225 The time savings and safety of using one name uniformly versus $N$ unique names should not be underestimated. 232 226 233 227 234 \section[Compiling CFA Program]{Compiling \CFA Program} 235 236 The command ©cfa© is used to compile \CFA program(s). 237 This command works like the GNU ©gcc©\index{gcc} command, e.g.: 238 \begin{lstlisting} 239 cfa§\indexc{cfa}\index{compilation!cfa@©cfa©}§ [ gcc-options ] C/§\CFA§-files [ assembler/loader-files ] 240 \end{lstlisting} 241 By default, \CFA programs having the following ©gcc© flags turned on: 228 \section{Compiling \CFA Program} 229 230 The command \lstinline@cfa@ is used to compile \CFA program(s). 231 This command works like the GNU \lstinline@gcc@\index{gcc} command, e.g.: 232 \begin{lstlisting} 233 cfa [ gcc-options ] C/@{\CFA}@-files [ assembler/loader-files ] 234 \end{lstlisting} 235 \index{cfa@\lstinline$cfa$}\index{compilation!cfa@\lstinline$cfa$} 236 By default, \CFA programs having the following \lstinline@gcc@ flags turned on: 242 237 \begin{description} 243 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{-std=gnu99}\index{compilation option!-std=gnu99@{©-std=gnu99©}} 238 \item 239 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline@-std=gnu99@ 240 \index{-std=gnu99@{\lstinline$-std=gnu99$}}\index{compilation option!-std=gnu99@{\lstinline$-std=gnu99$}} 244 241 The 1999 C standard plus GNU extensions. 245 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{-fgnu89-¶inline¶}\index{compilation option!-fgnu89-inline@{©-fgnu89-¶inline¶©}} 242 \item 243 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline@-fgnu89-inline@ 244 \index{-fgnu89-inline@{\lstinline$-fgnu89-inline$}}\index{compilation option!-fgnu89-inline@{\lstinline$-fgnu89-inline$}} 246 245 Use the traditional GNU semantics for inline routines in C99 mode. 247 246 \end{description} 248 247 The following new \CFA option is available: 249 248 \begin{description} 250 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{-CFA}\index{compilation option!-CFA@{©-CFA©}} 249 \item 250 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline@-CFA@ 251 \index{-CFA@{\lstinline$-CFA$}}\index{compilation option!-CFA@{\lstinline$-CFA$}} 251 252 Only the C preprocessor and the \CFA translator steps are performed and the transformed program is written to standard output, which makes it possible to examine the code generated by the \CFA translator. 252 253 \end{description} … … 254 255 The following preprocessor variables are available: 255 256 \begin{description} 256 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{__CFA__}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFA__@{©__CFA__©}} 257 \item 258 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline$__CFA__$ 259 \index{__CFA__@{\lstinline$__CFA__$}}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFA__@{\lstinline$__CFA__$}} 257 260 is always available during preprocessing and its value is the current major \Index{version number} of \CFA.\footnote{ 258 261 The C preprocessor allows only integer values in a preprocessor variable so a value like ``\Version'' is not allowed. 259 262 Hence, the need to have three variables for the major, minor and patch version number.} 260 263 261 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{__CFA_MINOR__}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFA_MINOR__@{©__CFA_MINOR__©}} 264 \item 265 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline$__CFA_MINOR__$ 266 \index{__CFA_MINOR__@{\lstinline$__CFA_MINOR__$}}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFA_MINOR__@{\lstinline$__CFA_MINOR__$}} 262 267 is always available during preprocessing and its value is the current minor \Index{version number} of \CFA. 263 268 264 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{__CFA_PATCH__}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFA_PATCH__@©__CFA_PATCH__©} 269 \item 270 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline$__CFA_PATCH__$ 271 \index{__CFA_PATCH__@%(__CFA_PATCH__%)}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFA_PATCH__@%(__CFA_PATCH__%)} 265 272 is always available during preprocessing and its value is the current patch \Index{version number} of \CFA. 266 273 267 \item\hspace*{-4pt}\Indexc{__CFORALL__}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFORALL__@©__CFORALL__©} 274 \item 275 \hspace*{-4pt}\lstinline$__CFORALL__$ 276 \index{__CFORALL__@%(__CFORALL__%)}\index{preprocessor variables!__CFORALL__@%(__CFORALL__%)} 268 277 is always available during preprocessing and it has no value. 269 278 \end{description} … … 273 282 \begin{lstlisting} 274 283 #ifndef __CFORALL__ 275 #include <stdio.h> // C header file284 #include <stdio.h> // C header file 276 285 #else 277 #include <fstream> // §\CFA{}§header file286 #include <fstream> // @\CFA{}@ header file 278 287 #endif 279 288 \end{lstlisting} 280 which conditionally includes the correct header file, if the program is compiled using ©gcc© or ©cfa©.289 which conditionally includes the correct header file, if the program is compiled using \lstinline@gcc@ or \lstinline@cfa@. 281 290 282 291 … … 285 294 Numeric constants are extended to allow \Index{underscore}s within constants\index{constant!underscore}, e.g.: 286 295 \begin{lstlisting} 287 2 ®_®147®_®483®_®648; // decimal constant296 2`_`147`_`483`_`648; // decimal constant 288 297 56_ul; // decimal unsigned long constant 289 298 0_377; // octal constant … … 299 308 \begin{enumerate} 300 309 \item 301 A sequence of underscores is disallowed, e.g., ©12__34©is invalid.310 A sequence of underscores is disallowed, e.g., \lstinline@12__34@ is invalid. 302 311 \item 303 312 Underscores may only appear within a sequence of digits (regardless of the digit radix). 304 In other words, an underscore cannot start or end a sequence of digits, e.g., ©_1©, ©1_© and ©_1_©are invalid (actually, the 1st and 3rd examples are identifier names).313 In other words, an underscore cannot start or end a sequence of digits, e.g., \lstinline@_1@, \lstinline@1_@ and \lstinline@_1_@ are invalid (actually, the 1st and 3rd examples are identifier names). 305 314 \item 306 315 A numeric prefix may end with an underscore; 307 316 a numeric infix may begin and/or end with an underscore; 308 317 a numeric suffix may begin with an underscore. 309 For example, the octal ©0© or hexadecimal ©0x© prefix may end with an underscore ©0_377© or ©0x_ff©;310 the exponent infix ©E© may start or end with an underscore ©1.0_E10©, ©1.0E_10© or ©1.0_E_10©;311 the type suffixes ©U©, ©L©, etc. may start with an underscore ©1_U©, ©1_ll© or ©1.0E10_f©.318 For example, the octal \lstinline@0@ or hexadecimal \lstinline@0x@ prefix may end with an underscore \lstinline@0_377@ or \lstinline@0x_ff@; 319 the exponent infix \lstinline@E@ may start or end with an underscore \lstinline@1.0_E10@, \lstinline@1.0E_10@ or \lstinline@1.0_E_10@; 320 the type suffixes \lstinline@U@, \lstinline@L@, etc. may start with an underscore \lstinline@1_U@, \lstinline@1_ll@ or \lstinline@1.0E10_f@. 312 321 \end{enumerate} 313 322 It is significantly easier to read and enter long constants when they are broken up into smaller groupings (most cultures use comma or period among digits for the same purpose). … … 344 353 C and the new \CFA declarations may appear together in the same program block, but cannot be mixed within a specific declaration. 345 354 346 In \CFA declarations, the same tokens are used as in C: the character ©*© is used to indicate a pointer, square brackets ©[©\,©]© are used to represent an array, and parentheses ©()©are used to indicate a routine parameter.355 In \CFA declarations, the same tokens are used as in C: the character \lstinline@*@ is used to indicate a pointer, square brackets \lstinline@[@\,\lstinline@]@ are used to represent an array, and parentheses \lstinline@()@ are used to indicate a routine parameter. 347 356 However, unlike C, \CFA type declaration tokens are specified from left to right and the entire type specification is distributed across all variables in the declaration list. 348 For instance, variables ©x© and ©y©of type pointer to integer are defined in \CFA as follows:357 For instance, variables \lstinline@x@ and \lstinline@y@ of type pointer to integer are defined in \CFA as follows: 349 358 \begin{quote2} 350 359 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l@{}} 351 360 \multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace{30pt}}}{\textbf{\CFA}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{C}} \\ 352 361 \begin{lstlisting} 353 ®* int x, y;® 362 `* int x, y;` 354 363 \end{lstlisting} 355 364 & … … 398 407 \end{quote2} 399 408 400 All type qualifiers, i.e., ©const© and ©volatile©, are used in the normal way with the new declarations but appear left to right, e.g.:409 All type qualifiers, i.e., \lstinline@const@ and \lstinline@volatile@, are used in the normal way with the new declarations but appear left to right, e.g.: 401 410 \begin{quote2} 402 411 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l@{\hspace{20pt}}l@{}} … … 418 427 \end{tabular} 419 428 \end{quote2} 420 All declaration qualifiers, i.e., ©extern©, ©static©, etc., are used in the normal way with the new declarations but can only appear at the start of a \CFA routine declaration,\footnote{\label{StorageClassSpecifier}429 All declaration qualifiers, i.e., \lstinline@extern@, \lstinline@static@, etc., are used in the normal way with the new declarations but can only appear at the start of a \CFA routine declaration,\footnote{\label{StorageClassSpecifier} 421 430 The placement of a storage-class specifier other than at the beginning of the declaration specifiers in a declaration is an obsolescent feature.~\cite[\S~6.11.5(1)]{C11}} e.g.: 422 431 \begin{quote2} … … 440 449 \end{quote2} 441 450 442 Unsupported are K\&R C declarations where the base type defaults to ©int©, if no type is specified\footnote{451 Unsupported are K\&R C declarations where the base type defaults to \lstinline@int@, if no type is specified\footnote{ 443 452 At least one type specifier shall be given in the declaration specifiers in each declaration, and in the specifier-qualifier list in each structure declaration and type name~\cite[\S~6.7.2(2)]{C11}}, 444 453 e.g.: … … 457 466 \section{Type Operators} 458 467 459 The new declaration syntax can be used in other contexts where types are required, e.g., casts and the pseudo-routine ©sizeof©:468 The new declaration syntax can be used in other contexts where types are required, e.g., casts and the pseudo-routine \lstinline@sizeof@: 460 469 \begin{quote2} 461 470 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l@{}} … … 479 488 The point of the new syntax is to allow returning multiple values from a routine~\cite{CLU,Galletly96}, e.g.: 480 489 \begin{lstlisting} 481 ®[ int o1, int o2, char o3 ]®f( int i1, char i2, char i3 ) {482 §\emph{routine body}§483 } 484 \end{lstlisting} 485 where routine ©f©has three output (return values) and three input parameters.490 `[ int o1, int o2, char o3 ]` f( int i1, char i2, char i3 ) { 491 @\emph{routine body}@ 492 } 493 \end{lstlisting} 494 where routine \lstinline@f@ has three output (return values) and three input parameters. 486 495 Existing C syntax cannot be extended with multiple return types because it is impossible to embed a single routine name within multiple return type specifications. 487 496 488 In detail, the brackets, ©[]©, enclose the result type, where each return value is named and that name is a local variable of the particular return type.\footnote{497 In detail, the brackets, \lstinline@[]@, enclose the result type, where each return value is named and that name is a local variable of the particular return type.\footnote{ 489 498 Michael Tiemann, with help from Doug Lea, provided named return values in g++, circa 1989.} 490 499 The value of each local return variable is automatically returned at routine termination. 491 500 Declaration qualifiers can only appear at the start of a routine definition, e.g.: 492 501 \begin{lstlisting} 493 extern [ int x ] g( int y ) { §\,§}502 extern [ int x ] g( int y ) {@\,@} 494 503 \end{lstlisting} 495 504 Lastly, if there are no output parameters or input parameters, the brackets and/or parentheses must still be specified; 496 505 in both cases the type is assumed to be void as opposed to old style C defaults of int return type and unknown parameter types, respectively, as in: 497 506 \begin{lstlisting} 498 [ §\,§] g();// no input or output parameters507 [@\,@] g(@\,@); // no input or output parameters 499 508 [ void ] g( void ); // no input or output parameters 500 509 \end{lstlisting} … … 510 519 int (*f(x))[ 5 ] int x; {} 511 520 \end{lstlisting} 512 The string `` ©int (*f(x))[ 5 ]©'' declares a K\&R style routine of type returning a pointer to an array of 5 integers, while the string ``©[ 5 ] int x©'' declares a \CFA style parameter x of type array of 5 integers.513 Since the strings overlap starting with the open bracket, ©[©, there is an ambiguous interpretation for the string.521 The string ``\lstinline@int (*f(x))[ 5 ]@'' declares a K\&R style routine of type returning a pointer to an array of 5 integers, while the string ``\lstinline@[ 5 ] int x@'' declares a \CFA style parameter x of type array of 5 integers. 522 Since the strings overlap starting with the open bracket, \lstinline@[@, there is an ambiguous interpretation for the string. 514 523 As well, \CFA-style declarations cannot be used to declare parameters for C-style routine-definitions because of the following ambiguity: 515 524 \begin{lstlisting} … … 517 526 int f( int (* foo) ); // foo is redefined as a parameter name 518 527 \end{lstlisting} 519 The string `` ©int (* foo)©'' declares a C-style named-parameter of type pointer to an integer (the parenthesis are superfluous), while the same string declares a \CFA style unnamed parameter of type routine returning integer with unnamed parameter of type pointer to foo.520 The redefinition of a type name in a parameter list is the only context in C where the character ©*©can appear to the left of a type name, and \CFA relies on all type modifier characters appearing to the right of the type name.528 The string ``\lstinline@int (* foo)@'' declares a C-style named-parameter of type pointer to an integer (the parenthesis are superfluous), while the same string declares a \CFA style unnamed parameter of type routine returning integer with unnamed parameter of type pointer to foo. 529 The redefinition of a type name in a parameter list is the only context in C where the character \lstinline@*@ can appear to the left of a type name, and \CFA relies on all type modifier characters appearing to the right of the type name. 521 530 The inability to use \CFA declarations in these two contexts is probably a blessing because it precludes programmers from arbitrarily switching between declarations forms within a declaration contexts. 522 531 … … 537 546 \subsection{Returning Values} 538 547 539 Named return values handle the case where it is necessary to define a local variable whose value is then returned in a ©return©statement, as in:548 Named return values handle the case where it is necessary to define a local variable whose value is then returned in a \lstinline@return@ statement, as in: 540 549 \begin{lstlisting} 541 550 int f() { … … 545 554 } 546 555 \end{lstlisting} 547 Because the value in the return variable is automatically returned when a \CFA routine terminates, the ©return©statement \emph{does not} contain an expression, as in:548 \begin{lstlisting} 549 ®[ int x ]®f() {556 Because the value in the return variable is automatically returned when a \CFA routine terminates, the \lstinline@return@ statement \emph{does not} contain an expression, as in: 557 \begin{lstlisting} 558 `[ int x ]` f() { 550 559 ... x = 0; ... x = y; ... 551 ®return;®// implicitly return x552 } 553 \end{lstlisting} 554 When the return is encountered, the current value of ©x©is returned to the calling routine.555 As well, ``falling off the end'' of a routine without a ©return©statement is permitted, as in:560 `return;` // implicitly return x 561 } 562 \end{lstlisting} 563 When the return is encountered, the current value of \lstinline@x@ is returned to the calling routine. 564 As well, ``falling off the end'' of a routine without a \lstinline@return@ statement is permitted, as in: 556 565 \begin{lstlisting} 557 566 [ int x ] f() { … … 559 568 } // implicitly return x 560 569 \end{lstlisting} 561 In this case, the current value of ©x© is returned to the calling routine just as if a ©return©had been encountered.570 In this case, the current value of \lstinline@x@ is returned to the calling routine just as if a \lstinline@return@ had been encountered. 562 571 563 572 … … 772 781 \subsection{Type Nesting} 773 782 774 \CFA allows \Index{type nesting}, and type qualification of the nested types, where as C hoists\index{type hoisting} (refactors) nested types into the enclosing scope and has no type qualification.783 \CFA allows \Index{type nesting}, and type qualification of the nested types, where as C hoists\index{type!hoisting} (refactors) nested types into the enclosing scope and has no type qualification. 775 784 \begin{quote2} 776 785 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l|l@{}} … … 827 836 828 837 int fred() { 829 s.t.c = ®S.®R; // type qualification830 struct ®S.®T t = { ®S.®R, 1, 2 };831 enum ®S.®C c;832 union ®S.T.®U u;838 s.t.c = `S.`R; // type qualification 839 struct `S.`T t = { `S.`R, 1, 2 }; 840 enum `S.`C c; 841 union `S.T.`U u; 833 842 } 834 843 \end{lstlisting} 835 844 \end{tabular} 836 845 \end{quote2} 837 In the left example in C, types ©C©, ©U© and ©T© are implicitly hoisted outside of type ©S©into the containing block scope.838 In the right example in \CFA, the types are not hoisted and accessed using the field-selection operator `` ©.©'' for type qualification, as does Java, rather than the \CC type-selection operator ``©::©''.846 In the left example in C, types \lstinline@C@, \lstinline@U@ and \lstinline@T@ are implicitly hoisted outside of type \lstinline@S@ into the containing block scope. 847 In the right example in \CFA, the types are not hoisted and accessed using the field-selection operator ``\lstinline@.@'' for type qualification, as does Java, rather than the \CC type-selection operator ``\lstinline@::@''. 839 848 840 849 … … 854 863 qsort( ia, size ); // sort ascending order using builtin ?<? 855 864 { 856 ®int ?<?( int x, int y ) { return x > y; }®// nested routine865 `int ?<?( int x, int y ) { return x > y; }` // nested routine 857 866 qsort( ia, size ); // sort descending order by local redefinition 858 867 } … … 861 870 Nested routines are not first-class, meaning a nested routine cannot be returned if it has references to variables in its enclosing blocks; 862 871 the only exception is references to the external block of the translation unit, as these variables persist for the duration of the program. 863 The following program in undefined in \CFA (and ©gcc©\index{gcc})872 The following program in undefined in \CFA (and \lstinline@gcc@\index{gcc}) 864 873 \begin{lstlisting} 865 874 [* [int]( int )] foo() { // int (*foo())( int ) 866 int ®i®= 7;875 int `i` = 7; 867 876 int bar( int p ) { 868 ®i®+= 1; // dependent on local variable869 sout | ®i®| endl;877 `i` += 1; // dependent on local variable 878 sout | `i` | endl; 870 879 } 871 880 return bar; // undefined because of local dependence … … 888 897 The general syntax of a tuple is: 889 898 \begin{lstlisting} 890 [ §\emph{exprlist}§]891 \end{lstlisting} 892 where ©$\emph{exprlist}$©is a list of one or more expressions separated by commas.893 The brackets, ©[]©, allow differentiating between tuples and expressions containing the C comma operator.899 [ $\emph{exprlist}$ ] 900 \end{lstlisting} 901 where \lstinline@$\emph{exprlist}$@ is a list of one or more expressions separated by commas. 902 The brackets, \lstinline$[]$, allow differentiating between tuples and expressions containing the C comma operator. 894 903 The following are examples of tuples: 895 904 \begin{lstlisting} … … 898 907 [ v+w, x*y, 3.14159, f() ] 899 908 \end{lstlisting} 900 Tuples are permitted to contain sub-tuples (i.e., nesting), such as ©[ [ 14, 21 ], 9 ]©, which is a 2-element tuple whose first element is itself a tuple.909 Tuples are permitted to contain sub-tuples (i.e., nesting), such as \lstinline@[ [ 14, 21 ], 9 ]@, which is a 2-element tuple whose first element is itself a tuple. 901 910 Note, a tuple is not a record (structure); 902 911 a record denotes a single value with substructure, whereas a tuple is multiple values with no substructure (see flattening coercion in Section 12.1). … … 908 917 The general syntax of a tuple type is: 909 918 \begin{lstlisting} 910 [ §\emph{typelist}§]911 \end{lstlisting} 912 where ©$\emph{typelist}$©is a list of one or more legal \CFA or C type specifications separated by commas, which may include other tuple type specifications.919 [ @\emph{typelist}@ ] 920 \end{lstlisting} 921 where \lstinline@$\emph{typelist}$@ is a list of one or more legal \CFA or C type specifications separated by commas, which may include other tuple type specifications. 913 922 Examples of tuple types include: 914 923 \begin{lstlisting} … … 918 927 [ * [ 5 ] int, * * char, * [ [ int, int ] ] (int, int) ] 919 928 \end{lstlisting} 920 Like tuples, tuple types may be nested, such as ©[ [ int, int ], int ]©, which is a 2-element tuple type whose first element is itself a tuple type.929 Like tuples, tuple types may be nested, such as \lstinline@[ [ int, int ], int ]@, which is a 2-element tuple type whose first element is itself a tuple type. 921 930 922 931 Examples of declarations using tuple types are: … … 954 963 tuple does not have structure like a record; a tuple is simply converted into a list of components. 955 964 \begin{rationale} 956 The present implementation of \CFA does not support nested routine calls when the inner routine returns multiple values; i.e., a statement such as ©g( f() )©is not supported.965 The present implementation of \CFA does not support nested routine calls when the inner routine returns multiple values; i.e., a statement such as \lstinline@g( f() )@ is not supported. 957 966 Using a temporary variable to store the results of the inner routine and then passing this variable to the outer routine works, however. 958 967 \end{rationale} … … 983 992 \begin{rationale} 984 993 Unfortunately, C's syntax for subscripts precluded treating them as tuples. 985 The C subscript list has the form ©[i][j]...© and not ©[i, j, ...]©.986 Therefore, there is no syntactic way for a routine returning multiple values to specify the different subscript values, e.g., ©f[g()]©always means a single subscript value because there is only one set of brackets.987 Fixing this requires a major change to C because the syntactic form ©M[i, j, k]© already has a particular meaning: ©i, j, k©is a comma expression.994 The C subscript list has the form \lstinline@[i][j]...@ and not \lstinline@i, j, ...]@. 995 Therefore, there is no syntactic way for a routine returning multiple values to specify the different subscript values, e.g., \lstinline@f[g()]@ always means a single subscript value because there is only one set of brackets. 996 Fixing this requires a major change to C because the syntactic form \lstinline@M[i, j, k]@ already has a particular meaning: \lstinline@i, j, k@ is a comma expression. 988 997 \end{rationale} 989 998 … … 1004 1013 [ a, b, c, d ] = w 1005 1014 \end{lstlisting} 1006 ©w©is implicitly opened to yield a tuple of four values, which are then assigned individually.1015 \lstinline@w@ is implicitly opened to yield a tuple of four values, which are then assigned individually. 1007 1016 1008 1017 A \newterm{flattening coercion} coerces a nested tuple, i.e., a tuple with one or more components, which are themselves tuples, into a flattened tuple, which is a tuple whose components are not tuples, as in: … … 1012 1021 First the right-hand tuple is flattened and then the values are assigned individually. 1013 1022 Flattening is also performed on tuple types. 1014 For example, the type ©[ int, [ int, int ], int ]© can be coerced, using flattening, into the type ©[ int, int, int, int ]©.1023 For example, the type \lstinline@[ int, [ int, int ], int ]@ can be coerced, using flattening, into the type \lstinline@[ int, int, int, int ]@. 1015 1024 1016 1025 A \newterm{structuring coercion} is the opposite of flattening; 1017 1026 a tuple is structured into a more complex nested tuple. 1018 For example, structuring the tuple ©[ 1, 2, 3, 4 ]© into the tuple ©[ 1, [ 2, 3 ], 4 ]© or the tuple type ©[ int, int, int, int ]© into the tuple type ©[ int, [ int, int ], int ]©.1027 For example, structuring the tuple \lstinline@[ 1, 2, 3, 4 ]@ into the tuple \lstinline@[ 1, [ 2, 3 ], 4 ]@ or the tuple type \lstinline@[ int, int, int, int ]@ into the tuple type \lstinline@[ int, [ int, int ], int ]@. 1019 1028 In the following example, the last assignment illustrates all the tuple coercions: 1020 1029 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1024 1033 \end{lstlisting} 1025 1034 Starting on the right-hand tuple in the last assignment statement, w is opened, producing a tuple of four values; 1026 therefore, the right-hand tuple is now the tuple ©[ [ 1, 2, 3, 4 ], 5 ]©.1027 This tuple is then flattened, yielding ©[ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]©, which is structured into ©[ 1, [ 2, 3, 4, 5 ] ]©to match the tuple type of the left-hand side.1028 The tuple ©[ 2, 3, 4, 5 ]©is then closed to create a tuple value.1029 Finally, ©x© is assigned ©1© and ©w©is assigned the tuple value using multiple assignment (see Section 14).1035 therefore, the right-hand tuple is now the tuple \lstinline@[ [ 1, 2, 3, 4 ], 5 ]@. 1036 This tuple is then flattened, yielding \lstinline@[ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 ]@, which is structured into \lstinline@[ 1, [ 2, 3, 4, 5 ] ]@ to match the tuple type of the left-hand side. 1037 The tuple \lstinline@[ 2, 3, 4, 5 ]@ is then closed to create a tuple value. 1038 Finally, \lstinline@x@ is assigned \lstinline@1@ and \lstinline@w@ is assigned the tuple value using multiple assignment (see Section 14). 1030 1039 \begin{rationale} 1031 1040 A possible additional language extension is to use the structuring coercion for tuples to initialize a complex record with a tuple. … … 1038 1047 Mass assignment has the following form: 1039 1048 \begin{lstlisting} 1040 [ §\emph{lvalue}§, ..., §\emph{lvalue}§ ] = §\emph{expr}§;1041 \end{lstlisting} 1042 The left-hand side is a tuple of \ emph{lvalues}, which is a list of expressions each yielding an address, i.e., any data object that can appear on the left-hand side of a conventional assignment statement.1043 ©$\emph{expr}$©is any standard arithmetic expression.1049 [ @\emph{lvalue}@, ..., @\emph{lvalue}@ ] = @\emph{expr}@; 1050 \end{lstlisting} 1051 The left-hand side is a tuple of \lstinline@$\emph{lvalues}$@, which is a list of expressions each yielding an address, i.e., any data object that can appear on the left-hand side of a conventional assignment statement. 1052 \lstinline@$\emph{expr}$@ is any standard arithmetic expression. 1044 1053 Clearly, the types of the entities being assigned must be type compatible with the value of the expression. 1045 1054 … … 1067 1076 *a1 = t; *a2 = t; *a3 = t; 1068 1077 \end{lstlisting} 1069 The temporary ©t©is necessary to store the value of the expression to eliminate conversion issues.1078 The temporary \lstinline@t@ is necessary to store the value of the expression to eliminate conversion issues. 1070 1079 The temporaries for the addresses are needed so that locations on the left-hand side do not change as the values are assigned. 1071 In this case, ©y[i]© uses the previous value of ©i©and not the new value set at the beginning of the mass assignment.1080 In this case, \lstinline@y[i]@ uses the previous value of \lstinline@i@ and not the new value set at the beginning of the mass assignment. 1072 1081 1073 1082 … … 1077 1086 Multiple assignment has the following form: 1078 1087 \begin{lstlisting} 1079 [ §\emph{lvalue}§, . . ., §\emph{lvalue}§ ] = [ §\emph{expr}§, . . ., §\emph{expr}§];1080 \end{lstlisting} 1081 The left-hand side is a tuple of \ emph{lvalues}, and the right-hand side is a tuple of \emph{expr}s.1082 Each \ emph{expr} appearing on the righthand side of a multiple assignment statement is assigned to the corresponding \emph{lvalues}on the left-hand side of the statement using parallel semantics for each assignment.1088 [ @\emph{lvalue}@, . . ., @\emph{lvalue}@ ] = [ @\emph{expr}@, . . ., @\emph{expr}@ ]; 1089 \end{lstlisting} 1090 The left-hand side is a tuple of \lstinline@$\emph{lvalues}$@, and the right-hand side is a tuple of \lstinline@$\emph{expr}$@s. 1091 Each \lstinline@$\emph{expr}$@ appearing on the righthand side of a multiple assignment statement is assigned to the corresponding \lstinline@$\emph{lvalues}$@ on the left-hand side of the statement using parallel semantics for each assignment. 1083 1092 An example of multiple assignment is: 1084 1093 \begin{lstlisting} 1085 1094 [ x, y, z ] = [ 1, 2, 3 ]; 1086 1095 \end{lstlisting} 1087 Here, the values ©1©, ©2© and ©3© are assigned, respectively, to the variables ©x©, ©y© and ©z©.1096 Here, the values \lstinline@1@, \lstinline@2@ and \lstinline@3@ are assigned, respectively, to the variables \lstinline@x@, \lstinline@y@ and \lstinline@z@. 1088 1097 A more complex example is: 1089 1098 \begin{lstlisting} 1090 1099 [ i, y[ i ], z ] = [ 1, i, a + b ]; 1091 1100 \end{lstlisting} 1092 Here, the values ©1©, ©i© and ©a + b© are assigned to the variables ©i©, ©y[i]© and ©z©, respectively.1101 Here, the values \lstinline@1@, \lstinline@i@ and \lstinline@a + b@ are assigned to the variables \lstinline@i@, \lstinline@y[i]@ and \lstinline@z@, respectively. 1093 1102 Note, the parallel semantics of 1094 1103 multiple assignment ensures: … … 1096 1105 [ x, y ] = [ y, x ]; 1097 1106 \end{lstlisting} 1098 correctly interchanges (swaps) the values stored in ©x© and ©y©.1107 correctly interchanges (swaps) the values stored in \lstinline@x@ and \lstinline@y@. 1099 1108 The following cases are errors: 1100 1109 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1117 1126 Cascade assignment has the following form: 1118 1127 \begin{lstlisting} 1119 §\emph{tuple}§ = §\emph{tuple}§ = ... = §\emph{tuple}§;1128 @\emph{tuple}@ = @\emph{tuple}@ = ... = @\emph{tuple}@; 1120 1129 \end{lstlisting} 1121 1130 and it has the same parallel semantics as for mass and multiple assignment. … … 1135 1144 Its general form is: 1136 1145 \begin{lstlisting} 1137 §\emph{expr}§ . [ §\emph{fieldlist}§]1138 §\emph{expr}§ -> [ §\emph{fieldlist}§]1139 \end{lstlisting} 1140 \ emph{expr} is any expression yielding a value of type record, e.g., ©struct©, ©union©.1141 Each element of \ emph{ fieldlist} is an element of the record specified by \emph{expr}.1146 @\emph{expr}@ . [ @\emph{fieldlist}@ ] 1147 @\emph{expr}@ -> [ @\emph{fieldlist}@ ] 1148 \end{lstlisting} 1149 \lstinline@$\emph{expr}$@ is any expression yielding a value of type record, e.g., \lstinline@struct@, \lstinline@union@. 1150 Each element of \lstinline@$\emph{ fieldlist}$@ is an element of the record specified by \lstinline@$\emph{expr}$@. 1142 1151 A record-field tuple may be used anywhere a tuple can be used. An example of the use of a record-field tuple is 1143 1152 the following: … … 1154 1163 also, it is unnecessary to specify all the fields of a struct in a multiple record-field tuple. 1155 1164 1156 If a field of a ©struct© is itself another ©struct©, multiple fields of this subrecord can be specified using a nested record-field tuple, as in the following example:1165 If a field of a \lstinline@struct@ is itself another \lstinline@struct@, multiple fields of this subrecord can be specified using a nested record-field tuple, as in the following example: 1157 1166 \begin{lstlisting} 1158 1167 struct inner { … … 1171 1180 \section{Labelled Break/Continue} 1172 1181 1173 While C provides ©break© and ©continue©statements for altering control flow, both are restricted to one level of nesting for a particular control structure.1174 Unfortunately, this restriction forces programmers to use ©goto©to achieve the equivalent for more than one level of nesting.1175 To prevent having to make this switch, the ©break© and ©continue©are extended with a target label to support static multi-level exit~\cite{Buhr85,Java}.1176 For the labelled ©break©, it is possible to specify which control structure is the target for exit, as in:1182 While C provides \lstinline@break@ and \lstinline@continue@ statements for altering control flow, both are restricted to one level of nesting for a particular control structure. 1183 Unfortunately, this restriction forces programmers to use \lstinline@goto@ to achieve the equivalent for more than one level of nesting. 1184 To prevent having to make this switch, the \lstinline@break@ and \lstinline@continue@ are extended with a target label to support static multi-level exit~\cite{Buhr85,Java}. 1185 For the labelled \lstinline@break@, it is possible to specify which control structure is the target for exit, as in: 1177 1186 \begin{quote2} 1178 1187 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l@{}} 1179 1188 \multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace{30pt}}}{\textbf{\CFA}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{C}} \\ 1180 1189 \begin{lstlisting} 1181 ®L1:®for ( ... ) {1182 ®L2:®for ( ... ) {1183 ®L3:®for ( ... ) {1184 ... break ®L1®; ...1185 ... break ®L2®; ...1186 ... break ®L3®; // or break1190 `L1:` for ( ... ) { 1191 `L2:` for ( ... ) { 1192 `L3:` for ( ... ) { 1193 ... break `L1`; ... 1194 ... break `L2`; ... 1195 ... break `L3`; // or break 1187 1196 } 1188 1197 } … … 1204 1213 \end{quote2} 1205 1214 The inner most loop has three exit points, which cause termination of one or more of the three nested loops, respectively. 1206 For the labelled ©continue©, it is possible to specify which control structure is the target for the next loop iteration, as in:1215 For the labelled \lstinline@continue@, it is possible to specify which control structure is the target for the next loop iteration, as in: 1207 1216 \begin{quote2} 1208 1217 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l@{}} 1209 1218 \multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace{30pt}}}{\textbf{\CFA}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\textbf{C}} \\ 1210 1219 \begin{lstlisting} 1211 ®L1®: for ( ... ) {1212 ®L2®: for ( ... ) {1213 ®L3®: for ( ... ) {1214 ... continue ®L1®; ...1215 ... continue ®L2®; ...1216 ... continue ®L3®; ...1220 `L1`: for ( ... ) { 1221 `L2`: for ( ... ) { 1222 `L3`: for ( ... ) { 1223 ... continue `L1`; ... 1224 ... continue `L2`; ... 1225 ... continue `L3`; ... 1217 1226 1218 1227 } … … 1240 1249 \end{quote2} 1241 1250 The inner most loop has three restart points, which cause the next loop iteration to begin, respectively. 1242 For both ©break© and ©continue©, the target label must be directly associated with a ©for©, ©while© or ©do©statement;1243 for ©break©, the target label can also be associated with a ©switch©statement.1244 Both ©break© and ©continue© with target labels are simply a ©goto©restricted in the following ways:1251 For both \lstinline@break@ and \lstinline@continue@, the target label must be directly associated with a \lstinline@for@, \lstinline@while@ or \lstinline@do@ statement; 1252 for \lstinline@break@, the target label can also be associated with a \lstinline@switch@ statement. 1253 Both \lstinline@break@ and \lstinline@continue@ with target labels are simply a \lstinline@goto@ restricted in the following ways: 1245 1254 \begin{itemize} 1246 1255 \item … … 1251 1260 Since they always transfers out of containing control structures, they cannot be used to branch into a control structure. 1252 1261 \end{itemize} 1253 The advantage of the labelled ©break©/©continue© is that it allows static multi-level exits without having to use the ©goto©statement and ties control flow to the target control structure rather than an arbitrary point in a program.1262 The advantage of the labelled \lstinline@break@/\lstinline@continue@ is that it allows static multi-level exits without having to use the \lstinline@goto@ statement and ties control flow to the target control structure rather than an arbitrary point in a program. 1254 1263 Furthermore, the location of the label at the beginning of the target control structure informs the reader that complex control-flow is occurring in the body of the control structure. 1255 With ©goto©, the label at the end of the control structure fails to convey this important clue early enough to the reader.1264 With \lstinline@goto@, the label at the end of the control structure fails to convey this important clue early enough to the reader. 1256 1265 Finally, using an explicit target for the transfer instead of an implicit target allows new nested loop or switch constructs to be added or removed without affecting other constructs. 1257 The implicit targets of the current ©break© and ©continue©, i.e., the closest enclosing loop or ©switch©, change as certain constructs are added or removed.1266 The implicit targets of the current \lstinline@break@ and \lstinline@continue@, i.e., the closest enclosing loop or \lstinline@switch@, change as certain constructs are added or removed. 1258 1267 1259 1268 1260 1269 \section{Switch Statement} 1261 1270 1262 C allows a number of questionable forms for the ©switch©statement:1271 C allows a number of questionable forms for the \lstinline@switch@ statement: 1263 1272 \begin{enumerate} 1264 1273 \item 1265 By default, the end of a ©case©clause\footnote{1266 In this section, the term \emph{case clause} refers to either a ©case© or ©default©clause.}1267 \emph{falls through} to the next ©case© clause in the ©switch©statement;1268 to exit a ©switch© statement from a ©case© clause requires explicitly terminating the clause with a transfer statement, most commonly ©break©, as in:1274 By default, the end of a \lstinline@case@ clause\footnote{ 1275 In this section, the term \emph{case clause} refers to either a \lstinline@case@ or \lstinline@default@ clause.} 1276 \emph{falls through} to the next \lstinline@case@ clause in the \lstinline@switch@ statement; 1277 to exit a \lstinline@switch@ statement from a \lstinline@case@ clause requires explicitly terminating the clause with a transfer statement, most commonly \lstinline@break@, as in: 1269 1278 \begin{lstlisting} 1270 1279 switch ( i ) { … … 1291 1300 \end{lstlisting} 1292 1301 In this example, case 2 is always done if case 3 is done. 1293 This control flow is difficult to simulate with if statements or a ©switch©statement without fall-through as code must be duplicated or placed in a separate routine.1302 This control flow is difficult to simulate with if statements or a \lstinline@switch@ statement without fall-through as code must be duplicated or placed in a separate routine. 1294 1303 C also uses fall-through to handle multiple case-values resulting in the same action, as in: 1295 1304 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1304 1313 \end{lstlisting} 1305 1314 However, this situation is handled in other languages without fall-through by allowing a list of case values. 1306 While fall-through itself is not a problem, the problem occurs when fall-through is the ©default©, as this semantics is not intuitive to most programmers and is different from virtually all other programming languages with a ©switch©statement.1307 Hence, ©default© fall-through semantics results in a large number of programming errors as programmers often forget the ©break© statement at the end of a ©case©clause, resulting in inadvertent fall-through.1308 1309 \item 1310 It is possible to place ©case© clauses on statements nested \emph{within} the body of the ©switch©statement, as in:1315 While fall-through itself is not a problem, the problem occurs when fall-through is the \lstinline@default@, as this semantics is not intuitive to most programmers and is different from virtually all other programming languages with a \lstinline@switch@ statement. 1316 Hence, \lstinline@default@ fall-through semantics results in a large number of programming errors as programmers often forget the \lstinline@break@ statement at the end of a \lstinline@case@ clause, resulting in inadvertent fall-through. 1317 1318 \item 1319 It is possible to place \lstinline@case@ clauses on statements nested \emph{within} the body of the \lstinline@switch@ statement, as in: 1311 1320 \begin{lstlisting} 1312 1321 switch ( i ) { … … 1349 1358 } 1350 1359 \end{lstlisting} 1351 which unrolls a loop N times (N = 8 above) and uses the ©switch©statement to deal with any iterations not a multiple of N.1360 which unrolls a loop N times (N = 8 above) and uses the \lstinline@switch@ statement to deal with any iterations not a multiple of N. 1352 1361 While efficient, this sort of special purpose usage is questionable: 1353 1362 \begin{quote} … … 1356 1365 \end{quote} 1357 1366 \item 1358 It is possible to place the ©default© clause anywhere in the list of labelled clauses for a ©switch©statement, rather than only at the end.1359 Virtually all programming languages with a ©switch© statement require the ©default©clause to appear last in the case-clause list.1360 The logic for this semantics is that after checking all the ©case© clauses without success, the ©default©clause is selected;1361 hence, physically placing the ©default© clause at the end of the ©case©clause list matches with this semantics.1362 This physical placement can be compared to the physical placement of an ©else© clause at the end of a series of connected ©if©/©else©statements.1363 1364 \item 1365 It is possible to place unreachable code at the start of a ©switch©statement, as in:1367 It is possible to place the \lstinline@default@ clause anywhere in the list of labelled clauses for a \lstinline@switch@ statement, rather than only at the end. 1368 Virtually all programming languages with a \lstinline@switch@ statement require the \lstinline@default@ clause to appear last in the case-clause list. 1369 The logic for this semantics is that after checking all the \lstinline@case@ clauses without success, the \lstinline@default@ clause is selected; 1370 hence, physically placing the \lstinline@default@ clause at the end of the \lstinline@case@ clause list matches with this semantics. 1371 This physical placement can be compared to the physical placement of an \lstinline@else@ clause at the end of a series of connected \lstinline@if@/\lstinline@else@ statements. 1372 1373 \item 1374 It is possible to place unreachable code at the start of a \lstinline@switch@ statement, as in: 1366 1375 \begin{lstlisting} 1367 1376 switch ( x ) { … … 1373 1382 } 1374 1383 \end{lstlisting} 1375 While the declaration of the local variable ©y© is useful and its scope is across all ©case©clauses, the initialization for such a variable is defined to never be executed because control always transfers over it.1376 Furthermore, any statements before the first ©case© clause can only be executed if labelled and transfered to using a ©goto©, either from outside or inside of the ©switch©.1384 While the declaration of the local variable \lstinline@y@ is useful and its scope is across all \lstinline@case@ clauses, the initialization for such a variable is defined to never be executed because control always transfers over it. 1385 Furthermore, any statements before the first \lstinline@case@ clause can only be executed if labelled and transfered to using a \lstinline@goto@, either from outside or inside of the \lstinline@switch@. 1377 1386 As mentioned, transfer into control structures should be forbidden. 1378 Transfers from within the ©switch© body using a ©goto©are equally unpalatable.1387 Transfers from within the \lstinline@switch@ body using a \lstinline@goto@ are equally unpalatable. 1379 1388 \end{enumerate} 1380 1389 Before discussing potential language changes to deal with these problems, it is worth observing that in a typical C program: 1381 1390 \begin{itemize} 1382 1391 \item 1383 the number of ©switch©statements is small,1384 \item 1385 most ©switch©statements are well formed (i.e., no Duff's device),1386 \item 1387 the ©default©clause is usually written as the last case-clause,1388 \item 1389 and there is only a medium amount of fall-through from one ©case©clause to the next, and most of these result from a list of case values executing common code, rather than a sequence of case actions that compound.1392 the number of \lstinline@switch@ statements is small, 1393 \item 1394 most \lstinline@switch@ statements are well formed (i.e., no Duff's device), 1395 \item 1396 the \lstinline@default@ clause is usually written as the last case-clause, 1397 \item 1398 and there is only a medium amount of fall-through from one \lstinline@case@ clause to the next, and most of these result from a list of case values executing common code, rather than a sequence of case actions that compound. 1390 1399 \end{itemize} 1391 1400 These observations should help to put the effects of suggested changes into perspective. … … 1393 1402 \begin{enumerate} 1394 1403 \item 1395 Eliminating the ©default©fall-through problem has the greatest potential for affecting existing code.1396 However, even if fall-through is removed, most ©switch© statements would continue to work because of the explicit transfers already present at the end of each ©case© clause, and the common placement of the ©default©clause at the end of the case list.1397 In addition, the above grammar provides for the most common use of fall-through, i.e., a list of ©case©clauses executing common code, e.g.:1404 Eliminating the \lstinline@default@ fall-through problem has the greatest potential for affecting existing code. 1405 However, even if fall-through is removed, most \lstinline@switch@ statements would continue to work because of the explicit transfers already present at the end of each \lstinline@case@ clause, and the common placement of the \lstinline@default@ clause at the end of the case list. 1406 In addition, the above grammar provides for the most common use of fall-through, i.e., a list of \lstinline@case@ clauses executing common code, e.g.: 1398 1407 \begin{lstlisting} 1399 1408 case 1: case 2: case 3: ... 1400 1409 \end{lstlisting} 1401 1410 Nevertheless, reversing the default action would have a non-trivial effect on case actions that compound, such as the above example of processing shell arguments. 1402 Therefore, to preserve backwards compatibility, it is necessary to introduce a new kind of ©switch© statement, called ©choose©, with no fall-through semantics.1403 The ©choose© statement is identical to the new ©switch© statement, except there is no implicit fall-through between case-clauses and the ©break© statement applies to the enclosing loop construct (as for the continue statement in a ©switch©statement).1411 Therefore, to preserve backwards compatibility, it is necessary to introduce a new kind of \lstinline@switch@ statement, called \lstinline@choose@, with no fall-through semantics. 1412 The \lstinline@choose@ statement is identical to the new \lstinline@switch@ statement, except there is no implicit fall-through between case-clauses and the \lstinline@break@ statement applies to the enclosing loop construct (as for the continue statement in a \lstinline@switch@ statement). 1404 1413 It is still possible to fall-through if a case-clause ends with the new keyword fallthru, e.g.: 1405 1414 \begin{lstlisting} … … 1417 1426 \item 1418 1427 Eliminating Duff's device is straightforward and only invalidates a small amount of very questionable code. 1419 The solution is to allow ©case© clauses to only appear at the same nesting level as the ©switch© body, as is done in most other programming languages with ©switch©statements.1420 \item 1421 The issue of ©default© at locations other than at the end of the cause clause can be solved by using good programming style, and there are a few reasonable situations involving fall-through where the ©default©clause may appear is locations other than at the end.1428 The solution is to allow \lstinline@case@ clauses to only appear at the same nesting level as the \lstinline@switch@ body, as is done in most other programming languages with \lstinline@switch@ statements. 1429 \item 1430 The issue of \lstinline@default@ at locations other than at the end of the cause clause can be solved by using good programming style, and there are a few reasonable situations involving fall-through where the \lstinline@default@ clause may appear is locations other than at the end. 1422 1431 Therefore, no language change is made for this issue. 1423 1432 \item 1424 Dealing with unreachable code at the start of a ©switch© statement is solved by defining the declaration-list, including any associated initialization, at the start of a ©switch© statement body to be executed before the transfer to the appropriate ©case©clause.1433 Dealing with unreachable code at the start of a \lstinline@switch@ statement is solved by defining the declaration-list, including any associated initialization, at the start of a \lstinline@switch@ statement body to be executed before the transfer to the appropriate \lstinline@case@ clause. 1425 1434 This semantics is the same as for declarations at the start of a loop body, which are executed before each iteration of the loop body. 1426 As well, this grammar does not allow statements to appear before the first ©case©clause.1435 As well, this grammar does not allow statements to appear before the first \lstinline@case@ clause. 1427 1436 The change is compatible for declarations with initialization in this context because existing code cannot assume the initialization has occurred. 1428 1437 The change is incompatible for statements, but any existing code using it is highly questionable, as in: … … 1434 1443 } 1435 1444 \end{lstlisting} 1436 The statement after the ©switch©can never be executed unless it is labelled.1437 If it is labelled, it must be transfered to from outside or inside the ©switch©statement, neither of which is acceptable control flow.1445 The statement after the \lstinline@switch@ can never be executed unless it is labelled. 1446 If it is labelled, it must be transfered to from outside or inside the \lstinline@switch@ statement, neither of which is acceptable control flow. 1438 1447 \end{enumerate} 1439 1448 … … 1441 1450 \section{Case Clause} 1442 1451 1443 C restricts the ©case© clause of a ©switch©statement to a single value.1444 For multiple ©case© clauses associated with the same statement, it is necessary to have multiple ©case©clauses rather than multiple values.1445 Requiring a ©case©clause for each value does not seem to be in the spirit of brevity normally associated with C.1446 Therefore, the ©case©clause is extended with a list of values, as in:1452 C restricts the \lstinline@case@ clause of a \lstinline@switch@ statement to a single value. 1453 For multiple \lstinline@case@ clauses associated with the same statement, it is necessary to have multiple \lstinline@case@ clauses rather than multiple values. 1454 Requiring a \lstinline@case@ clause for each value does not seem to be in the spirit of brevity normally associated with C. 1455 Therefore, the \lstinline@case@ clause is extended with a list of values, as in: 1447 1456 \begin{quote2} 1448 1457 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}l@{\hspace{20pt}}l@{}} … … 1450 1459 \begin{lstlisting} 1451 1460 switch ( i ) { 1452 ®case 1, 3, 5®:1461 `case 1, 3, 5`: 1453 1462 ... 1454 ®case 2, 4, 6®:1463 `case 2, 4, 6`: 1455 1464 ... 1456 1465 } … … 1482 1491 \begin{lstlisting} 1483 1492 switch ( i ) { 1484 ®case 1~5:®1493 `case 1~5:` 1485 1494 ... 1486 ®case 10~15:®1495 `case 10~15:` 1487 1496 ... 1488 1497 } … … 1739 1748 1740 1749 The syntax for using references in \CFA is the same as \CC with the exception of reference initialization. 1741 Use ©&©to specify a reference, and access references just like regular objects, not like pointers (use dot notation to access fields).1750 Use \lstinline@&@ to specify a reference, and access references just like regular objects, not like pointers (use dot notation to access fields). 1742 1751 When initializing a reference, \CFA uses a different syntax which differentiates reference initialization from assignment to a reference. 1743 The ©&©is used on both sides of the expression to clarify that the address of the reference is being set to the address of the variable to which it refers.1752 The \lstinline@&@ is used on both sides of the expression to clarify that the address of the reference is being set to the address of the variable to which it refers. 1744 1753 1745 1754 \begin{figure} … … 1814 1823 In \CFA, as in C, all scalar types can be incremented and 1815 1824 decremented, which is defined in terms of adding or subtracting 1. 1816 The operations ©&&©, ©||©, and ©!© can be applied to any scalar arguments and are defined in terms of comparison against 0 (ex. ©(a && b)© becomes ©(a != 0 && b != 0)©).1825 The operations \lstinline@&&@, \lstinline@||@, and \lstinline@!@ can be applied to any scalar arguments and are defined in terms of comparison against 0 (ex. \lstinline@(a && b)@ becomes \lstinline@(a != 0 && b != 0)@). 1817 1826 1818 1827 In C, the integer constants 0 and 1 suffice because the integer promotion rules can convert them to any … … 1823 1832 polymorphic parameters, and user-defined pointer-like types may need a null value. 1824 1833 Defining special 1825 constants for a user-defined type is more efficient than defining a conversion to the type from ©_Bool©.1834 constants for a user-defined type is more efficient than defining a conversion to the type from \lstinline@_Bool@. 1826 1835 1827 1836 Why just 0 and 1? Why not other integers? No other integers have special status in C. … … 1906 1915 \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} 1907 1916 %identifier & operation \\ \hline 1908 ©?[?]©& subscripting \impl{?[?]}\\1909 ©?()©& function call \impl{?()}\\1910 ©?++©& postfix increment \impl{?++}\\1911 ©?--©& postfix decrement \impl{?--}\\1912 ©++?©& prefix increment \impl{++?}\\1913 ©--?©& prefix decrement \impl{--?}\\1914 ©*?©& dereference \impl{*?}\\1915 ©+?©& unary plus \impl{+?}\\1916 ©-?©& arithmetic negation \impl{-?}\\1917 ©~?©& bitwise negation \impl{~?}\\1918 ©!?©& logical complement \impl{"!?}\\1919 ©?*?©& multiplication \impl{?*?}\\1920 ©?/?©& division \impl{?/?}\\1917 \lstinline@?[?]@ & subscripting \impl{?[?]}\\ 1918 \lstinline@?()@ & function call \impl{?()}\\ 1919 \lstinline@?++@ & postfix increment \impl{?++}\\ 1920 \lstinline@?--@ & postfix decrement \impl{?--}\\ 1921 \lstinline@++?@ & prefix increment \impl{++?}\\ 1922 \lstinline@--?@ & prefix decrement \impl{--?}\\ 1923 \lstinline@*?@ & dereference \impl{*?}\\ 1924 \lstinline@+?@ & unary plus \impl{+?}\\ 1925 \lstinline@-?@ & arithmetic negation \impl{-?}\\ 1926 \lstinline@~?@ & bitwise negation \impl{~?}\\ 1927 \lstinline@!?@ & logical complement \impl{"!?}\\ 1928 \lstinline@?*?@ & multiplication \impl{?*?}\\ 1929 \lstinline@?/?@ & division \impl{?/?}\\ 1921 1930 \end{tabular}\hfil 1922 1931 \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} 1923 1932 %identifier & operation \\ \hline 1924 ©?%?©& remainder \impl{?%?}\\1925 ©?+?©& addition \impl{?+?}\\1926 ©?-?©& subtraction \impl{?-?}\\1927 ©?<<?©& left shift \impl{?<<?}\\1928 ©?>>?©& right shift \impl{?>>?}\\1929 ©?<?©& less than \impl{?<?}\\1930 ©?<=?©& less than or equal \impl{?<=?}\\1931 ©?>=?©& greater than or equal \impl{?>=?}\\1932 ©?>?©& greater than \impl{?>?}\\1933 ©?==?©& equality \impl{?==?}\\1934 ©?!=?©& inequality \impl{?"!=?}\\1935 ©?&?©& bitwise AND \impl{?&?}\\1933 \lstinline@?%?@ & remainder \impl{?%?}\\ 1934 \lstinline@?+?@ & addition \impl{?+?}\\ 1935 \lstinline@?-?@ & subtraction \impl{?-?}\\ 1936 \lstinline@?<<?@ & left shift \impl{?<<?}\\ 1937 \lstinline@?>>?@ & right shift \impl{?>>?}\\ 1938 \lstinline@?<?@ & less than \impl{?<?}\\ 1939 \lstinline@?<=?@ & less than or equal \impl{?<=?}\\ 1940 \lstinline@?>=?@ & greater than or equal \impl{?>=?}\\ 1941 \lstinline@?>?@ & greater than \impl{?>?}\\ 1942 \lstinline@?==?@ & equality \impl{?==?}\\ 1943 \lstinline@?!=?@ & inequality \impl{?"!=?}\\ 1944 \lstinline@?&?@ & bitwise AND \impl{?&?}\\ 1936 1945 \end{tabular}\hfil 1937 1946 \begin{tabular}[t]{ll} 1938 1947 %identifier & operation \\ \hline 1939 ©?^?©& exclusive OR \impl{?^?}\\1940 ©?|?©& inclusive OR \impl{?"|?}\\1941 ©?=?©& simple assignment \impl{?=?}\\1942 ©?*=?©& multiplication assignment \impl{?*=?}\\1943 ©?/=?©& division assignment \impl{?/=?}\\1944 ©?%=?©& remainder assignment \impl{?%=?}\\1945 ©?+=?©& addition assignment \impl{?+=?}\\1946 ©?-=?©& subtraction assignment \impl{?-=?}\\1947 ©?<<=?©& left-shift assignment \impl{?<<=?}\\1948 ©?>>=?©& right-shift assignment \impl{?>>=?}\\1949 ©?&=?©& bitwise AND assignment \impl{?&=?}\\1950 ©?^=?©& exclusive OR assignment \impl{?^=?}\\1951 ©?|=?©& inclusive OR assignment \impl{?"|=?}\\1948 \lstinline@?^?@ & exclusive OR \impl{?^?}\\ 1949 \lstinline@?|?@ & inclusive OR \impl{?"|?}\\ 1950 \lstinline@?=?@ & simple assignment \impl{?=?}\\ 1951 \lstinline@?*=?@ & multiplication assignment \impl{?*=?}\\ 1952 \lstinline@?/=?@ & division assignment \impl{?/=?}\\ 1953 \lstinline@?%=?@ & remainder assignment \impl{?%=?}\\ 1954 \lstinline@?+=?@ & addition assignment \impl{?+=?}\\ 1955 \lstinline@?-=?@ & subtraction assignment \impl{?-=?}\\ 1956 \lstinline@?<<=?@ & left-shift assignment \impl{?<<=?}\\ 1957 \lstinline@?>>=?@ & right-shift assignment \impl{?>>=?}\\ 1958 \lstinline@?&=?@ & bitwise AND assignment \impl{?&=?}\\ 1959 \lstinline@?^=?@ & exclusive OR assignment \impl{?^=?}\\ 1960 \lstinline@?|=?@ & inclusive OR assignment \impl{?"|=?}\\ 1952 1961 \end{tabular} 1953 1962 \hfil … … 1958 1967 These identifiers are defined such that the question marks in the name identify the location of the operands. 1959 1968 These operands represent the parameters to the functions, and define how the operands are mapped to the function call. 1960 For example, ©a + b© becomes ©?+?(a, b)©.1969 For example, \lstinline@a + b@ becomes \lstinline@?+?(a, b)@. 1961 1970 1962 1971 In the example below, a new type, myComplex, is defined with an overloaded constructor, + operator, and string operator. … … 2001 2010 \begin{quote2} 2002 2011 \begin{tabular}{@{}l@{\hspace{30pt}}ll@{}} 2003 \multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace{30pt}}}{\textbf{\CC}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{ ©gcc©}\index{gcc} \\2012 \multicolumn{1}{c@{\hspace{30pt}}}{\textbf{\CC}} & \multicolumn{1}{c}{\lstinline@gcc@}\index{gcc} \\ 2004 2013 \begin{lstlisting} 2005 2014 … … 2032 2041 \end{itemize} 2033 2042 2034 In \CFA, ©typedef©provides a mechanism to alias long type names with short ones, both globally and locally, but not eliminate the use of the short name.2035 ©gcc© provides ©typeof©to declare a secondary variable from a primary variable.2043 In \CFA, \lstinline@typedef@ provides a mechanism to alias long type names with short ones, both globally and locally, but not eliminate the use of the short name. 2044 \lstinline@gcc@ provides \lstinline@typeof@ to declare a secondary variable from a primary variable. 2036 2045 \CFA also relies heavily on the specification of the left-hand side of assignment for type inferencing, so in many cases it is crucial to specify the type of the left-hand side to select the correct type of the right-hand expression. 2037 2046 Only for overloaded routines with the same return type is variable type-inferencing possible. 2038 Finally, ©auto©presents the programming problem of tracking down a type when the type is actually needed.2047 Finally, \lstinline@auto@ presents the programming problem of tracking down a type when the type is actually needed. 2039 2048 For example, given 2040 2049 \begin{lstlisting} 2041 auto j = ®...®2042 \end{lstlisting} 2043 and the need to write a routine to compute using ©j©2044 \begin{lstlisting} 2045 void rtn( ®...®parm );2050 auto j = `...` 2051 \end{lstlisting} 2052 and the need to write a routine to compute using \lstinline@j@ 2053 \begin{lstlisting} 2054 void rtn( `...` parm ); 2046 2055 rtn( j ); 2047 2056 \end{lstlisting} 2048 A programmer must work backwards to determine the type of ©j©'s initialization expression, reconstructing the possibly long generic type-name.2057 A programmer must work backwards to determine the type of \lstinline@j@'s initialization expression, reconstructing the possibly long generic type-name. 2049 2058 In this situation, having the type name or a short alias is very useful. 2050 2059 … … 2054 2063 At some point, a programmer wants the type of the variable to remain constant and the expression to be in error when it changes. 2055 2064 2056 Given ©typedef© and ©typeof©in \CFA, and the strong need to use the type of left-hand side in inferencing, auto type-inferencing is not supported at this time.2065 Given \lstinline@typedef@ and \lstinline@typeof@ in \CFA, and the strong need to use the type of left-hand side in inferencing, auto type-inferencing is not supported at this time. 2057 2066 Should a significant need arise, this feature can be revisited. 2058 2067 … … 2356 2365 } s; 2357 2366 \end{lstlisting} 2358 The problem occurs in accesing these fields using the selection operation `` ©.©'':2367 The problem occurs in accesing these fields using the selection operation ``\lstinline@.@'': 2359 2368 \begin{lstlisting} 2360 2369 s.0 = 0; // ambiguity with floating constant .0 … … 2363 2372 To make this work, a space is required after the field selection: 2364 2373 \begin{lstlisting} 2365 ®s.§\textvisiblespace§0®= 0;2366 ®s.§\textvisiblespace§1®= 1;2374 `s.@\textvisiblespace@0` = 0; 2375 `s.@\textvisiblespace@1` = 1; 2367 2376 \end{lstlisting} 2368 2377 While this sytact is awkward, it is unlikely many programers will name fields of a structure 0 or 1. 2369 Like the \CC lexical problem with closing template-syntax, e.g, ©Foo<Bar<int®>>®©, this issue can be solved with a more powerful lexer/parser.2370 2371 There are several ambiguous cases with operator identifiers, e.g., ©int *?*?()©, where the string ©*?*?© can be lexed as ©*©/©?*?© or ©*?©/©*?©.2372 Since it is common practise to put a unary operator juxtaposed to an identifier, e.g., ©*i©, users will be annoyed if they cannot do this with respect to operator identifiers.2378 Like the \CC lexical problem with closing template-syntax, e.g, \lstinline@Foo<Bar<int`>>`@, this issue can be solved with a more powerful lexer/parser. 2379 2380 There are several ambiguous cases with operator identifiers, e.g., \lstinline@int *?*?()@, where the string \lstinline@*?*?@ can be lexed as \lstinline@*@/\lstinline@?*?@ or \lstinline@*?@/\lstinline@*?@. 2381 Since it is common practise to put a unary operator juxtaposed to an identifier, e.g., \lstinline@*i@, users will be annoyed if they cannot do this with respect to operator identifiers. 2373 2382 Even with this special hack, there are 5 general cases that cannot be handled. 2374 The first case is for the function-call identifier ©?()©:2375 \begin{lstlisting} 2376 int * §\textvisiblespace§?()(); // declaration: space required after '*'2377 * §\textvisiblespace§?()(); // expression: space required after '*'2378 \end{lstlisting} 2379 Without the space, the string ©*?()©is ambiguous without N character look ahead;2380 it requires scanning ahead to determine if there is a ©'('©, which is the start of an argument/parameter list.2383 The first case is for the function-call identifier \lstinline@?()@: 2384 \begin{lstlisting} 2385 int *@\textvisiblespace@?()(); // declaration: space required after '*' 2386 *@\textvisiblespace@?()(); // expression: space required after '*' 2387 \end{lstlisting} 2388 Without the space, the string \lstinline@*?()@ is ambiguous without N character look ahead; 2389 it requires scanning ahead to determine if there is a \lstinline@'('@, which is the start of an argument/parameter list. 2381 2390 2382 2391 The 4 remaining cases occur in expressions: 2383 2392 \begin{lstlisting} 2384 i++ §\textvisiblespace§?i:0; // space required before '?'2385 i-- §\textvisiblespace§?i:0; // space required before '?'2386 i §\textvisiblespace§?++i:0; // space required after '?'2387 i §\textvisiblespace§?--i:0; // space required after '?'2388 \end{lstlisting} 2389 In the first two cases, the string ©i++?© is ambiguous, where this string can be lexed as ©i© / ©++?© or ©i++© / ©?©;2390 it requires scanning ahead to determine if there is a ©'('©, which is the start of an argument list.2391 In the second two cases, the string ©?++x© is ambiguous, where this string can be lexed as ©?++© / ©x© or ©?© / y©++x©;2392 it requires scanning ahead to determine if there is a ©'('©, which is the start of an argument list.2393 i++@\textvisiblespace@?i:0; // space required before '?' 2394 i--@\textvisiblespace@?i:0; // space required before '?' 2395 i@\textvisiblespace@?++i:0; // space required after '?' 2396 i@\textvisiblespace@?--i:0; // space required after '?' 2397 \end{lstlisting} 2398 In the first two cases, the string \lstinline@i++?@ is ambiguous, where this string can be lexed as \lstinline@i@ / \lstinline@++?@ or \lstinline@i++@ / \lstinline@?@; 2399 it requires scanning ahead to determine if there is a \lstinline@'('@, which is the start of an argument list. 2400 In the second two cases, the string \lstinline@?++x@ is ambiguous, where this string can be lexed as \lstinline@?++@ / \lstinline@x@ or \lstinline@?@ / y\lstinline@++x@; 2401 it requires scanning ahead to determine if there is a \lstinline@'('@, which is the start of an argument list. 2393 2402 2394 2403 … … 3316 3325 3317 3326 3318 \subsection [Comparing Key Features of CFA]{Comparing Key Features of \CFA}3327 \subsection{Comparing Key Features of \CFA} 3319 3328 3320 3329 … … 3690 3699 3691 3700 \begin{comment} 3692 \subsubsection{Modules /Packages}3701 \subsubsection{Modules/Packages} 3693 3702 3694 3703 \begin{lstlisting} … … 3932 3941 3933 3942 3934 \subsubsection [C++]{\CC}3943 \subsubsection{\CC} 3935 3944 3936 3945 \CC is a general-purpose programming language. … … 4006 4015 \begin{enumerate} 4007 4016 \item 4008 Change type of character literal ©int© to ©char©.4017 Change type of character literal \lstinline@int@ to \lstinline@char@. 4009 4018 This change allows overloading differentiation argument type matching, e.g.: 4010 4019 \begin{lstlisting} … … 4023 4032 4024 4033 \item 4025 Change: String literals made ©const©\\4026 The type of a string literal is changed from ©array of char© to ©array of const char©.4027 The type of a wide string literal is changed from ©array of wchar_t© to ©array of const wchar_t©. \\4034 Change: String literals made \lstinline@const@ \\ 4035 The type of a string literal is changed from \lstinline@array of char@ to \lstinline@array of const char@. 4036 The type of a wide string literal is changed from \lstinline@array of wchar_t@ to \lstinline@array of const wchar_t@. \\ 4028 4037 Rationale: This avoids calling an inappropriate overloaded function, which might expect to be able to modify its argument. 4029 4038 Effect on original feature: Change to semantics of well-defined feature. \\ 4030 Difficulty of converting: Simple syntactic transformation, because string literals can be converted to ©char*;©(4.2).4039 Difficulty of converting: Simple syntactic transformation, because string literals can be converted to \lstinline@char*;@ (4.2). 4031 4040 The most common cases are handled by a new but deprecated standard conversion: 4032 4041 \begin{lstlisting} … … 4067 4076 4068 4077 \CFA is C \emph{incompatible} on this issue, and provides semantics similar to \CC. 4069 Nested types are not hoisted and can be referenced using the field selection operator `` ©.©'', unlike the \CC scope-resolution operator ``©::©''.4078 Nested types are not hoisted and can be referenced using the field selection operator ``\lstinline@.@'', unlike the \CC scope-resolution operator ``\lstinline@::@''. 4070 4079 Given that nested types in C are equivalent to not using them, i.e., they are essentially useless, it is unlikely there are any realistic usages that break because of this incompatibility. 4080 4071 4081 4072 4082 \item … … 4080 4090 struct Y yy; // valid C, invalid C++ 4081 4091 \end{lstlisting} 4082 Rationale: C++ classes have member functions which require that classes establish scopes. 4083 The C rule would leave classes as an incomplete scope mechanism which would prevent C++ programmers from maintaining locality within a class. A coherent set of scope rules for C++ based on the C rule would be very complicated and C++ programmers would be unable to predict reliably the meanings of nontrivial examples involving nested or local functions. 4084 Effect on original feature: Change of semantics of welldefined feature. 4085 Difficulty of converting: Semantic transformation. To make the struct type name visible in the scope of the enclosing struct, the struct tag could be declared in the scope of the enclosing struct, before the enclosing struct is defined. Example: 4092 Rationale: C++ classes have member functions which require that classes establish scopes. The C rule 4093 would leave classes as an incomplete scope mechanism which would prevent C++ programmers from maintaining 4094 locality within a class. A coherent set of scope rules for C++ based on the C rule would be very 4095 complicated and C++ programmers would be unable to predict reliably the meanings of nontrivial examples 4096 involving nested or local functions. 4097 Effect on original feature: Change of semantics of welldefined 4098 feature. 4099 Difficulty of converting: Semantic transformation. To make the struct type name visible in the scope of 4100 the enclosing struct, the struct tag could be declared in the scope of the enclosing struct, before the enclosing 4101 struct is defined. Example: 4086 4102 \begin{lstlisting} 4087 4103 struct Y; // struct Y and struct X are at the same scope … … 4090 4106 }; 4091 4107 \end{lstlisting} 4092 All the definitions of C struct types enclosed in other struct definitions and accessed outside the scope of the enclosing struct could be exported to the scope of the enclosing struct. 4093 Note: this is a consequence of the difference in scope rules, which is documented in 3.3. 4108 All the definitions of C struct types enclosed in other struct definitions and accessed outside the scope of 4109 the enclosing struct could be exported to the scope of the enclosing struct. Note: this is a consequence of 4110 the difference in scope rules, which is documented in 3.3. 4094 4111 How widely used: Seldom. 4095 4112 \end{enumerate} … … 4107 4124 \begin{lstlisting} 4108 4125 int x = 0, y = 1, z = 2; 4109 ®sout® ®|® x ®|® y ®|® z ®| endl®;4126 `sout` `|` x `|` y `|` z `| endl`; 4110 4127 \end{lstlisting} 4111 4128 & … … 4116 4133 \end{tabular} 4117 4134 \end{quote2} 4118 The \CFA form is half as many characters, and is similar to \Index{Python}I/O with respect to implicit separators.4135 The \CFA form is half as many characters, and is similar to Python I/O with respect to implicit separators. 4119 4136 4120 4137 The logical-or operator is used because it is the lowest-priority overloadable operator, other than assignment. … … 4143 4160 A seperator does not appear at the start or end of a line. 4144 4161 \begin{lstlisting}[belowskip=0pt] 4145 sout |1 | 2 | 3 | endl;4162 sout 1 | 2 | 3 | endl; 4146 4163 \end{lstlisting} 4147 4164 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,showspaces=true,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] … … 4162 4179 which is a local mechanism to disable insertion of the separator character. 4163 4180 \item 4164 A seperator does not appear before a C string starting with the (extended) \Index{ASCII}\index{ASCII!extended} characters: \lstinline[mathescape=off]@([{$£¥¡¿«@4181 A seperator does not appear before a C string starting with the \Index{extended ASCII}\index{ASCII} characters: \lstinline[mathescape=off]@([{$£¥¿«@ 4165 4182 %$ 4166 4183 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off] 4167 sout | "x (" | 1 | "x [" | 2 | "x {" | 3 | "x $" | 4 | "x £" | 5 | "x ¥" | 6 | "x ¡" | 7 | "x ¿" | 8 | "x «" | 9| endl;4184 sout | "x (" | 1 | "x [" | 2 | "x {" | 3 | "x $" | 4 | "x £" | 5 | "x ¥" | 6 | "x ¿" | 7 | "x «" | 8 | endl; 4168 4185 \end{lstlisting} 4169 4186 %$ 4170 4187 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,showspaces=true,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] 4171 x (1 x [2 x {3 x $4 x £5 x ¥6 x ¡7 x ¿8 x «94188 x (1 x [2 x {3 x $4 x £5 x ¥6 x ¿7 x «8 4172 4189 \end{lstlisting} 4173 4190 %$ 4174 4191 \item 4175 A seperator does not appear after a C string ending with the (extended) \Index{ASCII}\index{ASCII!extended} characters: ©,.:;!?)]}%¢»©4192 A seperator does not appear after a C string ending with the extended ASCII characters: \lstinline@,.:;!?)]}%¢»@ 4176 4193 \begin{lstlisting}[belowskip=0pt] 4177 4194 sout | 1 | ", x" | 2 | ". x" | 3 | ": x" | 4 | "; x" | 5 | "! x" | 6 | "? x" | 7 | ") x" | 8 | "] x" | 9 | "} x" 4178 | 10 | "% x" | 11 | "¢ x" | 12 |"» x" | endl;4195 | 10 | "% x" | 11 | L"¢ x" | 12 | L"» x" | endl; 4179 4196 \end{lstlisting} 4180 4197 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,showspaces=true,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] … … 4182 4199 \end{lstlisting} 4183 4200 \item 4184 A seperator does not appear before or after a C string begining/ending with the \Index{ASCII} quote or whitespace characters: \lstinline[showspaces=true]@`'" \t\v\f\r\n@4201 A seperator does not appear before or after a C string begining/ending with the characters: \lstinline@\f\n\r\t\v\`'"@ 4185 4202 \begin{lstlisting}[belowskip=0pt] 4186 sout | "x`" | 1 | "`x'" | 2 | "'x\"" | 3 | "\"x" | "x " | 4 | " x" | "x\t" | 1 | "\tx" | endl; 4187 \end{lstlisting} 4188 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,showspaces=true,showtabs=true,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] 4189 x`1`x'2'x"3"x x 4 x x 1 x 4203 sout | "x '" | 1 | "' x \`" | 2 | "\` x \"" | 3 | "\" x" | endl; 4204 \end{lstlisting} 4205 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,showspaces=true,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] 4206 x '1' x \`2\` x "3" x 4207 \end{lstlisting} 4208 \begin{lstlisting}[showtabs=true,aboveskip=0pt] 4209 sout | "x\t" | 1 | "\tx" | endl; 4210 x 1 x 4190 4211 \end{lstlisting} 4191 4212 \end{enumerate} … … 4219 4240 \end{lstlisting} 4220 4241 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,showspaces=true,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] 4221 1 2 34242 1 2 3 4222 4243 \end{lstlisting} 4223 4244 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off,aboveskip=0pt,aboveskip=0pt,belowskip=0pt] … … 4230 4251 \end{lstlisting} 4231 4252 %$ 4232 \begin{comment} 4253 \VRef[Figure]{f:ExampleIO} shows an example of input and output I/O in \CFA. 4254 4255 \begin{figure} 4256 \begin{lstlisting}[mathescape=off] 4233 4257 #include <fstream> 4234 4258 4235 4259 int main() { 4236 int x = 3, y = 5, z = 7; 4237 sout | x * 3 | y + 1 | z << 2 | x == y | (x | y) | (x || y) | (x > z ? 1 : 2) | endl; 4238 sout | 1 | 2 | 3 | endl; 4239 sout | '1' | '2' | '3' | endl; 4240 sout | 1 | "" | 2 | "" | 3 | endl; 4241 sout | "x (" | 1 | "x [" | 2 | "x {" | 3 | "x $" | 4 | "x £" | 5 | "x ¥" | 6 | "x ¡" | 7 | "x ¿" | 8 | "x «" | 9 | endl; 4242 sout | 1 | ", x" | 2 | ". x" | 3 | ": x" | 4 | "; x" | 5 | "! x" | 6 | "? x" | 7 | ") x" | 8 | "] x" | 9 | "} x" 4243 | 10 | "% x" | 11 | "¢ x" | 12 | "» x" | endl; 4244 sout | "x`" | 1 | "`x'" | 2 | "'x\"" | 3 | "\"x" | "x " | 4 | " x" | "x\t" | 1 | "\tx" | endl; 4245 sout | sepOn | 1 | 2 | 3 | sepOn | endl; // separator at start of line 4246 sout | 1 | sepOff | 2 | 3 | endl; // turn off implicit separator temporarily 4247 sout | sepDisable | 1 | 2 | 3 | endl; // turn off implicit separation, affects all subsequent prints 4248 sout | 1 | sepOn | 2 | 3 | endl; // turn on implicit separator temporarily 4249 sout | sepEnable | 1 | 2 | 3 | endl; // turn on implicit separation, affects all subsequent prints 4250 sepSet( sout, ", $" ); // change separator from " " to ", $" 4251 sout | 1 | 2 | 3 | endl; 4252 4253 } 4254 4255 // Local Variables: // 4256 // tab-width: 4 // 4257 // End: // 4258 \end{comment} 4259 %$ 4260 char c; // basic types 4261 short int si; 4262 unsigned short int usi; 4263 int i; 4264 unsigned int ui; 4265 long int li; 4266 unsigned long int uli; 4267 long long int lli; 4268 unsigned long long int ulli; 4269 float f; 4270 double d; 4271 long double ld; 4272 float _Complex fc; 4273 double _Complex dc; 4274 long double _Complex ldc; 4275 char s1[10], s2[10]; 4276 4277 ifstream in; // create / open file 4278 open( &in, "input.data", "r" ); 4279 4280 &in | &c // character 4281 | &si | &usi | &i | &ui | &li | &uli | &lli | &ulli // integral 4282 | &f | &d | &ld // floating point 4283 | &fc | &dc | &ldc // floating-point complex 4284 | cstr( s1 ) | cstr( s2, 10 ); // C string, length unchecked and checked 4285 4286 sout | c | ' ' | endl // character 4287 | si | usi | i | ui | li | uli | lli | ulli | endl // integral 4288 | f | d | ld | endl // floating point 4289 | fc | dc | ldc | endl; // complex 4290 sout | endl; 4291 sout | f | "" | d | "" | ld | endl // floating point without separator 4292 | sepDisable | fc | dc | ldc | sepEnable | endl // complex without separator 4293 | sepOn | s1 | sepOff | s2 | endl // local separator removal 4294 | s1 | "" | s2 | endl; // C string withou separator 4295 sout | endl; 4296 sepSet( sout, ", $" ); // change separator, maximum of 15 characters 4297 sout | f | d | ld | endl // floating point without separator 4298 | fc | dc | ldc | endl // complex without separator 4299 | s1 | s2 | endl; 4300 } 4301 4302 $ cat input.data 4303 A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.1+2.3 1.1-2.3 1.1-2.3 abc xyz 4304 $ a.out 4305 A 4306 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 4307 1.1 1.2 1.3 4308 1.1+2.3i 1.1-2.3i 1.1-2.3i 4309 4310 1.11.21.3 4311 1.1+2.3i1.1-2.3i1.1-2.3i 4312 abcxyz 4313 abcxyz 4314 4315 1.1, $1.2, $1.3 4316 1.1+2.3i, $1.1-2.3i, $1.1-2.3i 4317 abc, $xyz 4318 \end{lstlisting} 4319 \caption{Example I/O} 4320 \label{f:ExampleIO} 4321 \end{figure} 4260 4322 4261 4323 … … 4269 4331 4270 4332 \begin{lstlisting} 4271 forall( otype T ) T * malloc( void ); §\indexc{malloc}§4333 forall( otype T ) T * malloc( void ); 4272 4334 forall( otype T ) T * malloc( char fill ); 4273 4335 forall( otype T ) T * malloc( T * ptr, size_t size ); 4274 4336 forall( otype T ) T * malloc( T * ptr, size_t size, unsigned char fill ); 4275 forall( otype T ) T * calloc( size_t nmemb );§\indexc{calloc}§4276 forall( otype T ) T * realloc( T * ptr, size_t size ); §\indexc{ato}§4337 forall( otype T ) T * calloc( size_t size ); 4338 forall( otype T ) T * realloc( T * ptr, size_t size ); 4277 4339 forall( otype T ) T * realloc( T * ptr, size_t size, unsigned char fill ); 4278 4340 4279 forall( otype T ) T * aligned_alloc( size_t alignment ); §\indexc{ato}§4341 forall( otype T ) T * aligned_alloc( size_t alignment ); 4280 4342 forall( otype T ) T * memalign( size_t alignment ); // deprecated 4281 4343 forall( otype T ) int posix_memalign( T ** ptr, size_t alignment ); … … 4286 4348 4287 4349 4288 \subsection{ato /strto}4289 4290 \begin{lstlisting} 4291 int ato( const char * ptr ); §\indexc{ato}§4350 \subsection{ato/strto} 4351 4352 \begin{lstlisting} 4353 int ato( const char * ptr ); 4292 4354 unsigned int ato( const char * ptr ); 4293 4355 long int ato( const char * ptr ); … … 4317 4379 4318 4380 4319 \subsection{bsearch /qsort}4381 \subsection{bsearch/qsort} 4320 4382 4321 4383 \begin{lstlisting} 4322 4384 forall( otype T | { int ?<?( T, T ); } ) 4323 T * bsearch( const T key, const T * arr, size_t dimension ); §\indexc{bsearch}§4385 T * bsearch( const T key, const T * arr, size_t dimension ); 4324 4386 4325 4387 forall( otype T | { int ?<?( T, T ); } ) 4326 void qsort( const T * arr, size_t dimension ); §\indexc{qsort}§4388 void qsort( const T * arr, size_t dimension ); 4327 4389 \end{lstlisting} 4328 4390 … … 4331 4393 4332 4394 \begin{lstlisting} 4333 char abs( char );§\indexc{abs}§ 4334 int abs( int ); 4395 char abs( char ); 4396 extern "C" { 4397 int abs( int ); // use default C routine for int 4398 } // extern "C" 4335 4399 long int abs( long int ); 4336 4400 long long int abs( long long int ); … … 4338 4402 double abs( double ); 4339 4403 long double abs( long double ); 4340 float abs( float _Complex ); 4341 double abs( double _Complex ); 4342 long double abs( long double _Complex ); 4404 float _Complex abs( float _Complex ); 4405 double _Complex abs( double _Complex ); 4406 long double _Complex abs( long double _Complex ); 4407 \end{lstlisting} 4408 4409 4410 \subsection{floor/ceil} 4411 4412 \begin{lstlisting} 4413 float floor( float ); 4414 extern "C" { 4415 double floor( double ); // use C routine for double 4416 } // extern "C" 4417 long double floor( long double ); 4418 4419 float ceil( float ); 4420 extern "C" { 4421 double ceil( double ); // use C routine for double 4422 } // extern "C" 4423 long double ceil( long double ); 4343 4424 \end{lstlisting} 4344 4425 … … 4347 4428 4348 4429 \begin{lstlisting} 4349 void rand48seed( long int s ); §\indexc{rand48seed}§4350 char rand48(); §\indexc{rand48}§4430 void rand48seed( long int s ); 4431 char rand48(); 4351 4432 int rand48(); 4352 4433 unsigned int rand48(); … … 4361 4442 4362 4443 4363 \subsection{min / max /swap}4444 \subsection{min/max/swap} 4364 4445 4365 4446 \begin{lstlisting} 4366 4447 forall( otype T | { int ?<?( T, T ); } ) 4367 T min( const T t1, const T t2 ); §\indexc{min}§4448 T min( const T t1, const T t2 ); 4368 4449 4369 4450 forall( otype T | { int ?>?( T, T ); } ) 4370 T max( const T t1, const T t2 ); §\indexc{max}§4451 T max( const T t1, const T t2 ); 4371 4452 4372 4453 forall( otype T ) 4373 void swap( T * t1, T * t2 );§\indexc{swap}§ 4374 \end{lstlisting} 4375 4376 4377 \section{Math Library} 4378 \label{s:Math Library} 4379 4380 The goal of the \CFA math-library is to wrap many of the existing C math library-routines that are explicitly polymorphic into implicitly polymorphic versions. 4381 4382 4383 \subsection{General} 4384 4385 \begin{lstlisting} 4386 float fabs( float );§\indexc{fabs}§ 4387 double fabs( double ); 4388 long double fabs( long double ); 4389 float cabs( float _Complex ); 4390 double cabs( double _Complex ); 4391 long double cabs( long double _Complex ); 4392 4393 float ?%?( float, float );§\indexc{fmod}§ 4394 float fmod( float, float ); 4395 double ?%?( double, double ); 4396 double fmod( double, double ); 4397 long double ?%?( long double, long double ); 4398 long double fmod( long double, long double ); 4399 4400 float remainder( float, float );§\indexc{remainder}§ 4401 double remainder( double, double ); 4402 long double remainder( long double, long double ); 4403 4404 [ int, float ] remquo( float, float );§\indexc{remquo}§ 4405 float remquo( float, float, int * ); 4406 [ int, double ] remquo( double, double ); 4407 double remquo( double, double, int * ); 4408 [ int, long double ] remquo( long double, long double ); 4409 long double remquo( long double, long double, int * ); 4410 4411 [ int, float ] div( float, float ); // alternative name for remquo 4412 float div( float, float, int * );§\indexc{div}§ 4413 [ int, double ] div( double, double ); 4414 double div( double, double, int * ); 4415 [ int, long double ] div( long double, long double ); 4416 long double div( long double, long double, int * ); 4417 4418 float fma( float, float, float );§\indexc{fma}§ 4419 double fma( double, double, double ); 4420 long double fma( long double, long double, long double ); 4421 4422 float fdim( float, float );§\indexc{fdim}§ 4423 double fdim( double, double ); 4424 long double fdim( long double, long double ); 4425 4426 float nan( const char * );§\indexc{nan}§ 4427 double nan( const char * ); 4428 long double nan( const char * ); 4429 \end{lstlisting} 4430 4431 4432 \subsection{Exponential} 4433 4434 \begin{lstlisting} 4435 float exp( float );§\indexc{exp}§ 4436 double exp( double ); 4437 long double exp( long double ); 4438 float _Complex exp( float _Complex ); 4439 double _Complex exp( double _Complex ); 4440 long double _Complex exp( long double _Complex ); 4441 4442 float exp2( float );§\indexc{exp2}§ 4443 double exp2( double ); 4444 long double exp2( long double ); 4445 float _Complex exp2( float _Complex ); 4446 double _Complex exp2( double _Complex ); 4447 long double _Complex exp2( long double _Complex ); 4448 4449 float expm1( float );§\indexc{expm1}§ 4450 double expm1( double ); 4451 long double expm1( long double ); 4452 4453 float log( float );§\indexc{log}§ 4454 double log( double ); 4455 long double log( long double ); 4456 float _Complex log( float _Complex ); 4457 double _Complex log( double _Complex ); 4458 long double _Complex log( long double _Complex ); 4459 4460 float log2( float );§\indexc{log2}§ 4461 double log2( double ); 4462 long double log2( long double ); 4463 float _Complex log2( float _Complex ); 4464 double _Complex log2( double _Complex ); 4465 long double _Complex log2( long double _Complex ); 4466 4467 float log10( float );§\indexc{log10}§ 4468 double log10( double ); 4469 long double log10( long double ); 4470 float _Complex log10( float _Complex ); 4471 double _Complex log10( double _Complex ); 4472 long double _Complex log10( long double _Complex ); 4473 4474 float log1p( float );§\indexc{log1p}§ 4475 double log1p( double ); 4476 long double log1p( long double ); 4477 4478 int ilogb( float );§\indexc{ilogb}§ 4479 int ilogb( double ); 4480 int ilogb( long double ); 4481 4482 float logb( float );§\indexc{logb}§ 4483 double logb( double ); 4484 long double logb( long double ); 4485 \end{lstlisting} 4486 4487 4488 \subsection{Power} 4489 4490 \begin{lstlisting} 4491 float sqrt( float );§\indexc{sqrt}§ 4492 double sqrt( double ); 4493 long double sqrt( long double ); 4494 float _Complex sqrt( float _Complex ); 4495 double _Complex sqrt( double _Complex ); 4496 long double _Complex sqrt( long double _Complex ); 4497 4498 float cbrt( float );§\indexc{cbrt}§ 4499 double cbrt( double ); 4500 long double cbrt( long double ); 4501 4502 float hypot( float, float );§\indexc{hypot}§ 4503 double hypot( double, double ); 4504 long double hypot( long double, long double ); 4505 4506 float pow( float, float );§\indexc{pow}§ 4507 double pow( double, double ); 4508 long double pow( long double, long double ); 4509 float _Complex pow( float _Complex, float _Complex ); 4510 double _Complex pow( double _Complex, double _Complex ); 4511 long double _Complex pow( long double _Complex, long double _Complex ); 4512 \end{lstlisting} 4513 4514 4515 \subsection{Trigonometric} 4516 4517 \begin{lstlisting} 4518 float sin( float );§\indexc{sin}§ 4519 double sin( double ); 4520 long double sin( long double ); 4521 float _Complex sin( float _Complex ); 4522 double _Complex sin( double _Complex ); 4523 long double _Complex sin( long double _Complex ); 4524 4525 float cos( float );§\indexc{cos}§ 4526 double cos( double ); 4527 long double cos( long double ); 4528 float _Complex cos( float _Complex ); 4529 double _Complex cos( double _Complex ); 4530 long double _Complex cos( long double _Complex ); 4531 4532 float tan( float );§\indexc{tan}§ 4533 double tan( double ); 4534 long double tan( long double ); 4535 float _Complex tan( float _Complex ); 4536 double _Complex tan( double _Complex ); 4537 long double _Complex tan( long double _Complex ); 4538 4539 float asin( float );§\indexc{asin}§ 4540 double asin( double ); 4541 long double asin( long double ); 4542 float _Complex asin( float _Complex ); 4543 double _Complex asin( double _Complex ); 4544 long double _Complex asin( long double _Complex ); 4545 4546 float acos( float );§\indexc{acos}§ 4547 double acos( double ); 4548 long double acos( long double ); 4549 float _Complex acos( float _Complex ); 4550 double _Complex acos( double _Complex ); 4551 long double _Complex acos( long double _Complex ); 4552 4553 float atan( float );§\indexc{atan}§ 4554 double atan( double ); 4555 long double atan( long double ); 4556 float _Complex atan( float _Complex ); 4557 double _Complex atan( double _Complex ); 4558 long double _Complex atan( long double _Complex ); 4559 4560 float atan2( float, float );§\indexc{atan2}§ 4561 double atan2( double, double ); 4562 long double atan2( long double, long double ); 4563 4564 float atan( float, float ); // alternative name for atan2 4565 double atan( double, double );§\indexc{atan}§ 4566 long double atan( long double, long double ); 4567 \end{lstlisting} 4568 4569 4570 \subsection{Hyperbolic} 4571 4572 \begin{lstlisting} 4573 float sinh( float );§\indexc{sinh}§ 4574 double sinh( double ); 4575 long double sinh( long double ); 4576 float _Complex sinh( float _Complex ); 4577 double _Complex sinh( double _Complex ); 4578 long double _Complex sinh( long double _Complex ); 4579 4580 float cosh( float );§\indexc{cosh}§ 4581 double cosh( double ); 4582 long double cosh( long double ); 4583 float _Complex cosh( float _Complex ); 4584 double _Complex cosh( double _Complex ); 4585 long double _Complex cosh( long double _Complex ); 4586 4587 float tanh( float );§\indexc{tanh}§ 4588 double tanh( double ); 4589 long double tanh( long double ); 4590 float _Complex tanh( float _Complex ); 4591 double _Complex tanh( double _Complex ); 4592 long double _Complex tanh( long double _Complex ); 4593 4594 float asinh( float );§\indexc{asinh}§ 4595 double asinh( double ); 4596 long double asinh( long double ); 4597 float _Complex asinh( float _Complex ); 4598 double _Complex asinh( double _Complex ); 4599 long double _Complex asinh( long double _Complex ); 4600 4601 float acosh( float );§\indexc{acosh}§ 4602 double acosh( double ); 4603 long double acosh( long double ); 4604 float _Complex acosh( float _Complex ); 4605 double _Complex acosh( double _Complex ); 4606 long double _Complex acosh( long double _Complex ); 4607 4608 float atanh( float );§\indexc{atanh}§ 4609 double atanh( double ); 4610 long double atanh( long double ); 4611 float _Complex atanh( float _Complex ); 4612 double _Complex atanh( double _Complex ); 4613 long double _Complex atanh( long double _Complex ); 4614 \end{lstlisting} 4615 4616 4617 \subsection{Error / Gamma} 4618 4619 \begin{lstlisting} 4620 float erf( float );§\indexc{erf}§ 4621 double erf( double ); 4622 long double erf( long double ); 4623 float _Complex erf( float _Complex ); 4624 double _Complex erf( double _Complex ); 4625 long double _Complex erf( long double _Complex ); 4626 4627 float erfc( float );§\indexc{erfc}§ 4628 double erfc( double ); 4629 long double erfc( long double ); 4630 float _Complex erfc( float _Complex ); 4631 double _Complex erfc( double _Complex ); 4632 long double _Complex erfc( long double _Complex ); 4633 4634 float lgamma( float );§\indexc{lgamma}§ 4635 double lgamma( double ); 4636 long double lgamma( long double ); 4637 float lgamma( float, int * ); 4638 double lgamma( double, int * ); 4639 long double lgamma( long double, int * ); 4640 4641 float tgamma( float );§\indexc{tgamma}§ 4642 double tgamma( double ); 4643 long double tgamma( long double ); 4644 \end{lstlisting} 4645 4646 4647 \subsection{Nearest Integer} 4648 4649 \begin{lstlisting} 4650 float floor( float );§\indexc{floor}§ 4651 double floor( double ); 4652 long double floor( long double ); 4653 4654 float ceil( float );§\indexc{ceil}§ 4655 double ceil( double ); 4656 long double ceil( long double ); 4657 4658 float trunc( float );§\indexc{trunc}§ 4659 double trunc( double ); 4660 long double trunc( long double ); 4661 4662 float rint( float );§\indexc{rint}§ 4663 long double rint( long double ); 4664 long int rint( float ); 4665 long int rint( double ); 4666 long int rint( long double ); 4667 long long int rint( float ); 4668 long long int rint( double ); 4669 long long int rint( long double ); 4670 4671 long int lrint( float );§\indexc{lrint}§ 4672 long int lrint( double ); 4673 long int lrint( long double ); 4674 long long int llrint( float ); 4675 long long int llrint( double ); 4676 long long int llrint( long double ); 4677 4678 float nearbyint( float );§\indexc{nearbyint}§ 4679 double nearbyint( double ); 4680 long double nearbyint( long double ); 4681 4682 float round( float );§\indexc{round}§ 4683 long double round( long double ); 4684 long int round( float ); 4685 long int round( double ); 4686 long int round( long double ); 4687 long long int round( float ); 4688 long long int round( double ); 4689 long long int round( long double ); 4690 4691 long int lround( float );§\indexc{lround}§ 4692 long int lround( double ); 4693 long int lround( long double ); 4694 long long int llround( float ); 4695 long long int llround( double ); 4696 long long int llround( long double ); 4697 \end{lstlisting} 4698 4699 4700 \subsection{Manipulation} 4701 4702 \begin{lstlisting} 4703 float copysign( float, float );§\indexc{copysign}§ 4704 double copysign( double, double ); 4705 long double copysign( long double, long double ); 4706 4707 float frexp( float, int * );§\indexc{frexp}§ 4708 double frexp( double, int * ); 4709 long double frexp( long double, int * ); 4710 4711 float ldexp( float, int );§\indexc{ldexp}§ 4712 double ldexp( double, int ); 4713 long double ldexp( long double, int ); 4714 4715 [ float, float ] modf( float );§\indexc{modf}§ 4716 float modf( float, float * ); 4717 [ double, double ] modf( double ); 4718 double modf( double, double * ); 4719 [ long double, long double ] modf( long double ); 4720 long double modf( long double, long double * ); 4721 4722 float nextafter( float, float );§\indexc{nextafter}§ 4723 double nextafter( double, double ); 4724 long double nextafter( long double, long double ); 4725 4726 float nexttoward( float, long double );§\indexc{nexttoward}§ 4727 double nexttoward( double, long double ); 4728 long double nexttoward( long double, long double ); 4729 4730 float scalbn( float, int );§\indexc{scalbn}§ 4731 double scalbn( double, int ); 4732 long double scalbn( long double, int ); 4733 4734 float scalbln( float, long int );§\indexc{scalbln}§ 4735 double scalbln( double, long int ); 4736 long double scalbln( long double, long int ); 4454 void swap( T * t1, T * t2 ); 4737 4455 \end{lstlisting} 4738 4456 … … 4746 4464 \begin{lstlisting} 4747 4465 // implementation 4748 struct Rational { §\indexc{Rational}§4466 struct Rational { 4749 4467 long int numerator, denominator; // invariant: denominator > 0 4750 4468 }; // Rational -
src/CodeGen/CodeGenerator.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // CodeGenerator.cc -- 7 // CodeGenerator.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 06 16:01:00201613 // Update Count : 2 5511 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 17:32:16 2016 13 // Update Count : 243 14 14 // 15 15 … … 67 67 string mangleName( DeclarationWithType *decl ) { 68 68 if ( decl->get_mangleName() != "" ) { 69 // need to incorporate scope level in order to differentiate names for destructors 70 return decl->get_scopedMangleName(); 69 return decl->get_mangleName(); 71 70 } else { 72 71 return decl->get_name(); … … 76 75 //*** Declarations 77 76 void CodeGenerator::visit( FunctionDecl *functionDecl ) { 78 // generalize this79 FunctionDecl::Attribute attr = functionDecl->get_attribute();80 switch ( attr.type ) {81 case FunctionDecl::Attribute::Constructor:82 output << "__attribute__ ((constructor";83 if ( attr.priority != FunctionDecl::Attribute::Default ) {84 output << "(" << attr.priority << ")";85 }86 output << ")) ";87 break;88 case FunctionDecl::Attribute::Destructor:89 output << "__attribute__ ((destructor";90 if ( attr.priority != FunctionDecl::Attribute::Default ) {91 output << "(" << attr.priority << ")";92 }93 output << ")) ";94 break;95 default:96 break;97 }98 77 handleStorageClass( functionDecl ); 99 78 if ( functionDecl->get_isInline() ) { … … 120 99 handleStorageClass( objectDecl ); 121 100 output << genType( objectDecl->get_type(), mangleName( objectDecl ) ); 122 101 123 102 if ( objectDecl->get_init() ) { 124 103 output << " = "; … … 134 113 if ( aggDecl->get_name() != "" ) 135 114 output << aggDecl->get_name(); 136 115 137 116 std::list< Declaration * > &memb = aggDecl->get_members(); 138 117 … … 140 119 output << " {" << endl; 141 120 142 cur_indent += CodeGenerator::tabsize; 121 cur_indent += CodeGenerator::tabsize; 143 122 for ( std::list< Declaration* >::iterator i = memb.begin(); i != memb.end(); i++) { 144 output << indent; 123 output << indent; 145 124 (*i)->accept( *this ); 146 125 output << ";" << endl; 147 126 } 148 127 149 cur_indent -= CodeGenerator::tabsize; 128 cur_indent -= CodeGenerator::tabsize; 150 129 151 130 output << indent << "}"; … … 162 141 handleAggregate( aggregateDecl ); 163 142 } 164 143 165 144 void CodeGenerator::visit( EnumDecl *aggDecl ) { 166 145 output << "enum "; … … 168 147 if ( aggDecl->get_name() != "" ) 169 148 output << aggDecl->get_name(); 170 149 171 150 std::list< Declaration* > &memb = aggDecl->get_members(); 172 151 … … 174 153 output << " {" << endl; 175 154 176 cur_indent += CodeGenerator::tabsize; 155 cur_indent += CodeGenerator::tabsize; 177 156 for ( std::list< Declaration* >::iterator i = memb.begin(); i != memb.end(); i++) { 178 157 ObjectDecl *obj = dynamic_cast< ObjectDecl* >( *i ); 179 158 assert( obj ); 180 output << indent << mangleName( obj ); 159 output << indent << mangleName( obj ); 181 160 if ( obj->get_init() ) { 182 161 output << " = "; … … 186 165 } // for 187 166 188 cur_indent -= CodeGenerator::tabsize; 167 cur_indent -= CodeGenerator::tabsize; 189 168 190 169 output << indent << "}"; 191 170 } // if 192 171 } 193 172 194 173 void CodeGenerator::visit( TraitDecl *aggregateDecl ) {} 195 174 196 175 void CodeGenerator::visit( TypedefDecl *typeDecl ) { 197 176 output << "typedef "; 198 177 output << genType( typeDecl->get_base(), typeDecl->get_name() ); 199 178 } 200 179 201 180 void CodeGenerator::visit( TypeDecl *typeDecl ) { 202 181 // really, we should mutate this into something that isn't a TypeDecl but that requires large-scale changes, … … 234 213 printDesignators( init->get_designators() ); 235 214 output << "{ "; 236 if ( init->begin_initializers() == init->end_initializers() ) { 237 // illegal to leave initializer list empty for scalar initializers, 238 // but always legal to have 0 239 output << "0"; 240 } else { 241 genCommaList( init->begin_initializers(), init->end_initializers() ); 242 } 215 genCommaList( init->begin_initializers(), init->end_initializers() ); 243 216 output << " }"; 244 217 } 245 218 246 void CodeGenerator::visit( Constant *constant ) { 219 void CodeGenerator::visit( Constant *constant ) { 247 220 output << constant->get_value() ; 248 221 } … … 258 231 case OT_POSTFIXASSIGN: 259 232 case OT_INFIXASSIGN: 260 case OT_CTOR:261 case OT_DTOR:262 233 { 263 234 assert( arg != applicationExpr->get_args().end() ); 264 235 if ( AddressExpr *addrExpr = dynamic_cast< AddressExpr * >( *arg ) ) { 265 // remove & from first assignment/ctor argument236 266 237 *arg = addrExpr->get_arg(); 267 238 } else { 268 // no address-of operator, so must be a pointer - add dereference269 239 UntypedExpr *newExpr = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "*?" ) ); 270 240 newExpr->get_args().push_back( *arg ); … … 273 243 break; 274 244 } 275 245 276 246 default: 277 247 // do nothing 278 248 ; 279 249 } 280 250 281 251 switch ( opInfo.type ) { 282 252 case OT_INDEX: … … 287 257 output << "]"; 288 258 break; 289 259 290 260 case OT_CALL: 291 261 // there are no intrinsic definitions of the function call operator 292 262 assert( false ); 293 263 break; 294 295 case OT_CTOR: 296 case OT_DTOR: 297 if ( applicationExpr->get_args().size() == 1 ) { 298 // the expression fed into a single parameter constructor or destructor 299 // may contain side effects - output as a void expression 300 output << "((void)("; 301 (*arg++)->accept( *this ); 302 output << ")) /* " << opInfo.inputName << " */"; 303 } else if ( applicationExpr->get_args().size() == 2 ) { 304 // intrinsic two parameter constructors are essentially bitwise assignment 305 output << "("; 306 (*arg++)->accept( *this ); 307 output << opInfo.symbol; 308 (*arg)->accept( *this ); 309 output << ") /* " << opInfo.inputName << " */"; 310 } else { 311 // no constructors with 0 or more than 2 parameters 312 assert( false ); 313 } 314 break; 315 264 316 265 case OT_PREFIX: 317 266 case OT_PREFIXASSIGN: … … 322 271 output << ")"; 323 272 break; 324 273 325 274 case OT_POSTFIX: 326 275 case OT_POSTFIXASSIGN: … … 329 278 output << opInfo.symbol; 330 279 break; 331 332 280 333 281 case OT_INFIX: … … 340 288 output << ")"; 341 289 break; 342 290 343 291 case OT_CONSTANT: 344 292 case OT_LABELADDRESS: … … 359 307 } // if 360 308 } 361 309 362 310 void CodeGenerator::visit( UntypedExpr *untypedExpr ) { 363 311 if ( NameExpr *nameExpr = dynamic_cast< NameExpr* >( untypedExpr->get_function() ) ) { … … 373 321 output << "]"; 374 322 break; 375 323 376 324 case OT_CALL: 377 325 assert( false ); 378 379 380 case OT_CTOR: 381 case OT_DTOR: 382 if ( untypedExpr->get_args().size() == 1 ) { 383 // the expression fed into a single parameter constructor or destructor 384 // may contain side effects - output as a void expression 385 output << "((void)("; 386 (*arg++)->accept( *this ); 387 output << ")) /* " << opInfo.inputName << " */"; 388 } else if ( untypedExpr->get_args().size() == 2 ) { 389 // intrinsic two parameter constructors are essentially bitwise assignment 390 output << "("; 391 (*arg++)->accept( *this ); 392 output << opInfo.symbol; 393 (*arg)->accept( *this ); 394 output << ") /* " << opInfo.inputName << " */"; 395 } else { 396 // no constructors with 0 or more than 2 parameters 397 assert( false ); 398 } 399 break; 400 326 break; 327 401 328 case OT_PREFIX: 402 329 case OT_PREFIXASSIGN: … … 408 335 output << ")"; 409 336 break; 410 337 411 338 case OT_POSTFIX: 412 339 case OT_POSTFIXASSIGN: … … 415 342 output << opInfo.symbol; 416 343 break; 417 344 418 345 case OT_INFIX: 419 346 case OT_INFIXASSIGN: … … 425 352 output << ")"; 426 353 break; 427 354 428 355 case OT_CONSTANT: 429 356 // there are no intrinsic definitions of 0 or 1 as functions … … 443 370 } // if 444 371 } 445 372 446 373 void CodeGenerator::visit( NameExpr *nameExpr ) { 447 374 OperatorInfo opInfo; … … 453 380 } // if 454 381 } 455 382 456 383 void CodeGenerator::visit( AddressExpr *addressExpr ) { 457 384 output << "(&"; … … 482 409 output << ")"; 483 410 } 484 411 485 412 void CodeGenerator::visit( UntypedMemberExpr *memberExpr ) { 486 413 assert( false ); 487 414 } 488 415 489 416 void CodeGenerator::visit( MemberExpr *memberExpr ) { 490 417 memberExpr->get_aggregate()->accept( *this ); 491 418 output << "." << mangleName( memberExpr->get_member() ); 492 419 } 493 420 494 421 void CodeGenerator::visit( VariableExpr *variableExpr ) { 495 422 OperatorInfo opInfo; … … 500 427 } // if 501 428 } 502 429 503 430 void CodeGenerator::visit( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ) { 504 431 assert( constantExpr->get_constant() ); 505 432 constantExpr->get_constant()->accept( *this ); 506 433 } 507 434 508 435 void CodeGenerator::visit( SizeofExpr *sizeofExpr ) { 509 436 output << "sizeof("; … … 542 469 assert( false && "OffsetPackExpr should not reach code generation" ); 543 470 } 544 471 545 472 void CodeGenerator::visit( LogicalExpr *logicalExpr ) { 546 473 output << "("; … … 554 481 output << ")"; 555 482 } 556 483 557 484 void CodeGenerator::visit( ConditionalExpr *conditionalExpr ) { 558 485 output << "("; … … 564 491 output << ")"; 565 492 } 566 493 567 494 void CodeGenerator::visit( CommaExpr *commaExpr ) { 568 495 output << "("; … … 572 499 output << ")"; 573 500 } 574 501 575 502 void CodeGenerator::visit( TupleExpr *tupleExpr ) {} 576 503 577 504 void CodeGenerator::visit( TypeExpr *typeExpr ) {} 578 505 … … 605 532 } 606 533 } 607 cur_indent -= CodeGenerator::tabsize; 534 cur_indent -= CodeGenerator::tabsize; 608 535 609 536 output << indent << "}"; … … 611 538 612 539 void CodeGenerator::visit( ExprStmt *exprStmt ) { 613 // I don't see why this check is necessary. 614 // If this starts to cause problems then put it back in, 540 // I don't see why this check is necessary. 541 // If this starts to cause problems then put it back in, 615 542 // with an explanation 616 543 assert( exprStmt ); … … 662 589 switchStmt->get_condition()->accept( *this ); 663 590 output << " ) "; 664 591 665 592 output << "{" << std::endl; 666 593 cur_indent += CodeGenerator::tabsize; … … 682 609 } // if 683 610 output << ":\n"; 684 611 685 612 std::list<Statement *> sts = caseStmt->get_statements(); 686 613 … … 699 626 if ( ! branchStmt->get_target().empty() ) 700 627 output << "goto " << branchStmt->get_target(); 701 else { 628 else { 702 629 if ( branchStmt->get_computedTarget() != 0 ) { 703 630 output << "goto *"; … … 750 677 751 678 void CodeGenerator::visit( ForStmt *forStmt ) { 752 // initialization is always hoisted, so don't 753 // bother doing anything with that 679 // initialization is always hoisted, so don't 680 // bother doing anything with that 754 681 output << "for (;"; 755 682 … … 775 702 void CodeGenerator::visit( DeclStmt *declStmt ) { 776 703 declStmt->get_decl()->accept( *this ); 777 704 778 705 if ( doSemicolon( declStmt->get_decl() ) ) { 779 706 output << ";"; -
src/CodeGen/FixNames.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // FixNames.cc -- 7 // FixNames.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Mon Apr 11 15:38:10 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 18 23:36:42 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // … … 26 26 virtual void visit( ObjectDecl *objectDecl ); 27 27 virtual void visit( FunctionDecl *functionDecl ); 28 29 virtual void visit( CompoundStmt *compoundStmt );30 31 private:32 int scopeLevel = 1;33 34 void fixDWT( DeclarationWithType *dwt );35 28 }; 36 29 … … 40 33 } 41 34 42 void FixNames::fixDWT( DeclarationWithType *dwt ) {35 void fixDWT( DeclarationWithType *dwt ) { 43 36 if ( dwt->get_name() != "" ) { 44 37 if ( LinkageSpec::isDecoratable( dwt->get_linkage() ) ) { 45 38 dwt->set_mangleName( SymTab::Mangler::mangle( dwt ) ); 46 dwt->set_scopeLevel( scopeLevel );47 39 } // if 48 40 } // if … … 58 50 fixDWT( functionDecl ); 59 51 } 60 61 void FixNames::visit( CompoundStmt *compoundStmt ) {62 scopeLevel++;63 Visitor::visit( compoundStmt );64 scopeLevel--;65 }66 52 } // namespace CodeGen 67 53 -
src/CodeGen/OperatorTable.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // OperatorTable.cc -- 7 // OperatorTable.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : T hu Apr 14 16:48:27 201613 // Update Count : 911 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Jun 23 17:41:14 2015 13 // Update Count : 5 14 14 // 15 15 … … 21 21 const OperatorInfo tableValues[] = { 22 22 { "?[?]", "", "_operator_index", OT_INDEX }, 23 { "?{}", "=", "_constructor", OT_CTOR },24 { "^?{}", "", "_destructor", OT_DTOR },25 23 { "?()", "", "_operator_call", OT_CALL }, 26 24 { "?++", "++", "_operator_postincr", OT_POSTFIXASSIGN }, -
src/CodeGen/OperatorTable.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Jun 24 16:17:57 201513 // Update Count : 511 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Jun 23 16:09:27 2015 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // 15 15 … … 22 22 enum OperatorType { 23 23 OT_INDEX, 24 OT_CTOR,25 OT_DTOR,26 24 OT_CALL, 27 25 OT_PREFIX, -
src/GenPoly/Box.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Tue May 03 16:44:47 201613 // Update Count : 2 9511 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Feb 5 16:45:07 2016 13 // Update Count : 286 14 14 // 15 15 … … 133 133 Value *lookup( Key *key, const std::list< TypeExpr* >& params ) const { 134 134 TypeList typeList( params ); 135 135 136 136 // scan scopes for matches to the key 137 137 for ( typename InnerMap::const_iterator insts = instantiations.find( key ); insts != instantiations.end(); insts = instantiations.findNext( insts, key ) ) { … … 160 160 virtual Declaration *mutate( UnionDecl *unionDecl ); 161 161 }; 162 162 163 163 /// Replaces polymorphic return types with out-parameters, replaces calls to polymorphic functions with adapter calls as needed, and adds appropriate type variables to the function call 164 164 class Pass1 : public PolyMutator { … … 208 208 ResolvExpr::TypeMap< DeclarationWithType > scopedAssignOps; ///< Currently known assignment operators 209 209 ScopedMap< std::string, DeclarationWithType* > adapters; ///< Set of adapter functions in the current scope 210 210 211 211 DeclarationWithType *retval; 212 212 bool useRetval; … … 226 226 virtual Type *mutate( PointerType *pointerType ); 227 227 virtual Type *mutate( FunctionType *funcType ); 228 228 229 229 private: 230 230 void addAdapters( FunctionType *functionType ); … … 297 297 /// Exits the type-variable scope 298 298 void endTypeScope(); 299 299 300 300 ScopedSet< std::string > knownLayouts; ///< Set of generic type layouts known in the current scope, indexed by sizeofName 301 301 ScopedSet< std::string > knownOffsets; ///< Set of non-generic types for which the offset array exists in the current scope, indexed by offsetofName … … 351 351 PolyGenericCalculator polyCalculator; 352 352 Pass3 pass3; 353 353 354 354 layoutBuilder.mutateDeclarationList( translationUnit ); 355 355 mutateTranslationUnit/*All*/( translationUnit, pass1 ); … … 370 370 return functionDecl; 371 371 } 372 372 373 373 /// Get a list of type declarations that will affect a layout function 374 374 std::list< TypeDecl* > takeOtypeOnly( std::list< TypeDecl* > &decls ) { … … 380 380 } 381 381 } 382 382 383 383 return otypeDecls; 384 384 } … … 387 387 void addOtypeParams( FunctionType *layoutFnType, std::list< TypeDecl* > &otypeParams ) { 388 388 BasicType sizeAlignType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::LongUnsignedInt ); 389 389 390 390 for ( std::list< TypeDecl* >::const_iterator param = otypeParams.begin(); param != otypeParams.end(); ++param ) { 391 391 TypeInstType paramType( Type::Qualifiers(), (*param)->get_name(), *param ); … … 444 444 return makeCond( ifCond, ifExpr ); 445 445 } 446 446 447 447 /// adds an expression to a compound statement 448 448 void addExpr( CompoundStmt *stmts, Expression *expr ) { … … 454 454 stmts->get_kids().push_back( stmt ); 455 455 } 456 456 457 457 Declaration *LayoutFunctionBuilder::mutate( StructDecl *structDecl ) { 458 458 // do not generate layout function for "empty" tag structs … … 467 467 BasicType *sizeAlignType = new BasicType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::LongUnsignedInt ); 468 468 PointerType *sizeAlignOutType = new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), sizeAlignType ); 469 469 470 470 ObjectDecl *sizeParam = new ObjectDecl( sizeofName( structDecl->get_name() ), DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, sizeAlignOutType, 0 ); 471 471 layoutFnType->get_parameters().push_back( sizeParam ); … … 497 497 addStmt( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeAlignTo( derefVar( sizeParam ), new AlignofExpr( memberType->clone() ) ) ); 498 498 } 499 499 500 500 // place current size in the current offset index 501 addExpr( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeOp( "?=?", makeOp( "?[?]", new VariableExpr( offsetParam ), new ConstantExpr( Constant::from _ulong( n_members ) ) ),501 addExpr( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeOp( "?=?", makeOp( "?[?]", new VariableExpr( offsetParam ), new ConstantExpr( Constant::from( n_members ) ) ), 502 502 derefVar( sizeParam ) ) ); 503 503 ++n_members; … … 505 505 // add member size to current size 506 506 addExpr( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeOp( "?+=?", derefVar( sizeParam ), new SizeofExpr( memberType->clone() ) ) ); 507 507 508 508 // take max of member alignment and global alignment 509 509 addStmt( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeAssignMax( derefVar( alignParam ), new AlignofExpr( memberType->clone() ) ) ); … … 515 515 return structDecl; 516 516 } 517 517 518 518 Declaration *LayoutFunctionBuilder::mutate( UnionDecl *unionDecl ) { 519 519 // do not generate layout function for "empty" tag unions 520 520 if ( unionDecl->get_members().empty() ) return unionDecl; 521 521 522 522 // get parameters that can change layout, exiting early if none 523 523 std::list< TypeDecl* > otypeParams = takeOtypeOnly( unionDecl->get_parameters() ); … … 528 528 BasicType *sizeAlignType = new BasicType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::LongUnsignedInt ); 529 529 PointerType *sizeAlignOutType = new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), sizeAlignType ); 530 530 531 531 ObjectDecl *sizeParam = new ObjectDecl( sizeofName( unionDecl->get_name() ), DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, sizeAlignOutType, 0 ); 532 532 layoutFnType->get_parameters().push_back( sizeParam ); … … 545 545 assert( dwt ); 546 546 Type *memberType = dwt->get_type(); 547 547 548 548 // take max member size and global size 549 549 addStmt( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeAssignMax( derefVar( sizeParam ), new SizeofExpr( memberType->clone() ) ) ); 550 550 551 551 // take max of member alignment and global alignment 552 552 addStmt( layoutDecl->get_statements(), makeAssignMax( derefVar( alignParam ), new AlignofExpr( memberType->clone() ) ) ); … … 558 558 return unionDecl; 559 559 } 560 560 561 561 ////////////////////////////////////////// Pass1 //////////////////////////////////////////////////// 562 562 … … 619 619 return 0; 620 620 } 621 621 622 622 /// returns T if the given declaration is: (*?=?)(T *, T) for some type T (return not checked, but maybe should be), NULL otherwise 623 623 /// Only picks assignments where neither parameter is cv-qualified … … 631 631 Type *paramType2 = funType->get_parameters().back()->get_type(); 632 632 if ( paramType2->get_qualifiers() != defaultQualifiers ) return 0; 633 633 634 634 if ( PointerType *pointerType = dynamic_cast< PointerType* >( paramType1 ) ) { 635 635 Type *baseType1 = pointerType->get_base(); … … 784 784 arg++; 785 785 } else { 786 /// xxx - should this be an assertion? 787 throw SemanticError( "unbound type variable: " + tyParm->first + " in application ", appExpr ); 786 throw SemanticError( "unbound type variable in application ", appExpr ); 788 787 } // if 789 788 } // if … … 804 803 passArgTypeVars( appExpr, polyRetType, concRetType, arg, exprTyVars, seenTypes ); 805 804 } 806 805 807 806 // add type information args for presently unseen types in parameter list 808 807 for ( ; fnParm != funcType->get_parameters().end() && fnArg != appExpr->get_args().end(); ++fnParm, ++fnArg ) { … … 883 882 assert( env ); 884 883 Type *concrete = replaceWithConcrete( appExpr, polyType ); 885 // add out-parameter for return value 884 // add out-parameter for return value 886 885 return addRetParam( appExpr, function, concrete, arg ); 887 886 } … … 911 910 } else if ( arg->get_results().front()->get_isLvalue() ) { 912 911 // VariableExpr and MemberExpr are lvalues; need to check this isn't coming from the second arg of a comma expression though (not an lvalue) 913 // xxx - need to test that this code is still reachable914 912 if ( CommaExpr *commaArg = dynamic_cast< CommaExpr* >( arg ) ) { 915 913 commaArg->set_arg2( new AddressExpr( commaArg->get_arg2() ) ); … … 1293 1291 } else if ( needsAdapter( function, scopeTyVars ) ) { 1294 1292 // std::cerr << "needs adapter: "; 1295 // printTyVarMap( std::cerr, scopeTyVars ); 1296 // std::cerr << *env << std::endl; 1293 // for ( TyVarMap::iterator i = scopeTyVars.begin(); i != scopeTyVars.end(); ++i ) { 1294 // std::cerr << i->first << " "; 1295 // } 1296 // std::cerr << "\n"; 1297 1297 // change the application so it calls the adapter rather than the passed function 1298 1298 ret = applyAdapter( appExpr, function, arg, scopeTyVars ); … … 1345 1345 } // if 1346 1346 } // if 1347 // isPolyType check needs to happen before mutating addrExpr arg, so pull it forward1348 // out of the if condition.1349 bool polytype = isPolyType( addrExpr->get_arg()->get_results().front(), scopeTyVars, env );1350 1347 addrExpr->set_arg( mutateExpression( addrExpr->get_arg() ) ); 1351 if ( polytype|| needs ) {1348 if ( isPolyType( addrExpr->get_arg()->get_results().front(), scopeTyVars, env ) || needs ) { 1352 1349 Expression *ret = addrExpr->get_arg(); 1353 1350 delete ret->get_results().front(); … … 1369 1366 return new VariableExpr( functionObj ); 1370 1367 } 1371 1368 1372 1369 Statement * Pass1::mutate( ReturnStmt *returnStmt ) { 1373 1370 if ( retval && returnStmt->get_expr() ) { … … 1889 1886 } 1890 1887 } 1891 1888 1892 1889 Type *ret = Mutator::mutate( funcType ); 1893 1890 … … 1908 1905 1909 1906 std::list<Expression*> designators; 1910 objectDecl->set_init( new SingleInit( alloc, designators , false ) ); // not constructed1907 objectDecl->set_init( new SingleInit( alloc, designators ) ); 1911 1908 } 1912 1909 } … … 1949 1946 return derefdVar; 1950 1947 } 1951 1948 1952 1949 Expression *PolyGenericCalculator::mutate( MemberExpr *memberExpr ) { 1953 1950 // mutate, exiting early if no longer MemberExpr … … 2069 2066 if ( n_members == 0 ) { 2070 2067 // all empty structs have the same layout - size 1, align 1 2071 makeVar( sizeofName( typeName ), layoutType, new SingleInit( new ConstantExpr( Constant::from _ulong(1 ) ) ) );2072 makeVar( alignofName( typeName ), layoutType->clone(), new SingleInit( new ConstantExpr( Constant::from _ulong(1 ) ) ) );2068 makeVar( sizeofName( typeName ), layoutType, new SingleInit( new ConstantExpr( Constant::from( (unsigned long)1 ) ) ) ); 2069 makeVar( alignofName( typeName ), layoutType->clone(), new SingleInit( new ConstantExpr( Constant::from( (unsigned long)1 ) ) ) ); 2073 2070 // NOTE zero-length arrays are forbidden in C, so empty structs have no offsetof array 2074 2071 } else { 2075 2072 ObjectDecl *sizeVar = makeVar( sizeofName( typeName ), layoutType ); 2076 2073 ObjectDecl *alignVar = makeVar( alignofName( typeName ), layoutType->clone() ); 2077 ObjectDecl *offsetVar = makeVar( offsetofName( typeName ), new ArrayType( Type::Qualifiers(), layoutType->clone(), new ConstantExpr( Constant::from _int( n_members ) ), false, false ) );2074 ObjectDecl *offsetVar = makeVar( offsetofName( typeName ), new ArrayType( Type::Qualifiers(), layoutType->clone(), new ConstantExpr( Constant::from( n_members ) ), false, false ) ); 2078 2075 2079 2076 // generate call to layout function … … 2147 2144 Type *ty = offsetofExpr->get_type(); 2148 2145 if ( ! findGeneric( ty ) ) return offsetofExpr; 2149 2146 2150 2147 if ( StructInstType *structType = dynamic_cast< StructInstType* >( ty ) ) { 2151 2148 // replace offsetof expression by index into offset array … … 2194 2191 2195 2192 // build the offset array and replace the pack with a reference to it 2196 ObjectDecl *offsetArray = makeVar( offsetName, new ArrayType( Type::Qualifiers(), offsetType, new ConstantExpr( Constant::from _ulong( baseMembers.size() ) ), false, false ),2193 ObjectDecl *offsetArray = makeVar( offsetName, new ArrayType( Type::Qualifiers(), offsetType, new ConstantExpr( Constant::from( baseMembers.size() ) ), false, false ), 2197 2194 new ListInit( inits ) ); 2198 2195 ret = new VariableExpr( offsetArray ); -
src/GenPoly/CopyParams.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // CopyParams.cc -- 7 // CopyParams.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 12 // Last Modified On : Tue May 19 07:33:31 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 1 … … 29 29 public: 30 30 CopyParams(); 31 31 32 32 virtual void visit( FunctionDecl *funcDecl ); 33 33 virtual void visit( AddressExpr *addrExpr ); … … 50 50 if ( funcDecl->get_statements() ) { 51 51 funcDecl->get_statements()->accept( *this ); 52 52 53 53 if ( ! modVars.empty() ) { 54 54 std::map< std::string, DeclarationWithType* > assignOps; … … 57 57 if ( (*tyVar)->get_kind() == TypeDecl::Any ) { 58 58 assert( !(*tyVar)->get_assertions().empty() ); 59 assert( (*tyVar)->get_assertions().front()->get_name() == "?=?" );60 59 assignOps[ (*tyVar)->get_name() ] = (*tyVar)->get_assertions().front(); 61 60 } // if -
src/GenPoly/GenPoly.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // GenPoly.cc -- 7 // GenPoly.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 14:53:33 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue Dec 15 16:11:18 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 13 14 14 // … … 81 81 return 0; 82 82 } 83 83 84 84 Type *isPolyType( Type *type, const TyVarMap &tyVars, const TypeSubstitution *env ) { 85 85 if ( TypeInstType *typeInst = dynamic_cast< TypeInstType * >( type ) ) { … … 112 112 return 0; 113 113 } 114 114 115 115 Type *isPolyPtr( Type *type, const TyVarMap &tyVars, const TypeSubstitution *env ) { 116 116 if ( PointerType *ptr = dynamic_cast< PointerType *>( type ) ) { … … 146 146 return isPolyType( type, env ); 147 147 } 148 148 149 149 Type * hasPolyBase( Type *type, const TyVarMap &tyVars, int *levels, const TypeSubstitution *env ) { 150 150 int dummy; … … 192 192 if ( ! fn || fn->get_name() != std::string("*?") ) return 0; 193 193 expr = *untypedExpr->begin_args(); 194 } else if ( CommaExpr *commaExpr = dynamic_cast< CommaExpr* >( expr ) ) {195 // copy constructors insert comma exprs, look at second argument which contains the variable196 expr = commaExpr->get_arg2();197 continue;198 194 } else break; 199 195 … … 213 209 } 214 210 } 215 211 216 212 void printTyVarMap( std::ostream &os, const TyVarMap &tyVarMap ) { 217 213 for ( TyVarMap::const_iterator i = tyVarMap.begin(); i != tyVarMap.end(); ++i ) { -
src/GenPoly/PolyMutator.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // PolyMutator.cc -- 7 // PolyMutator.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 14:50:58 201612 // Last Modified On : Fri Aug 14 15:28:50 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 11 14 14 // … … 63 63 env = expr->get_env(); 64 64 } 65 // xxx - should env be cloned (or moved) onto the result of the mutate?66 65 return expr->acceptMutator( *this ); 67 66 } else { … … 145 144 return untypedExpr; 146 145 } 147 148 146 147 149 148 Initializer *PolyMutator::mutate( SingleInit *singleInit ) { 150 149 singleInit->set_value( mutateExpression( singleInit->get_value() ) ); -
src/GenPoly/Specialize.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 28 15:17:45201613 // Update Count : 2412 // Last Modified On : Wed Jan 20 12:40:33 2016 13 // Update Count : 18 14 14 // 15 15 … … 41 41 virtual Expression * mutate( AddressExpr *castExpr ); 42 42 virtual Expression * mutate( CastExpr *castExpr ); 43 //virtual Expression * mutate( LogicalExpr *logicalExpr );44 //virtual Expression * mutate( ConditionalExpr *conditionalExpr );45 //virtual Expression * mutate( CommaExpr *commaExpr );43 virtual Expression * mutate( LogicalExpr *logicalExpr ); 44 virtual Expression * mutate( ConditionalExpr *conditionalExpr ); 45 virtual Expression * mutate( CommaExpr *commaExpr ); 46 46 47 47 private: … … 142 142 143 143 Expression * Specialize::doSpecialization( Type *formalType, Expression *actual, InferredParams *inferParams ) { 144 assert( ! actual->get_results().empty() ); // using front, should have this assert144 assert( ! actual->get_results().empty() ); 145 145 if ( needsSpecialization( formalType, actual->get_results().front(), env ) ) { 146 146 FunctionType *funType; … … 212 212 } 213 213 214 // Removing these for now. Richard put these in for some reason, but it's not clear why. 215 // In particular, copy constructors produce a comma expression, and with this code the parts 216 // of that comma expression are not specialized, which causes problems. 217 218 // Expression * Specialize::mutate( LogicalExpr *logicalExpr ) { 219 // return logicalExpr; 220 // } 221 222 // Expression * Specialize::mutate( ConditionalExpr *condExpr ) { 223 // return condExpr; 224 // } 225 226 // Expression * Specialize::mutate( CommaExpr *commaExpr ) { 227 // return commaExpr; 228 // } 214 Expression * Specialize::mutate( LogicalExpr *logicalExpr ) { 215 return logicalExpr; 216 } 217 218 Expression * Specialize::mutate( ConditionalExpr *condExpr ) { 219 return condExpr; 220 } 221 222 Expression * Specialize::mutate( CommaExpr *commaExpr ) { 223 return commaExpr; 224 } 229 225 } // namespace GenPoly 230 226 -
src/InitTweak/InitModel.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // InitModel.cc -- 7 // InitModel.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Rodolfo G. Esteves 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : T hu Jan 07 13:38:46 201613 // Update Count : 511 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Tue May 19 16:37:08 2015 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // 15 15 … … 198 198 assert(init == 0 && single != 0); 199 199 std::list< Expression * > empty; 200 init = new SingleInit( single->get_expr(), empty , false ); // cannot be constructed200 init = new SingleInit( single->get_expr(), empty ); 201 201 return; 202 202 } … … 214 214 } // if 215 215 216 std::list< Expression * > desig; 217 init = new ListInit( contents, desig, false ); // cannot be constructed 216 init = new ListInit( contents ); 218 217 return; 219 218 } -
src/InitTweak/module.mk
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 ## Created On : Mon Jun 1 17:49:17 2015 12 12 ## Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 13 ## Last Modified On : Fri May 13 11:36:24201614 ## Update Count : 313 ## Last Modified On : Mon Jan 11 14:40:16 2016 14 ## Update Count : 2 15 15 ############################################################################### 16 16 17 SRC += InitTweak/GenInit.cc \ 18 InitTweak/FixInit.cc \ 19 InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc \ 20 InitTweak/InitTweak.cc 17 SRC += InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc 21 18 -
src/MakeLibCfa.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // MakeLibCfa.cc -- 7 // MakeLibCfa.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 10:33:33 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 22 13:54:15 201613 // Update Count : 4014 // 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Jun 26 16:52:59 2015 13 // Update Count : 14 14 // 15 15 16 16 #include "MakeLibCfa.h" … … 29 29 void visit( FunctionDecl* funcDecl ); 30 30 void visit( ObjectDecl* objDecl ); 31 31 32 32 std::list< Declaration* > &get_newDecls() { return newDecls; } 33 33 private: … … 43 43 void MakeLibCfa::visit( FunctionDecl* origFuncDecl ) { 44 44 if ( origFuncDecl->get_linkage() != LinkageSpec::Intrinsic ) return; 45 if ( origFuncDecl->get_statements() ) return; 46 45 47 46 FunctionDecl *funcDecl = origFuncDecl->clone(); 48 47 CodeGen::OperatorInfo opInfo; … … 55 54 assert( param != funcDecl->get_functionType()->get_parameters().end() ); 56 55 57 for ( ; param != funcDecl->get_functionType()->get_parameters().end(); ++param ) { 58 if ( (*param)->get_name() == "" ) { 59 (*param)->set_name( paramNamer.newName() ); 60 (*param)->set_linkage( LinkageSpec::C ); 61 } 62 newExpr->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( *param ) ); 63 } // for 64 65 funcDecl->set_statements( new CompoundStmt( std::list< Label >() ) ); 66 newDecls.push_back( funcDecl ); 56 if ( (*param)->get_name() == "" ) { 57 (*param)->set_name( paramNamer.newName() ); 58 (*param)->set_linkage( LinkageSpec::C ); 59 } // if 67 60 68 61 switch ( opInfo.type ) { … … 72 65 case CodeGen::OT_POSTFIX: 73 66 case CodeGen::OT_INFIX: 67 newExpr->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( *param ) ); 68 break; 74 69 case CodeGen::OT_PREFIXASSIGN: 75 70 case CodeGen::OT_POSTFIXASSIGN: 76 71 case CodeGen::OT_INFIXASSIGN: 77 funcDecl->get_statements()->get_kids().push_back( new ReturnStmt( std::list< Label >(), newExpr ) ); 72 { 73 newExpr->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( *param ) ); 74 // UntypedExpr *deref = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "*?" ) ); 75 // deref->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( *param ) ); 76 // newExpr->get_args().push_back( deref ); 78 77 break; 79 case CodeGen::OT_CTOR: 80 // ctors don't return a value 81 if ( funcDecl->get_functionType()->get_parameters().size() == 1 ) { 82 // intrinsic default constructors should do nothing 83 // delete newExpr; 84 break; 85 } else { 86 assert( funcDecl->get_functionType()->get_parameters().size() == 2 ); 87 // anything else is a single parameter constructor that is effectively a C-style assignment 88 // delete newExpr->get_function(); 89 assert(newExpr->get_args().size()==2); 90 newExpr->set_function( new NameExpr( "?=?" ) ); 91 funcDecl->get_statements()->get_kids().push_back( new ExprStmt( std::list< Label >(), newExpr ) ); 92 } 93 break; 94 case CodeGen::OT_DTOR: 95 // intrinsic destructors should do nothing 96 // delete newExpr; 97 break; 78 } 98 79 case CodeGen::OT_CONSTANT: 99 80 case CodeGen::OT_LABELADDRESS: … … 101 82 assert( false ); 102 83 } // switch 84 85 for ( param++; param != funcDecl->get_functionType()->get_parameters().end(); ++param ) { 86 if ( (*param)->get_name() == "" ) { 87 (*param)->set_name( paramNamer.newName() ); 88 (*param)->set_linkage( LinkageSpec::C ); 89 } 90 newExpr->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( *param ) ); 91 } // for 92 funcDecl->set_statements( new CompoundStmt( std::list< Label >() ) ); 93 funcDecl->get_statements()->get_kids().push_back( new ReturnStmt( std::list< Label >(), newExpr ) ); 94 newDecls.push_back( funcDecl ); 103 95 } 104 96 105 97 void MakeLibCfa::visit( ObjectDecl* origObjDecl ) { 106 98 if ( origObjDecl->get_linkage() != LinkageSpec::Intrinsic ) return; 107 99 108 100 ObjectDecl *objDecl = origObjDecl->clone(); 109 101 assert( ! objDecl->get_init() ); 110 102 std::list< Expression* > noDesignators; 111 objDecl->set_init( new SingleInit( new NameExpr( objDecl->get_name() ), noDesignators , false ) ); // cannot be constructed103 objDecl->set_init( new SingleInit( new NameExpr( objDecl->get_name() ), noDesignators ) ); 112 104 newDecls.push_back( objDecl ); 113 105 } 114 106 } // namespace LibCfa 107 108 // Local Variables: // 109 // tab-width: 4 // 110 // mode: c++ // 111 // compile-command: "make install" // 112 // End: // -
src/Makefile.in
rd668182 rbb8ea30 123 123 GenPoly/driver_cfa_cpp-FindFunction.$(OBJEXT) \ 124 124 GenPoly/driver_cfa_cpp-DeclMutator.$(OBJEXT) \ 125 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.$(OBJEXT) \ 126 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.$(OBJEXT) \ 127 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.$(OBJEXT) \ 128 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.$(OBJEXT) \ 125 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.$(OBJEXT) \ 129 126 Parser/driver_cfa_cpp-parser.$(OBJEXT) \ 130 127 Parser/driver_cfa_cpp-lex.$(OBJEXT) \ … … 162 159 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-ImplementationType.$(OBJEXT) \ 163 160 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-TypeEquality.$(OBJEXT) \ 164 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.$(OBJEXT) \165 161 SynTree/driver_cfa_cpp-Type.$(OBJEXT) \ 166 162 SynTree/driver_cfa_cpp-VoidType.$(OBJEXT) \ … … 349 345 GenPoly/ScrubTyVars.cc GenPoly/Lvalue.cc GenPoly/Specialize.cc \ 350 346 GenPoly/CopyParams.cc GenPoly/FindFunction.cc \ 351 GenPoly/DeclMutator.cc InitTweak/GenInit.cc \ 352 InitTweak/FixInit.cc InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc \ 353 InitTweak/InitTweak.cc Parser/parser.yy Parser/lex.ll \ 354 Parser/TypedefTable.cc Parser/ParseNode.cc \ 355 Parser/DeclarationNode.cc Parser/ExpressionNode.cc \ 356 Parser/StatementNode.cc Parser/InitializerNode.cc \ 357 Parser/TypeData.cc Parser/LinkageSpec.cc \ 358 Parser/parseutility.cc Parser/Parser.cc \ 347 GenPoly/DeclMutator.cc InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc \ 348 Parser/parser.yy Parser/lex.ll Parser/TypedefTable.cc \ 349 Parser/ParseNode.cc Parser/DeclarationNode.cc \ 350 Parser/ExpressionNode.cc Parser/StatementNode.cc \ 351 Parser/InitializerNode.cc Parser/TypeData.cc \ 352 Parser/LinkageSpec.cc Parser/parseutility.cc Parser/Parser.cc \ 359 353 ResolvExpr/AlternativeFinder.cc ResolvExpr/Alternative.cc \ 360 354 ResolvExpr/Unify.cc ResolvExpr/PtrsAssignable.cc \ … … 368 362 SymTab/Mangler.cc SymTab/Validate.cc SymTab/FixFunction.cc \ 369 363 SymTab/ImplementationType.cc SymTab/TypeEquality.cc \ 370 SymTab/Autogen.cc SynTree/Type.cc SynTree/VoidType.cc \ 371 SynTree/BasicType.cc SynTree/PointerType.cc \ 372 SynTree/ArrayType.cc SynTree/FunctionType.cc \ 373 SynTree/ReferenceToType.cc SynTree/TupleType.cc \ 374 SynTree/TypeofType.cc SynTree/AttrType.cc \ 364 SynTree/Type.cc SynTree/VoidType.cc SynTree/BasicType.cc \ 365 SynTree/PointerType.cc SynTree/ArrayType.cc \ 366 SynTree/FunctionType.cc SynTree/ReferenceToType.cc \ 367 SynTree/TupleType.cc SynTree/TypeofType.cc SynTree/AttrType.cc \ 375 368 SynTree/VarArgsType.cc SynTree/Constant.cc \ 376 369 SynTree/Expression.cc SynTree/TupleExpr.cc \ … … 568 561 @$(MKDIR_P) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR) 569 562 @: > InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) 570 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.$(OBJEXT): InitTweak/$(am__dirstamp) \ 571 InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) 572 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.$(OBJEXT): InitTweak/$(am__dirstamp) \ 573 InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) 574 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.$(OBJEXT): \ 575 InitTweak/$(am__dirstamp) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) 576 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.$(OBJEXT): \ 563 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.$(OBJEXT): \ 577 564 InitTweak/$(am__dirstamp) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) 578 565 Parser/parser.h: Parser/parser.cc … … 683 670 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-TypeEquality.$(OBJEXT): SymTab/$(am__dirstamp) \ 684 671 SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp) 685 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.$(OBJEXT): SymTab/$(am__dirstamp) \686 SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/$(am__dirstamp)687 672 SynTree/$(am__dirstamp): 688 673 @$(MKDIR_P) SynTree … … 807 792 -rm -f GenPoly/driver_cfa_cpp-ScrubTyVars.$(OBJEXT) 808 793 -rm -f GenPoly/driver_cfa_cpp-Specialize.$(OBJEXT) 809 -rm -f InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.$(OBJEXT) 810 -rm -f InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.$(OBJEXT) 811 -rm -f InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.$(OBJEXT) 812 -rm -f InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.$(OBJEXT) 794 -rm -f InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.$(OBJEXT) 813 795 -rm -f Parser/driver_cfa_cpp-DeclarationNode.$(OBJEXT) 814 796 -rm -f Parser/driver_cfa_cpp-ExpressionNode.$(OBJEXT) … … 840 822 -rm -f ResolvExpr/driver_cfa_cpp-TypeEnvironment.$(OBJEXT) 841 823 -rm -f ResolvExpr/driver_cfa_cpp-Unify.$(OBJEXT) 842 -rm -f SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.$(OBJEXT)843 824 -rm -f SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-FixFunction.$(OBJEXT) 844 825 -rm -f SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-ImplementationType.$(OBJEXT) … … 916 897 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@GenPoly/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-ScrubTyVars.Po@am__quote@ 917 898 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@GenPoly/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Specialize.Po@am__quote@ 918 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Po@am__quote@ 919 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Po@am__quote@ 920 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Po@am__quote@ 921 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Po@am__quote@ 899 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Po@am__quote@ 922 900 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@Parser/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-DeclarationNode.Po@am__quote@ 923 901 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@Parser/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-ExpressionNode.Po@am__quote@ … … 949 927 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@ResolvExpr/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-TypeEnvironment.Po@am__quote@ 950 928 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@ResolvExpr/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Unify.Po@am__quote@ 951 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Po@am__quote@952 929 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixFunction.Po@am__quote@ 953 930 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__include@ @am__quote@SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-ImplementationType.Po@am__quote@ … … 1389 1366 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o GenPoly/driver_cfa_cpp-DeclMutator.obj `if test -f 'GenPoly/DeclMutator.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'GenPoly/DeclMutator.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/GenPoly/DeclMutator.cc'; fi` 1390 1367 1391 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.o: InitTweak/GenInit.cc 1392 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.o -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/GenInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/GenInit.cc 1393 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Po 1394 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/GenInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1395 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1396 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/GenInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/GenInit.cc 1397 1398 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.obj: InitTweak/GenInit.cc 1399 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.obj -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/GenInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/GenInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/GenInit.cc'; fi` 1400 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.Po 1401 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/GenInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1402 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1403 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-GenInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/GenInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/GenInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/GenInit.cc'; fi` 1404 1405 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.o: InitTweak/FixInit.cc 1406 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.o -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/FixInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/FixInit.cc 1407 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Po 1408 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/FixInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1409 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1410 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/FixInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/FixInit.cc 1411 1412 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.obj: InitTweak/FixInit.cc 1413 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.obj -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/FixInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/FixInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/FixInit.cc'; fi` 1414 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.Po 1415 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/FixInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1416 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1417 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/FixInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/FixInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/FixInit.cc'; fi` 1418 1419 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.o: InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc 1420 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.o -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc 1421 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Po 1422 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1423 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1424 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc 1425 1426 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.obj: InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc 1427 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.obj -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc'; fi` 1428 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.Po 1429 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1430 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1431 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-FixGlobalInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.cc'; fi` 1432 1433 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.o: InitTweak/InitTweak.cc 1434 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.o -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.o `test -f 'InitTweak/InitTweak.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/InitTweak.cc 1435 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Po 1436 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/InitTweak.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1437 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1438 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.o `test -f 'InitTweak/InitTweak.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/InitTweak.cc 1439 1440 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.obj: InitTweak/InitTweak.cc 1441 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.obj -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/InitTweak.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/InitTweak.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/InitTweak.cc'; fi` 1442 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.Po 1443 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/InitTweak.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1444 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1445 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-InitTweak.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/InitTweak.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/InitTweak.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/InitTweak.cc'; fi` 1368 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.o: InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc 1369 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.o -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc 1370 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Po 1371 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1372 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1373 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.o `test -f 'InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc 1374 1375 InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.obj: InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc 1376 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.obj -MD -MP -MF InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Tpo -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc'; fi` 1377 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Tpo InitTweak/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.Po 1378 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc' object='InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1379 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1380 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o InitTweak/driver_cfa_cpp-RemoveInit.obj `if test -f 'InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/InitTweak/RemoveInit.cc'; fi` 1446 1381 1447 1382 Parser/driver_cfa_cpp-parser.o: Parser/parser.cc … … 1934 1869 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@ 1935 1870 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-TypeEquality.obj `if test -f 'SymTab/TypeEquality.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'SymTab/TypeEquality.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/SymTab/TypeEquality.cc'; fi` 1936 1937 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.o: SymTab/Autogen.cc1938 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.o -MD -MP -MF SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Tpo -c -o SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.o `test -f 'SymTab/Autogen.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`SymTab/Autogen.cc1939 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Tpo SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Po1940 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='SymTab/Autogen.cc' object='SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.o' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@1941 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@1942 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.o `test -f 'SymTab/Autogen.cc' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`SymTab/Autogen.cc1943 1944 SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.obj: SymTab/Autogen.cc1945 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -MT SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.obj -MD -MP -MF SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Tpo -c -o SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.obj `if test -f 'SymTab/Autogen.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'SymTab/Autogen.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/SymTab/Autogen.cc'; fi`1946 @am__fastdepCXX_TRUE@ $(am__mv) SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Tpo SymTab/$(DEPDIR)/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.Po1947 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ source='SymTab/Autogen.cc' object='SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.obj' libtool=no @AMDEPBACKSLASH@1948 @AMDEP_TRUE@@am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ DEPDIR=$(DEPDIR) $(CXXDEPMODE) $(depcomp) @AMDEPBACKSLASH@1949 @am__fastdepCXX_FALSE@ $(CXX) $(DEFS) $(DEFAULT_INCLUDES) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(driver_cfa_cpp_CXXFLAGS) $(CXXFLAGS) -c -o SymTab/driver_cfa_cpp-Autogen.obj `if test -f 'SymTab/Autogen.cc'; then $(CYGPATH_W) 'SymTab/Autogen.cc'; else $(CYGPATH_W) '$(srcdir)/SymTab/Autogen.cc'; fi`1950 1871 1951 1872 SynTree/driver_cfa_cpp-Type.o: SynTree/Type.cc -
src/Parser/DeclarationNode.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // DeclarationNode.cc -- 7 // DeclarationNode.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Rodolfo G. Esteves 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 12:34:05 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:38:09201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 13 16:53:17 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 161 14 14 // … … 97 97 os << endl << string( indent + 2, ' ' ) << "with initializer "; 98 98 initializer->printOneLine( os ); 99 os << " maybe constructed? " << initializer->get_maybeConstructed();100 101 99 } // if 102 100 … … 355 353 } // if 356 354 } 357 355 358 356 DeclarationNode *DeclarationNode::addQualifiers( DeclarationNode *q ) { 359 357 if ( q ) { … … 506 504 assert( false ); 507 505 } // switch 508 506 509 507 return this; 510 508 } … … 617 615 assert( a->type->kind == TypeData::Array ); 618 616 TypeData *lastArray = findLast( a->type ); 619 if ( type ) { 617 if ( type ) { 620 618 switch ( type->kind ) { 621 619 case TypeData::Aggregate: … … 661 659 } // if 662 660 } 663 661 664 662 DeclarationNode *DeclarationNode::addIdList( DeclarationNode *ids ) { 665 663 type = addIdListToType( type, ids ); … … 866 864 Type *DeclarationNode::buildType() const { 867 865 assert( type ); 868 866 869 867 switch ( type->kind ) { 870 868 case TypeData::Enum: -
src/Parser/InitializerNode.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // InitializerNode.cc -- 8 // 7 // InitializerNode.cc -- 8 // 9 9 // Author : Rodolfo G. Esteves 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 13:20:24 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Jan 07 13:32:57 201613 // Update Count : 1314 // 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Oct 8 17:18:55 2015 13 // Update Count : 4 14 // 15 15 16 16 #include <cassert> … … 23 23 24 24 InitializerNode::InitializerNode( ExpressionNode *_expr, bool aggrp, ExpressionNode *des ) 25 : expr( _expr ), aggregate( aggrp ), designator( des ), kids( 0 ) , maybeConstructed( true ){25 : expr( _expr ), aggregate( aggrp ), designator( des ), kids( 0 ) { 26 26 if ( aggrp ) 27 27 kids = dynamic_cast< InitializerNode *>( get_link() ); … … 32 32 33 33 InitializerNode::InitializerNode( InitializerNode *init, bool aggrp, ExpressionNode *des ) 34 : expr( 0 ), aggregate( aggrp ), designator( des ), kids( 0 ) , maybeConstructed( true ){34 : expr( 0 ), aggregate( aggrp ), designator( des ), kids( 0 ) { 35 35 if ( init != 0 ) 36 36 set_link(init); … … 91 91 } // if 92 92 93 return new ListInit( initlist, designlist , maybeConstructed);93 return new ListInit( initlist, designlist ); 94 94 } else { 95 95 std::list< Expression *> designators; … … 99 99 100 100 if ( get_expression() != 0) 101 return new SingleInit( get_expression()->build(), designators , maybeConstructed);101 return new SingleInit( get_expression()->build(), designators ); 102 102 } // if 103 103 -
src/Parser/ParseNode.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 13:28:16 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:37:52 201612 // Last Modified On : Mon Apr 11 11:50:52 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 205 14 14 // … … 185 185 // monadic 186 186 UnPlus, UnMinus, AddressOf, PointTo, Neg, BitNeg, Incr, IncrPost, Decr, DecrPost, LabelAddress, 187 Ctor, Dtor,188 187 }; 189 188 … … 526 525 ExpressionNode *get_designators() const { return designator; } 527 526 528 InitializerNode *set_maybeConstructed( bool value ) { maybeConstructed = value; return this; }529 bool get_maybeConstructed() const { return maybeConstructed; }530 531 527 InitializerNode *next_init() const { return kids; } 532 528 … … 540 536 ExpressionNode *designator; // may be list 541 537 InitializerNode *kids; 542 bool maybeConstructed;543 538 }; 544 539 -
src/Parser/TypeData.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // TypeData.cc -- 7 // TypeData.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Rodolfo G. Esteves 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 15:12:51 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 06 16:57:53201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 17:26:45 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 49 14 14 // … … 449 449 for ( std::list< TypeDecl* >::iterator i = outputList.begin(); i != outputList.end(); ++i ) { 450 450 if ( (*i)->get_kind() == TypeDecl::Any ) { 451 // add assertion parameters to `type' tyvars in reverse order452 // add dtor: void ^?{}(T *)453 FunctionType *dtorType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false );454 dtorType->get_parameters().push_back( new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), (*i)->get_name(), *i ) ), 0 ) );455 (*i)->get_assertions().push_front( new FunctionDecl( "^?{}", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, dtorType, 0, false, false ) );456 457 // add copy ctor: void ?{}(T *, T)458 FunctionType *copyCtorType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false );459 copyCtorType->get_parameters().push_back( new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), (*i)->get_name(), *i ) ), 0 ) );460 copyCtorType->get_parameters().push_back( new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), (*i)->get_name(), *i ), 0 ) );461 (*i)->get_assertions().push_front( new FunctionDecl( "?{}", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, copyCtorType, 0, false, false ) );462 463 // add default ctor: void ?{}(T *)464 FunctionType *ctorType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false );465 ctorType->get_parameters().push_back( new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), (*i)->get_name(), *i ) ), 0 ) );466 (*i)->get_assertions().push_front( new FunctionDecl( "?{}", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, ctorType, 0, false, false ) );467 468 // add assignment operator: T * ?=?(T *, T)469 451 FunctionType *assignType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false ); 470 452 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), (*i)->get_name(), *i ) ), 0 ) ); … … 920 902 if ( cur->get_enumeratorValue() != NULL ) { 921 903 ObjectDecl *member = dynamic_cast<ObjectDecl *>(*members); 922 member->set_init( new SingleInit( maybeBuild< Expression >( cur->get_enumeratorValue() ) , std::list< Expression * >()) );904 member->set_init( new SingleInit( maybeBuild< Expression >( cur->get_enumeratorValue() ) ) ); 923 905 } // if 924 906 } // for -
src/Parser/parser.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 7468 7468 /* Line 1806 of yacc.c */ 7469 7469 #line 1704 "parser.yy" 7470 { (yyval.in) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].in) ->set_maybeConstructed( false ); }7470 { (yyval.in) = (yyvsp[(2) - (2)].in); } 7471 7471 break; 7472 7472 -
src/Parser/parser.yy
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // cfa.y -- 8 // 7 // cfa.y -- 8 // 9 9 // Author : Peter A. Buhr 10 10 // Created On : Sat Sep 1 20:22:55 2001 … … 12 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 13 16:58:43 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 1519 14 // 14 // 15 15 16 16 // This grammar is based on the ANSI99/11 C grammar, specifically parts of EXPRESSION and STATEMENTS, and on the C … … 1702 1702 { $$ = $2; } 1703 1703 | ATassign initializer 1704 { $$ = $2 ->set_maybeConstructed( false ); }1704 { $$ = $2; } 1705 1705 ; 1706 1706 -
src/ResolvExpr/AlternativeFinder.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 23:52:08 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 20 14:24:03201612 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 10 17:00:04 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 24 14 14 // … … 982 982 } // for 983 983 } 984 985 void AlternativeFinder::visit( ImplicitCopyCtorExpr * impCpCtorExpr ) {986 alternatives.push_back( Alternative( impCpCtorExpr->clone(), env, Cost::zero ) );987 }988 984 } // namespace ResolvExpr 989 985 -
src/ResolvExpr/AlternativeFinder.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // AlternativeFinder.h -- 7 // AlternativeFinder.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sat May 16 23:56:12 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Tue Apr 19 11:44:53 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat May 16 23:58:43 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 2 14 // 14 // 15 15 16 16 #ifndef ALTERNATIVEFINDER_H … … 54 54 virtual void visit( NameExpr *variableExpr ); 55 55 virtual void visit( VariableExpr *variableExpr ); 56 virtual void visit( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ); 56 virtual void visit( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ); 57 57 virtual void visit( SizeofExpr *sizeofExpr ); 58 58 virtual void visit( AlignofExpr *alignofExpr ); … … 65 65 virtual void visit( CommaExpr *commaExpr ); 66 66 virtual void visit( TupleExpr *tupleExpr ); 67 virtual void visit( ImplicitCopyCtorExpr * impCpCtorExpr );68 67 public: // xxx - temporary hack - should make Tuples::TupleAssignment a friend 69 68 template< typename InputIterator, typename OutputIterator > -
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Resolver.cc -- 7 // Resolver.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 12:17:01 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 11:36:40201613 // Update Count : 20311 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Mar 24 16:43:11 2016 13 // Update Count : 181 14 14 // 15 15 … … 25 25 #include "SymTab/Indexer.h" 26 26 #include "Common/utility.h" 27 #include "InitTweak/InitTweak.h"28 27 29 28 #include <iostream> … … 34 33 public: 35 34 Resolver() : SymTab::Indexer( false ), switchType( 0 ) {} 36 35 37 36 virtual void visit( FunctionDecl *functionDecl ); 38 37 virtual void visit( ObjectDecl *functionDecl ); … … 55 54 virtual void visit( SingleInit *singleInit ); 56 55 virtual void visit( ListInit *listInit ); 57 virtual void visit( ConstructorInit *ctorInit );58 56 private: 59 57 typedef std::list< Initializer * >::iterator InitIterator; … … 61 59 void resolveAggrInit( AggregateDecl *, InitIterator &, InitIterator & ); 62 60 void resolveSingleAggrInit( Declaration *, InitIterator &, InitIterator & ); 63 void fallbackInit( ConstructorInit * ctorInit ); 61 64 62 std::list< Type * > functionReturn; 65 63 Type *initContext; … … 84 82 } 85 83 86 87 84 namespace { 88 85 void finishExpr( Expression *expr, const TypeEnvironment &env ) { … … 90 87 env.makeSubstitution( *expr->get_env() ); 91 88 } 92 } // namespace 93 94 Expression *findVoidExpression( Expression *untyped, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer ) { 95 global_renamer.reset(); 96 TypeEnvironment env; 97 Expression *newExpr = resolveInVoidContext( untyped, indexer, env ); 98 finishExpr( newExpr, env ); 99 return newExpr; 100 } 101 102 namespace { 89 90 Expression *findVoidExpression( Expression *untyped, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer ) { 91 global_renamer.reset(); 92 TypeEnvironment env; 93 Expression *newExpr = resolveInVoidContext( untyped, indexer, env ); 94 finishExpr( newExpr, env ); 95 return newExpr; 96 } 97 103 98 Expression *findSingleExpression( Expression *untyped, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer ) { 104 99 TypeEnvironment env; … … 131 126 } // if 132 127 } 133 128 134 129 Expression *findIntegralExpression( Expression *untyped, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer ) { 135 130 TypeEnvironment env; … … 164 159 return newExpr; 165 160 } 166 167 } 168 161 162 } 163 169 164 void Resolver::visit( ObjectDecl *objectDecl ) { 170 165 Type *new_type = resolveTypeof( objectDecl->get_type(), *this ); … … 263 258 forStmt->set_condition( newExpr ); 264 259 } // if 265 260 266 261 if ( forStmt->get_increment() ) { 267 262 Expression * newExpr = findVoidExpression( forStmt->get_increment(), *this ); … … 277 272 delete switchStmt->get_condition(); 278 273 switchStmt->set_condition( newExpr ); 279 274 280 275 visitor.Visitor::visit( switchStmt ); 281 276 } … … 319 314 bool isCharType( T t ) { 320 315 if ( BasicType * bt = dynamic_cast< BasicType * >( t ) ) { 321 return bt->get_kind() == BasicType::Char || bt->get_kind() == BasicType::SignedChar || 316 return bt->get_kind() == BasicType::Char || bt->get_kind() == BasicType::SignedChar || 322 317 bt->get_kind() == BasicType::UnsignedChar; 323 318 } … … 331 326 string n = ne->get_name(); 332 327 if (n == "0") { 333 initContext = new BasicType(Type::Qualifiers(), 328 initContext = new BasicType(Type::Qualifiers(), 334 329 BasicType::SignedInt); 335 330 } else { … … 337 332 initContext = decl->get_type(); 338 333 } 339 } else if (ConstantExpr * e = 334 } else if (ConstantExpr * e = 340 335 dynamic_cast<ConstantExpr*>(singleInit->get_value())) { 341 336 Constant *c = e->get_constant(); … … 360 355 singleInit->set_value( ce->get_arg() ); 361 356 ce->set_arg( NULL ); 362 delete ce; 357 delete ce; 363 358 } 364 359 } … … 476 471 #endif 477 472 } 478 479 // ConstructorInit - fall back on C-style initializer480 void Resolver::fallbackInit( ConstructorInit * ctorInit ) {481 // could not find valid constructor, or found an intrinsic constructor482 // fall back on C-style initializer483 delete ctorInit->get_ctor();484 ctorInit->set_ctor( NULL );485 maybeAccept( ctorInit->get_init(), *this );486 }487 488 void Resolver::visit( ConstructorInit *ctorInit ) {489 try {490 maybeAccept( ctorInit->get_ctor(), *this );491 maybeAccept( ctorInit->get_dtor(), *this );492 } catch ( SemanticError ) {493 // no alternatives for the constructor initializer - fallback on C-style initializer494 // xxx- not sure if this makes a ton of sense - should maybe never be able to have this situation?495 fallbackInit( ctorInit );496 return;497 }498 499 // found a constructor - can get rid of C-style initializer500 delete ctorInit->get_init();501 ctorInit->set_init( NULL );502 503 // intrinsic single parameter constructors and destructors do nothing. Since this was504 // implicitly generated, there's no way for it to have side effects, so get rid of it505 // to clean up generated code.506 if ( InitTweak::isInstrinsicSingleArgCallStmt( ctorInit->get_ctor() ) ) {507 delete ctorInit->get_ctor();508 ctorInit->set_ctor( NULL );509 }510 if ( InitTweak::isInstrinsicSingleArgCallStmt( ctorInit->get_ctor() ) ) {511 delete ctorInit->get_dtor();512 ctorInit->set_dtor( NULL );513 }514 }515 473 } // namespace ResolvExpr 516 474 -
src/ResolvExpr/Resolver.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Resolver.h -- 7 // Resolver.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 12:18:34 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:06:53 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sun May 17 12:19:32 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // … … 24 24 void resolve( std::list< Declaration * > translationUnit ); 25 25 Expression *resolveInVoidContext( Expression *expr, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer ); 26 Expression *findVoidExpression( Expression *untyped, const SymTab::Indexer &indexer );27 26 } // namespace ResolvExpr 28 27 -
src/SymTab/AddVisit.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // AddVisit.h -- 7 // AddVisit.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 16:14:32 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:52:42201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 7 14:42:21 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 5 14 14 // … … 48 48 // maybeAccept( caseStmt->get_condition(), visitor ); 49 49 // } 50 51 template< typename Visitor >52 void acceptAndAdd( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit, Visitor &visitor, bool addBefore ) {53 std::list< Declaration * >::iterator i = translationUnit.begin();54 while ( i != translationUnit.end() ) {55 (*i)->accept( visitor );56 std::list< Declaration * >::iterator next = i;57 next++;58 if ( ! visitor.get_declsToAdd().empty() ) {59 translationUnit.splice( addBefore ? i : next, visitor.get_declsToAdd() );60 } // if61 i = next;62 } // while63 }64 65 50 } // namespace SymTab 66 51 -
src/SymTab/Validate.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Sun May 17 21:50:04 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed May 11 13:17:52201613 // Update Count : 2 9711 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 13 16:39:30 2016 13 // Update Count : 251 14 14 // 15 15 … … 56 56 #include "MakeLibCfa.h" 57 57 #include "TypeEquality.h" 58 #include "Autogen.h"59 58 #include "ResolvExpr/typeops.h" 60 59 … … 123 122 124 123 const Indexer *indexer; 124 }; 125 126 class AutogenerateRoutines : public Visitor { 127 public: 128 /// Generates assignment operators for aggregate types as required 129 static void autogenerateRoutines( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit ); 130 131 std::list< Declaration * > &get_declsToAdd() { return declsToAdd; } 132 133 virtual void visit( EnumDecl *enumDecl ); 134 virtual void visit( StructDecl *structDecl ); 135 virtual void visit( UnionDecl *structDecl ); 136 virtual void visit( TypeDecl *typeDecl ); 137 virtual void visit( TraitDecl *ctxDecl ); 138 virtual void visit( FunctionDecl *functionDecl ); 139 140 virtual void visit( FunctionType *ftype ); 141 virtual void visit( PointerType *ftype ); 142 143 virtual void visit( CompoundStmt *compoundStmt ); 144 virtual void visit( SwitchStmt *switchStmt ); 145 virtual void visit( ChooseStmt *chooseStmt ); 146 // virtual void visit( CaseStmt *caseStmt ); 147 148 AutogenerateRoutines() : functionNesting( 0 ) {} 149 private: 150 template< typename StmtClass > void visitStatement( StmtClass *stmt ); 151 152 std::list< Declaration * > declsToAdd; 153 std::set< std::string > structsDone; 154 unsigned int functionNesting; // current level of nested functions 125 155 }; 126 156 … … 162 192 template<typename AggDecl> 163 193 void addImplicitTypedef( AggDecl * aggDecl ); 164 194 165 195 typedef std::map< std::string, std::pair< TypedefDecl *, int > > TypedefMap; 166 196 TypedefMap typedefNames; 167 197 int scopeLevel; 168 198 }; 169 170 class VerifyCtorDtor : public Visitor {171 public:172 /// ensure that constructors and destructors have at least one173 /// parameter, the first of which must be a pointer, and no174 /// return values.175 static void verify( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit );176 177 virtual void visit( FunctionDecl *funcDecl );178 };179 199 180 200 class CompoundLiteral : public GenPoly::DeclMutator { … … 197 217 ReturnChecker::checkFunctionReturns( translationUnit ); 198 218 mutateAll( translationUnit, compoundliteral ); 199 autogenerateRoutines( translationUnit );219 AutogenerateRoutines::autogenerateRoutines( translationUnit ); 200 220 acceptAll( translationUnit, pass3 ); 201 VerifyCtorDtor::verify( translationUnit );202 221 } 203 222 … … 209 228 type->accept( pass2 ); 210 229 type->accept( pass3 ); 230 } 231 232 template< typename Visitor > 233 void acceptAndAdd( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit, Visitor &visitor, bool addBefore ) { 234 std::list< Declaration * >::iterator i = translationUnit.begin(); 235 while ( i != translationUnit.end() ) { 236 (*i)->accept( visitor ); 237 std::list< Declaration * >::iterator next = i; 238 next++; 239 if ( ! visitor.get_declsToAdd().empty() ) { 240 translationUnit.splice( addBefore ? i : next, visitor.get_declsToAdd() ); 241 } // if 242 i = next; 243 } // while 211 244 } 212 245 … … 470 503 } 471 504 505 static const std::list< std::string > noLabels; 506 507 void AutogenerateRoutines::autogenerateRoutines( std::list< Declaration * > &translationUnit ) { 508 AutogenerateRoutines visitor; 509 acceptAndAdd( translationUnit, visitor, false ); 510 } 511 512 template< typename OutputIterator > 513 void makeScalarAssignment( ObjectDecl *srcParam, ObjectDecl *dstParam, DeclarationWithType *member, OutputIterator out ) { 514 ObjectDecl *obj = dynamic_cast<ObjectDecl *>( member ); 515 // unnamed bit fields are not copied as they cannot be accessed 516 if ( obj != NULL && obj->get_name() == "" && obj->get_bitfieldWidth() != NULL ) return; 517 518 UntypedExpr *assignExpr = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?=?" ) ); 519 520 UntypedExpr *derefExpr = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "*?" ) ); 521 derefExpr->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( dstParam ) ); 522 523 // do something special for unnamed members 524 Expression *dstselect = new AddressExpr( new MemberExpr( member, derefExpr ) ); 525 assignExpr->get_args().push_back( dstselect ); 526 527 Expression *srcselect = new MemberExpr( member, new VariableExpr( srcParam ) ); 528 assignExpr->get_args().push_back( srcselect ); 529 530 *out++ = new ExprStmt( noLabels, assignExpr ); 531 } 532 533 template< typename OutputIterator > 534 void makeArrayAssignment( ObjectDecl *srcParam, ObjectDecl *dstParam, DeclarationWithType *member, ArrayType *array, OutputIterator out ) { 535 static UniqueName indexName( "_index" ); 536 537 // for a flexible array member nothing is done -- user must define own assignment 538 if ( ! array->get_dimension() ) return; 539 540 ObjectDecl *index = new ObjectDecl( indexName.newName(), DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::C, 0, new BasicType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::SignedInt ), 0 ); 541 *out++ = new DeclStmt( noLabels, index ); 542 543 UntypedExpr *init = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?=?" ) ); 544 init->get_args().push_back( new AddressExpr( new VariableExpr( index ) ) ); 545 init->get_args().push_back( new NameExpr( "0" ) ); 546 Statement *initStmt = new ExprStmt( noLabels, init ); 547 std::list<Statement *> initList; 548 initList.push_back( initStmt ); 549 550 UntypedExpr *cond = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?<?" ) ); 551 cond->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( index ) ); 552 cond->get_args().push_back( array->get_dimension()->clone() ); 553 554 UntypedExpr *inc = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "++?" ) ); 555 inc->get_args().push_back( new AddressExpr( new VariableExpr( index ) ) ); 556 557 UntypedExpr *assignExpr = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?=?" ) ); 558 559 UntypedExpr *derefExpr = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "*?" ) ); 560 derefExpr->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( dstParam ) ); 561 562 Expression *dstselect = new MemberExpr( member, derefExpr ); 563 UntypedExpr *dstIndex = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?+?" ) ); 564 dstIndex->get_args().push_back( dstselect ); 565 dstIndex->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( index ) ); 566 assignExpr->get_args().push_back( dstIndex ); 567 568 Expression *srcselect = new MemberExpr( member, new VariableExpr( srcParam ) ); 569 UntypedExpr *srcIndex = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?[?]" ) ); 570 srcIndex->get_args().push_back( srcselect ); 571 srcIndex->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( index ) ); 572 assignExpr->get_args().push_back( srcIndex ); 573 574 *out++ = new ForStmt( noLabels, initList, cond, inc, new ExprStmt( noLabels, assignExpr ) ); 575 } 576 577 template< typename OutputIterator > 578 void makeUnionFieldsAssignment( ObjectDecl *srcParam, ObjectDecl *dstParam, UnionInstType *unionType, OutputIterator out ) { 579 UntypedExpr *copy = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "__builtin_memcpy" ) ); 580 copy->get_args().push_back( new VariableExpr( dstParam ) ); 581 copy->get_args().push_back( new AddressExpr( new VariableExpr( srcParam ) ) ); 582 copy->get_args().push_back( new SizeofExpr( unionType ) ); 583 584 *out++ = new ExprStmt( noLabels, copy ); 585 } 586 587 //E ?=?(E volatile*, int), 588 // ?=?(E _Atomic volatile*, int); 589 void makeEnumAssignment( EnumDecl *enumDecl, EnumInstType *refType, unsigned int functionNesting, std::list< Declaration * > &declsToAdd ) { 590 FunctionType *assignType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false ); 591 592 ObjectDecl *returnVal = new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, refType->clone(), 0 ); 593 assignType->get_returnVals().push_back( returnVal ); 594 595 // need two assignment operators with different types 596 FunctionType * assignType2 = assignType->clone(); 597 598 // E ?=?(E volatile *, E) 599 Type *etype = refType->clone(); 600 // etype->get_qualifiers() += Type::Qualifiers(false, true, false, false, false, false); 601 602 ObjectDecl *dstParam = new ObjectDecl( "_dst", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), etype ), 0 ); 603 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( dstParam ); 604 605 ObjectDecl *srcParam = new ObjectDecl( "_src", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, etype->clone(), 0 ); 606 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( srcParam ); 607 608 // E ?=?(E volatile *, int) 609 assignType2->get_parameters().push_back( dstParam->clone() ); 610 BasicType * paramType = new BasicType(Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::SignedInt); 611 ObjectDecl *srcParam2 = new ObjectDecl( "_src", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, paramType, 0 ); 612 assignType2->get_parameters().push_back( srcParam2 ); 613 614 // Routines at global scope marked "static" to prevent multiple definitions is separate translation units 615 // because each unit generates copies of the default routines for each aggregate. 616 617 // since there is no definition, these should not be inline 618 // make these intrinsic so that the code generator does not make use of them 619 FunctionDecl *assignDecl = new FunctionDecl( "?=?", functionNesting > 0 ? DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass : DeclarationNode::Static, LinkageSpec::Intrinsic, assignType, 0, false, false ); 620 assignDecl->fixUniqueId(); 621 FunctionDecl *assignDecl2 = new FunctionDecl( "?=?", functionNesting > 0 ? DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass : DeclarationNode::Static, LinkageSpec::Intrinsic, assignType2, 0, false, false ); 622 assignDecl2->fixUniqueId(); 623 624 // these should be built in the same way that the prelude 625 // functions are, so build a list containing the prototypes 626 // and allow MakeLibCfa to autogenerate the bodies. 627 std::list< Declaration * > assigns; 628 assigns.push_back( assignDecl ); 629 assigns.push_back( assignDecl2 ); 630 631 LibCfa::makeLibCfa( assigns ); 632 633 // need to remove the prototypes, since this may be nested in a routine 634 for (int start = 0, end = assigns.size()/2; start < end; start++) { 635 delete assigns.front(); 636 assigns.pop_front(); 637 } // for 638 639 declsToAdd.insert( declsToAdd.begin(), assigns.begin(), assigns.end() ); 640 } 641 642 /// Clones a reference type, replacing any parameters it may have with a clone of the provided list 643 template< typename GenericInstType > 644 GenericInstType *cloneWithParams( GenericInstType *refType, const std::list< Expression* >& params ) { 645 GenericInstType *clone = refType->clone(); 646 clone->get_parameters().clear(); 647 cloneAll( params, clone->get_parameters() ); 648 return clone; 649 } 650 651 /// Creates a new type decl that's the same as src, but renamed and with only the ?=? assertion (for complete types only) 652 TypeDecl *cloneAndRename( TypeDecl *src, const std::string &name ) { 653 TypeDecl *dst = new TypeDecl( name, src->get_storageClass(), 0, src->get_kind() ); 654 655 if ( src->get_kind() == TypeDecl::Any ) { 656 // just include assignment operator assertion 657 TypeInstType *assignParamType = new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), name, dst ); 658 FunctionType *assignFunctionType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false ); 659 assignFunctionType->get_returnVals().push_back( 660 new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, assignParamType->clone(), 0 ) ); 661 assignFunctionType->get_parameters().push_back( 662 new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), assignParamType->clone() ), 0 ) ); 663 assignFunctionType->get_parameters().push_back( 664 new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, assignParamType, 0 ) ); 665 FunctionDecl *assignAssert = new FunctionDecl( "?=?", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, assignFunctionType, 0, false, false ); 666 dst->get_assertions().push_back( assignAssert ); 667 } 668 669 return dst; 670 } 671 672 Declaration *makeStructAssignment( StructDecl *aggregateDecl, StructInstType *refType, unsigned int functionNesting ) { 673 FunctionType *assignType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false ); 674 675 // Make function polymorphic in same parameters as generic struct, if applicable 676 bool isGeneric = false; // NOTE this flag is an incredibly ugly kludge; we should fix the assignment signature instead (ditto for union) 677 std::list< TypeDecl* >& genericParams = aggregateDecl->get_parameters(); 678 std::list< Expression* > structParams; // List of matching parameters to put on types 679 TypeSubstitution genericSubs; // Substitutions to make to member types of struct 680 for ( std::list< TypeDecl* >::const_iterator param = genericParams.begin(); param != genericParams.end(); ++param ) { 681 isGeneric = true; 682 TypeDecl *typeParam = cloneAndRename( *param, "_autoassign_" + aggregateDecl->get_name() + "_" + (*param)->get_name() ); 683 assignType->get_forall().push_back( typeParam ); 684 TypeInstType *newParamType = new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), typeParam->get_name(), typeParam ); 685 genericSubs.add( (*param)->get_name(), newParamType ); 686 structParams.push_back( new TypeExpr( newParamType ) ); 687 } 688 689 ObjectDecl *returnVal = new ObjectDecl( "_ret", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, cloneWithParams( refType, structParams ), 0 ); 690 assignType->get_returnVals().push_back( returnVal ); 691 692 ObjectDecl *dstParam = new ObjectDecl( "_dst", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), cloneWithParams( refType, structParams ) ), 0 ); 693 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( dstParam ); 694 695 ObjectDecl *srcParam = new ObjectDecl( "_src", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, cloneWithParams( refType, structParams ), 0 ); 696 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( srcParam ); 697 698 // Routines at global scope marked "static" to prevent multiple definitions is separate translation units 699 // because each unit generates copies of the default routines for each aggregate. 700 FunctionDecl *assignDecl = new FunctionDecl( "?=?", functionNesting > 0 ? DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass : DeclarationNode::Static, LinkageSpec::AutoGen, assignType, new CompoundStmt( noLabels ), true, false ); 701 assignDecl->fixUniqueId(); 702 703 for ( std::list< Declaration * >::const_iterator member = aggregateDecl->get_members().begin(); member != aggregateDecl->get_members().end(); ++member ) { 704 if ( DeclarationWithType *dwt = dynamic_cast< DeclarationWithType * >( *member ) ) { 705 // query the type qualifiers of this field and skip assigning it if it is marked const. 706 // If it is an array type, we need to strip off the array layers to find its qualifiers. 707 Type * type = dwt->get_type(); 708 while ( ArrayType * at = dynamic_cast< ArrayType * >( type ) ) { 709 type = at->get_base(); 710 } 711 712 if ( type->get_qualifiers().isConst ) { 713 // don't assign const members 714 continue; 715 } 716 717 if ( isGeneric ) { 718 // rewrite member type in terms of the type variables on this operator 719 DeclarationWithType *fixedMember = dwt->clone(); 720 genericSubs.apply( fixedMember ); 721 722 // assign to both destination and return value 723 if ( ArrayType *array = dynamic_cast< ArrayType * >( fixedMember->get_type() ) ) { 724 makeArrayAssignment( srcParam, dstParam, fixedMember, array, back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 725 makeArrayAssignment( srcParam, returnVal, fixedMember, array, back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 726 } else { 727 makeScalarAssignment( srcParam, dstParam, fixedMember, back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 728 makeScalarAssignment( srcParam, returnVal, fixedMember, back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 729 } // if 730 } else { 731 // assign to destination 732 if ( ArrayType *array = dynamic_cast< ArrayType * >( dwt->get_type() ) ) { 733 makeArrayAssignment( srcParam, dstParam, dwt, array, back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 734 } else { 735 makeScalarAssignment( srcParam, dstParam, dwt, back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 736 } // if 737 } // if 738 } // if 739 } // for 740 if ( ! isGeneric ) assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids().push_back( new ReturnStmt( noLabels, new VariableExpr( srcParam ) ) ); 741 742 return assignDecl; 743 } 744 745 Declaration *makeUnionAssignment( UnionDecl *aggregateDecl, UnionInstType *refType, unsigned int functionNesting ) { 746 FunctionType *assignType = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false ); 747 748 // Make function polymorphic in same parameters as generic union, if applicable 749 bool isGeneric = false; // NOTE this flag is an incredibly ugly kludge; we should fix the assignment signature instead (ditto for struct) 750 std::list< TypeDecl* >& genericParams = aggregateDecl->get_parameters(); 751 std::list< Expression* > unionParams; // List of matching parameters to put on types 752 for ( std::list< TypeDecl* >::const_iterator param = genericParams.begin(); param != genericParams.end(); ++param ) { 753 isGeneric = true; 754 TypeDecl *typeParam = cloneAndRename( *param, "_autoassign_" + aggregateDecl->get_name() + "_" + (*param)->get_name() ); 755 assignType->get_forall().push_back( typeParam ); 756 unionParams.push_back( new TypeExpr( new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), typeParam->get_name(), typeParam ) ) ); 757 } 758 759 ObjectDecl *returnVal = new ObjectDecl( "_ret", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, cloneWithParams( refType, unionParams ), 0 ); 760 assignType->get_returnVals().push_back( returnVal ); 761 762 ObjectDecl *dstParam = new ObjectDecl( "_dst", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), cloneWithParams( refType, unionParams ) ), 0 ); 763 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( dstParam ); 764 765 ObjectDecl *srcParam = new ObjectDecl( "_src", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, cloneWithParams( refType, unionParams ), 0 ); 766 assignType->get_parameters().push_back( srcParam ); 767 768 // Routines at global scope marked "static" to prevent multiple definitions is separate translation units 769 // because each unit generates copies of the default routines for each aggregate. 770 FunctionDecl *assignDecl = new FunctionDecl( "?=?", functionNesting > 0 ? DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass : DeclarationNode::Static, LinkageSpec::AutoGen, assignType, new CompoundStmt( noLabels ), true, false ); 771 assignDecl->fixUniqueId(); 772 773 makeUnionFieldsAssignment( srcParam, dstParam, cloneWithParams( refType, unionParams ), back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 774 if ( isGeneric ) makeUnionFieldsAssignment( srcParam, returnVal, cloneWithParams( refType, unionParams ), back_inserter( assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids() ) ); 775 776 if ( ! isGeneric ) assignDecl->get_statements()->get_kids().push_back( new ReturnStmt( noLabels, new VariableExpr( srcParam ) ) ); 777 778 return assignDecl; 779 } 780 781 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( EnumDecl *enumDecl ) { 782 if ( ! enumDecl->get_members().empty() ) { 783 EnumInstType *enumInst = new EnumInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), enumDecl->get_name() ); 784 // enumInst->set_baseEnum( enumDecl ); 785 // declsToAdd.push_back( 786 makeEnumAssignment( enumDecl, enumInst, functionNesting, declsToAdd ); 787 } 788 } 789 790 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( StructDecl *structDecl ) { 791 if ( ! structDecl->get_members().empty() && structsDone.find( structDecl->get_name() ) == structsDone.end() ) { 792 StructInstType structInst( Type::Qualifiers(), structDecl->get_name() ); 793 structInst.set_baseStruct( structDecl ); 794 declsToAdd.push_back( makeStructAssignment( structDecl, &structInst, functionNesting ) ); 795 structsDone.insert( structDecl->get_name() ); 796 } // if 797 } 798 799 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( UnionDecl *unionDecl ) { 800 if ( ! unionDecl->get_members().empty() ) { 801 UnionInstType unionInst( Type::Qualifiers(), unionDecl->get_name() ); 802 unionInst.set_baseUnion( unionDecl ); 803 declsToAdd.push_back( makeUnionAssignment( unionDecl, &unionInst, functionNesting ) ); 804 } // if 805 } 806 807 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( TypeDecl *typeDecl ) { 808 CompoundStmt *stmts = 0; 809 TypeInstType *typeInst = new TypeInstType( Type::Qualifiers(), typeDecl->get_name(), false ); 810 typeInst->set_baseType( typeDecl ); 811 ObjectDecl *src = new ObjectDecl( "_src", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, typeInst->clone(), 0 ); 812 ObjectDecl *dst = new ObjectDecl( "_dst", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), typeInst->clone() ), 0 ); 813 if ( typeDecl->get_base() ) { 814 stmts = new CompoundStmt( std::list< Label >() ); 815 UntypedExpr *assign = new UntypedExpr( new NameExpr( "?=?" ) ); 816 assign->get_args().push_back( new CastExpr( new VariableExpr( dst ), new PointerType( Type::Qualifiers(), typeDecl->get_base()->clone() ) ) ); 817 assign->get_args().push_back( new CastExpr( new VariableExpr( src ), typeDecl->get_base()->clone() ) ); 818 stmts->get_kids().push_back( new ReturnStmt( std::list< Label >(), assign ) ); 819 } // if 820 FunctionType *type = new FunctionType( Type::Qualifiers(), false ); 821 type->get_returnVals().push_back( new ObjectDecl( "", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::Cforall, 0, typeInst, 0 ) ); 822 type->get_parameters().push_back( dst ); 823 type->get_parameters().push_back( src ); 824 FunctionDecl *func = new FunctionDecl( "?=?", DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass, LinkageSpec::AutoGen, type, stmts, false, false ); 825 declsToAdd.push_back( func ); 826 } 827 828 void addDecls( std::list< Declaration * > &declsToAdd, std::list< Statement * > &statements, std::list< Statement * >::iterator i ) { 829 for ( std::list< Declaration * >::iterator decl = declsToAdd.begin(); decl != declsToAdd.end(); ++decl ) { 830 statements.insert( i, new DeclStmt( noLabels, *decl ) ); 831 } // for 832 declsToAdd.clear(); 833 } 834 835 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( FunctionType *) { 836 // ensure that we don't add assignment ops for types defined as part of the function 837 } 838 839 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( PointerType *) { 840 // ensure that we don't add assignment ops for types defined as part of the pointer 841 } 842 843 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( TraitDecl *) { 844 // ensure that we don't add assignment ops for types defined as part of the context 845 } 846 847 template< typename StmtClass > 848 inline void AutogenerateRoutines::visitStatement( StmtClass *stmt ) { 849 std::set< std::string > oldStructs = structsDone; 850 addVisit( stmt, *this ); 851 structsDone = oldStructs; 852 } 853 854 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( FunctionDecl *functionDecl ) { 855 maybeAccept( functionDecl->get_functionType(), *this ); 856 acceptAll( functionDecl->get_oldDecls(), *this ); 857 functionNesting += 1; 858 maybeAccept( functionDecl->get_statements(), *this ); 859 functionNesting -= 1; 860 } 861 862 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( CompoundStmt *compoundStmt ) { 863 visitStatement( compoundStmt ); 864 } 865 866 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( SwitchStmt *switchStmt ) { 867 visitStatement( switchStmt ); 868 } 869 870 void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( ChooseStmt *switchStmt ) { 871 visitStatement( switchStmt ); 872 } 873 874 // void AutogenerateRoutines::visit( CaseStmt *caseStmt ) { 875 // visitStatement( caseStmt ); 876 // } 877 472 878 void ReturnChecker::checkFunctionReturns( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ) { 473 879 ReturnChecker checker; … … 627 1033 return aggDecl; 628 1034 } 629 1035 630 1036 template<typename AggDecl> 631 1037 void EliminateTypedef::addImplicitTypedef( AggDecl * aggDecl ) { … … 666 1072 } 667 1073 668 void VerifyCtorDtor::verify( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ) {669 VerifyCtorDtor verifier;670 acceptAll( translationUnit, verifier );671 }672 673 void VerifyCtorDtor::visit( FunctionDecl * funcDecl ) {674 FunctionType * funcType = funcDecl->get_functionType();675 std::list< DeclarationWithType * > &returnVals = funcType->get_returnVals();676 std::list< DeclarationWithType * > ¶ms = funcType->get_parameters();677 678 if ( funcDecl->get_name() == "?{}" || funcDecl->get_name() == "^?{}" ) {679 if ( params.size() == 0 ) {680 throw SemanticError( "Constructors and destructors require at least one parameter ", funcDecl );681 }682 if ( ! dynamic_cast< PointerType * >( params.front()->get_type() ) ) {683 throw SemanticError( "First parameter of a constructor or destructor must be a pointer ", funcDecl );684 }685 if ( returnVals.size() != 0 ) {686 throw SemanticError( "Constructors and destructors cannot have explicit return values ", funcDecl );687 }688 }689 690 Visitor::visit( funcDecl );691 // original idea: modify signature of ctor/dtors and insert appropriate return statements692 // to cause desired behaviour693 // new idea: add comma exprs to every ctor call to produce first parameter.694 // this requires some memoization of the first parameter, because it can be a695 // complicated expression with side effects (see: malloc). idea: add temporary variable696 // that is assigned address of constructed object in ctor argument position and697 // return the temporary. It should also be done after all implicit ctors are698 // added, so not in this pass!699 }700 701 1074 DeclarationWithType * CompoundLiteral::mutate( ObjectDecl *objectDecl ) { 702 1075 storageclass = objectDecl->get_storageClass(); -
src/SymTab/module.mk
rd668182 rbb8ea30 6 6 ## file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 7 7 ## 8 ## module.mk -- 8 ## module.mk -- 9 9 ## 10 10 ## Author : Richard C. Bilson … … 20 20 SymTab/FixFunction.cc \ 21 21 SymTab/ImplementationType.cc \ 22 SymTab/TypeEquality.cc \ 23 SymTab/Autogen.cc 22 SymTab/TypeEquality.cc -
src/SynTree/CommaExpr.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 15:1 9:44201612 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 15:11:29 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // -
src/SynTree/CompoundStmt.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 15:1 9:17 201612 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 15:10:47 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // … … 18 18 #include <algorithm> 19 19 #include <functional> 20 #include "Expression.h"21 #include "Declaration.h"22 20 23 21 using std::string; 24 22 using std::endl; 25 26 class VarExprReplacer : public Visitor {27 public:28 typedef std::map< DeclarationWithType *, DeclarationWithType * > DeclMap;29 private:30 const DeclMap & declMap;31 public:32 VarExprReplacer( const DeclMap & declMap ) : declMap( declMap ) {}33 34 // replace variable with new node from decl map35 virtual void visit( VariableExpr * varExpr ) {36 if ( declMap.count( varExpr->get_var() ) ) {37 varExpr->set_var( declMap.at( varExpr->get_var() ) );38 }39 }40 };41 42 23 43 24 CompoundStmt::CompoundStmt( std::list<Label> labels ) : Statement( labels ) { … … 46 27 CompoundStmt::CompoundStmt( const CompoundStmt &other ) : Statement( other ) { 47 28 cloneAll( other.kids, kids ); 48 49 // when cloning a compound statement, we may end up cloning declarations which50 // are referred to by VariableExprs throughout the block. Cloning a VariableExpr51 // does a shallow copy, so the VariableExpr will end up pointing to the original52 // declaration. If the original declaration is deleted, e.g. because the original53 // CompoundStmt is deleted, then we have a dangling pointer. To avoid this case,54 // find all DeclarationWithType nodes (since a VariableExpr must point to a55 // DeclarationWithType) in the original CompoundStmt and map them to the cloned56 // node in the new CompoundStmt ('this'), then replace the Declarations referred to57 // by each VariableExpr according to the constructed map. Note that only the declarations58 // in the current level are collected into the map, because child CompoundStmts will59 // recursively execute this routine. There may be more efficient ways of doing60 // this.61 VarExprReplacer::DeclMap declMap;62 std::list< Statement * >::const_iterator origit = other.kids.begin();63 for ( Statement * s : kids ) {64 assert( origit != other.kids.end() );65 if ( DeclStmt * declStmt = dynamic_cast< DeclStmt * >( s ) ) {66 DeclStmt * origDeclStmt = dynamic_cast< DeclStmt * >( *origit );67 assert( origDeclStmt );68 if ( DeclarationWithType * dwt = dynamic_cast< DeclarationWithType * > ( declStmt->get_decl() ) ) {69 DeclarationWithType * origdwt = dynamic_cast< DeclarationWithType * > ( origDeclStmt->get_decl() );70 assert( origdwt );71 declMap[ origdwt ] = dwt;72 }73 }74 }75 if ( ! declMap.empty() ) {76 VarExprReplacer replacer( declMap );77 accept( replacer );78 }79 29 } 80 30 -
src/SynTree/Constant.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 30 30 Constant::~Constant() { delete type; } 31 31 32 Constant Constant::from _int( int i ) {32 Constant Constant::from( int i ) { 33 33 return Constant( new BasicType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::SignedInt ), std::to_string( i ) ); 34 34 } 35 35 36 Constant Constant::from _ulong( unsigned long i ) {36 Constant Constant::from( unsigned long i ) { 37 37 return Constant( new BasicType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::LongUnsignedInt ), std::to_string( i ) ); 38 38 } 39 39 40 Constant Constant::from _double( double d ) {40 Constant Constant::from( double d ) { 41 41 return Constant( new BasicType( Type::Qualifiers(), BasicType::Double ), std::to_string( d ) ); 42 42 } -
src/SynTree/Constant.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 33 33 34 34 /// generates an integer constant of the given int 35 static Constant from _int( int i );35 static Constant from( int i ); 36 36 /// generates an integer constant of the given unsigned long int 37 static Constant from _ulong( unsigned long i );37 static Constant from( unsigned long i ); 38 38 /// generates a floating point constant of the given double 39 static Constant from _double( double d );39 static Constant from( double d ); 40 40 41 41 virtual Constant *clone() const; -
src/SynTree/Declaration.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Declaration.h -- 7 // Declaration.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 06 16:26:12201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 17:28:11 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 33 14 14 // … … 22 22 #include "Parser/LinkageSpec.h" 23 23 #include "Parser/ParseNode.h" 24 #include <string>25 24 26 25 class Declaration { … … 68 67 void set_mangleName( std::string newValue ) { mangleName = newValue; } 69 68 70 std::string get_scopedMangleName() const { return mangleName + "_" + std::to_string(scopeLevel); }71 72 int get_scopeLevel() const { return scopeLevel; }73 void set_scopeLevel( int newValue ) { scopeLevel = newValue; }74 75 69 virtual DeclarationWithType *clone() const = 0; 76 70 virtual DeclarationWithType *acceptMutator( Mutator &m ) = 0; … … 81 75 // this represents the type with all types and typedefs expanded it is generated by SymTab::Validate::Pass2 82 76 std::string mangleName; 83 // need to remember the scope level at which the variable was declared, so that84 // shadowed identifiers can be accessed85 int scopeLevel = 0;86 77 }; 87 78 … … 115 106 typedef DeclarationWithType Parent; 116 107 public: 117 // temporary - merge this into general GCC attributes 118 struct Attribute { 119 enum Type { 120 NoAttribute, Constructor, Destructor, 121 } type; 122 enum Priority { 123 // priorities 0-100 are reserved by gcc, so it's okay to use 100 an exceptional case 124 Default = 100, High, 125 } priority; 126 Attribute(Type t = NoAttribute, Priority p = Default) : type(t), priority(p) {}; 127 }; 128 129 FunctionDecl( const std::string &name, DeclarationNode::StorageClass sc, LinkageSpec::Type linkage, FunctionType *type, CompoundStmt *statements, bool isInline, bool isNoreturn, Attribute attribute = Attribute() ); 108 FunctionDecl( const std::string &name, DeclarationNode::StorageClass sc, LinkageSpec::Type linkage, FunctionType *type, CompoundStmt *statements, bool isInline, bool isNoreturn ); 130 109 FunctionDecl( const FunctionDecl &other ); 131 110 virtual ~FunctionDecl(); … … 140 119 std::list< std::string >& get_oldIdents() { return oldIdents; } 141 120 std::list< Declaration* >& get_oldDecls() { return oldDecls; } 142 Attribute get_attribute() const { return attribute; }143 void set_attribute( Attribute newValue ) { attribute = newValue; }144 121 145 122 virtual FunctionDecl *clone() const { return new FunctionDecl( *this ); } … … 153 130 std::list< std::string > oldIdents; 154 131 std::list< Declaration* > oldDecls; 155 Attribute attribute;156 132 }; 157 133 -
src/SynTree/DeclarationWithType.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // DeclarationWithType.cc -- 7 // DeclarationWithType.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Mon Apr 11 15:35:27 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Sat Jun 13 08:08:07 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // … … 23 23 24 24 DeclarationWithType::DeclarationWithType( const DeclarationWithType &other ) 25 : Declaration( other ), mangleName( other.mangleName ) , scopeLevel( other.scopeLevel ){25 : Declaration( other ), mangleName( other.mangleName ) { 26 26 } 27 27 -
src/SynTree/Expression.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 13: 23:11201612 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 13:19:09 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 40 14 14 // … … 78 78 79 79 VariableExpr::VariableExpr( DeclarationWithType *_var, Expression *_aname ) : Expression( _aname ), var( _var ) { 80 assert( var );81 assert( var->get_type() );82 80 add_result( var->get_type()->clone() ); 83 81 for ( std::list< Type* >::iterator i = get_results().begin(); i != get_results().end(); ++i ) { … … 466 464 } 467 465 468 469 ImplicitCopyCtorExpr::ImplicitCopyCtorExpr( ApplicationExpr * callExpr ) : callExpr( callExpr ) {470 assert( callExpr );471 cloneAll( callExpr->get_results(), results );472 }473 474 ImplicitCopyCtorExpr::ImplicitCopyCtorExpr( const ImplicitCopyCtorExpr & other ) : Expression( other ), callExpr( maybeClone( other.callExpr ) ) {475 cloneAll( other.tempDecls, tempDecls );476 cloneAll( other.returnDecls, returnDecls );477 cloneAll( other.dtors, dtors );478 }479 480 ImplicitCopyCtorExpr::~ImplicitCopyCtorExpr() {481 delete callExpr;482 deleteAll( tempDecls );483 deleteAll( returnDecls );484 deleteAll( dtors );485 }486 487 void ImplicitCopyCtorExpr::print( std::ostream &os, int indent ) const {488 os << std::string( indent, ' ' ) << "Implicit Copy Constructor Expression: " << std::endl;489 assert( callExpr );490 callExpr->print( os, indent + 2 );491 os << std::endl << std::string( indent, ' ' ) << "with temporaries:" << std::endl;492 printAll(tempDecls, os, indent+2);493 os << std::endl << std::string( indent, ' ' ) << "with return temporaries:" << std::endl;494 printAll(returnDecls, os, indent+2);495 Expression::print( os, indent );496 }497 498 466 UntypedValofExpr::UntypedValofExpr( const UntypedValofExpr & other ) : Expression( other ), body ( maybeClone( other.body ) ) {} 499 467 -
src/SynTree/Expression.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:06:49201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 8 17:18:06 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 21 14 14 // … … 22 22 #include "Mutator.h" 23 23 #include "Constant.h" 24 #include "Common/UniqueName.h"25 24 26 25 /// Expression is the root type for all expressions … … 560 559 }; 561 560 562 /// ImplicitCopyCtorExpr represents the application of a function to a set of parameters,563 /// along with a set of copy constructor calls, one for each argument.564 class ImplicitCopyCtorExpr : public Expression {565 public:566 ImplicitCopyCtorExpr( ApplicationExpr * callExpr );567 ImplicitCopyCtorExpr( const ImplicitCopyCtorExpr & other );568 virtual ~ImplicitCopyCtorExpr();569 570 ApplicationExpr *get_callExpr() const { return callExpr; }571 void set_callExpr( ApplicationExpr *newValue ) { callExpr = newValue; }572 573 std::list< ObjectDecl * > & get_tempDecls() { return tempDecls; }574 void set_tempDecls( std::list< ObjectDecl * > newValue ) { tempDecls = newValue; }575 576 std::list< ObjectDecl * > & get_returnDecls() { return returnDecls; }577 void set_returnDecls( std::list< ObjectDecl * > newValue ) { returnDecls = newValue; }578 579 std::list< Expression * > & get_dtors() { return dtors; }580 void set_dtors( std::list< Expression * > newValue ) { dtors = newValue; }581 582 virtual ImplicitCopyCtorExpr *clone() const { return new ImplicitCopyCtorExpr( *this ); }583 virtual void accept( Visitor &v ) { v.visit( this ); }584 virtual Expression *acceptMutator( Mutator &m ) { return m.mutate( this ); }585 virtual void print( std::ostream &os, int indent = 0 ) const;586 private:587 ApplicationExpr * callExpr;588 std::list< ObjectDecl * > tempDecls;589 std::list< ObjectDecl * > returnDecls;590 std::list< Expression * > dtors;591 };592 593 561 /// ValofExpr represents a GCC 'lambda expression' 594 562 class UntypedValofExpr : public Expression { -
src/SynTree/FunctionDecl.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 06 15:59:48201612 // Last Modified On : Tue May 03 15:37:43 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 19 14 14 // … … 21 21 #include "Common/utility.h" 22 22 23 FunctionDecl::FunctionDecl( const std::string &name, DeclarationNode::StorageClass sc, LinkageSpec::Type linkage, FunctionType *type, CompoundStmt *statements, bool isInline, bool isNoreturn , Attribute attribute)24 : Parent( name, sc, linkage ), type( type ), statements( statements ) , attribute( attribute ){23 FunctionDecl::FunctionDecl( const std::string &name, DeclarationNode::StorageClass sc, LinkageSpec::Type linkage, FunctionType *type, CompoundStmt *statements, bool isInline, bool isNoreturn ) 24 : Parent( name, sc, linkage ), type( type ), statements( statements ) { 25 25 set_isInline( isInline ); 26 26 set_isNoreturn( isNoreturn ); … … 32 32 33 33 FunctionDecl::FunctionDecl( const FunctionDecl &other ) 34 : Parent( other ), type( maybeClone( other.type ) ), statements( maybeClone( other.statements ) ) , attribute( other.attribute ){34 : Parent( other ), type( maybeClone( other.type ) ), statements( maybeClone( other.statements ) ) { 35 35 } 36 36 … … 65 65 os << "_Noreturn "; 66 66 } // if 67 switch ( attribute.type ) {68 case Attribute::Constructor:69 os << "Global Constructor ";70 break;71 case Attribute::Destructor:72 os << "Global Destructor ";73 break;74 default:75 break;76 }77 if ( attribute.priority != Attribute::Default ) {78 os << "with priority " << attribute.priority << " ";79 }80 67 if ( get_storageClass() != DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass ) { 81 68 os << DeclarationNode::storageName[ get_storageClass() ] << ' '; … … 118 105 os << "_Noreturn "; 119 106 } // if 120 switch ( attribute.type ) {121 case Attribute::Constructor:122 os << " Global Constructor ";123 break;124 case Attribute::Destructor:125 os << " Global Destructor ";126 break;127 default:128 break;129 }130 if ( attribute.priority != Attribute::Default ) {131 os << "with priority " << attribute.priority << " ";132 }133 107 if ( get_storageClass() != DeclarationNode::NoStorageClass ) { 134 108 os << DeclarationNode::storageName[ get_storageClass() ] << ' '; -
src/SynTree/Initializer.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 13: 23:03201612 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 13:19:30 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 28 14 14 // … … 16 16 #include "Initializer.h" 17 17 #include "Expression.h" 18 #include "Statement.h"19 18 #include "Common/utility.h" 20 19 21 Initializer::Initializer( bool maybeConstructed ) : maybeConstructed( maybeConstructed) {}20 Initializer::Initializer() {} 22 21 23 22 Initializer::~Initializer() {} … … 32 31 void Initializer::print( std::ostream &os, int indent ) {} 33 32 34 SingleInit::SingleInit( Expression *v, const std::list< Expression *> &_designators, bool maybeConstructed ) : Initializer( maybeConstructed ),value ( v ), designators( _designators ) {33 SingleInit::SingleInit( Expression *v, std::list< Expression *> &_designators ) : value ( v ), designators( _designators ) { 35 34 } 36 35 37 SingleInit::SingleInit( const SingleInit &other ) : Initializer(other), value ( maybeClone( other.value )) {36 SingleInit::SingleInit( const SingleInit &other ) : value ( other.value ) { 38 37 cloneAll(other.designators, designators ); 39 38 } … … 57 56 } 58 57 59 ListInit::ListInit( const std::list<Initializer*> &_initializers, const std::list<Expression *> &_designators, bool maybeConstructed)60 : Initializer( maybeConstructed),initializers( _initializers ), designators( _designators ) {58 ListInit::ListInit( std::list<Initializer*> &_initializers, std::list<Expression *> &_designators ) 59 : initializers( _initializers ), designators( _designators ) { 61 60 } 62 61 … … 82 81 (*i)->print( os, indent + 2 ); 83 82 } 84 85 86 ConstructorInit::ConstructorInit( Statement * ctor, Statement * dtor, Initializer * init ) : Initializer( true ), ctor( ctor ), dtor( dtor ), init( init ) {}87 ConstructorInit::~ConstructorInit() {88 delete ctor;89 delete init;90 }91 92 ConstructorInit *ConstructorInit::clone() const {93 return new ConstructorInit( *this );94 }95 96 void ConstructorInit::print( std::ostream &os, int indent ) {97 os << std::endl << std::string(indent, ' ') << "Constructor initializer: " << std::endl;98 if ( ctor ) {99 os << std::string(indent+2, ' ');100 os << "initially constructed with ";101 ctor->print( os, indent+4 );102 } // if103 104 if ( dtor ) {105 os << std::string(indent+2, ' ');106 os << "destructed with ";107 dtor->print( os, indent+4 );108 }109 110 if ( init ) {111 os << std::string(indent+2, ' ');112 os << "with fallback C-style initializer: ";113 init->print( os, indent+4 );114 }115 }116 117 std::ostream & operator<<( std::ostream & out, Initializer * init ) {118 init->print( out );119 return out;120 }121 122 83 // Local Variables: // 123 84 // tab-width: 4 // -
src/SynTree/Initializer.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Initializer.h -- 7 // Initializer.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Tue Apr 12 13:49:13 201613 // Update Count : 1 911 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 18 09:03:48 2015 13 // Update Count : 1 14 14 // 15 15 … … 27 27 public: 28 28 // Initializer( std::string _name = std::string(""), int _pos = 0 ); 29 Initializer( bool maybeConstructed);29 Initializer( ); 30 30 virtual ~Initializer(); 31 31 … … 43 43 } 44 44 45 bool get_maybeConstructed() { return maybeConstructed; }46 47 45 virtual Initializer *clone() const = 0; 48 46 virtual void accept( Visitor &v ) = 0; … … 52 50 // std::string name; 53 51 // int pos; 54 bool maybeConstructed;55 52 }; 56 53 … … 58 55 class SingleInit : public Initializer { 59 56 public: 60 SingleInit( Expression *value, const std::list< Expression *> &designators = std::list< Expression * >(), bool maybeConstructed = false);57 SingleInit( Expression *value, std::list< Expression *> &designators = *(new std::list<Expression *>()) ); 61 58 SingleInit( const SingleInit &other ); 62 59 virtual ~SingleInit(); 63 60 64 61 Expression *get_value() { return value; } 65 62 void set_value( Expression *newValue ) { value = newValue; } … … 82 79 class ListInit : public Initializer { 83 80 public: 84 ListInit( const std::list<Initializer*> &initializers,85 const std::list<Expression *> &designators = std::list< Expression * >(), bool maybeConstructed = false);81 ListInit( std::list<Initializer*> &, 82 std::list<Expression *> &designators = *(new std::list<Expression *>()) ); 86 83 virtual ~ListInit(); 87 84 … … 103 100 }; 104 101 105 // ConstructorInit represents an initializer that is either a constructor expression or106 // a C-style initializer.107 class ConstructorInit : public Initializer {108 public:109 ConstructorInit( Statement * ctor, Statement * dtor, Initializer * init );110 virtual ~ConstructorInit();111 112 void set_ctor( Statement * newValue ) { ctor = newValue; }113 Statement * get_ctor() const { return ctor; }114 void set_dtor( Statement * newValue ) { dtor = newValue; }115 Statement * get_dtor() const { return dtor; }116 void set_init( Initializer * newValue ) { init = newValue; }117 Initializer * get_init() const { return init; }118 119 virtual ConstructorInit *clone() const;120 virtual void accept( Visitor &v ) { v.visit( this ); }121 virtual Initializer *acceptMutator( Mutator &m ) { return m.mutate( this ); }122 virtual void print( std::ostream &os, int indent = 0 );123 124 private:125 Statement * ctor;126 Statement * dtor;127 // C-style initializer made up of SingleInit and ListInit nodes to use as a fallback128 // if an appropriate constructor definition is not found by the resolver129 Initializer * init;130 };131 132 std::ostream & operator<<( std::ostream & out, Initializer * init );133 134 102 #endif // INITIALIZER_H 135 103 -
src/SynTree/Mutator.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Mutator.cc -- 7 // Mutator.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:07:29201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 1 18:05:16 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 16 14 14 // … … 337 337 } 338 338 339 Expression* Mutator::mutate( ImplicitCopyCtorExpr *impCpCtorExpr ) {340 impCpCtorExpr->set_callExpr( maybeMutate( impCpCtorExpr->get_callExpr(), *this ) );341 mutateAll( impCpCtorExpr->get_tempDecls(), *this );342 mutateAll( impCpCtorExpr->get_returnDecls(), *this );343 return impCpCtorExpr;344 }345 346 339 Expression *Mutator::mutate( UntypedValofExpr *valofExpr ) { 347 340 mutateAll( valofExpr->get_results(), *this ); … … 457 450 } 458 451 459 Initializer *Mutator::mutate( ConstructorInit *ctorInit ) {460 ctorInit->set_ctor( maybeMutate( ctorInit->get_ctor(), *this ) );461 ctorInit->set_init( maybeMutate( ctorInit->get_init(), *this ) );462 return ctorInit;463 }464 465 452 Subrange *Mutator::mutate( Subrange *subrange ) { 466 453 return subrange; -
src/SynTree/Mutator.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Mutator.h -- 7 // Mutator.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:32:00201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 1 17:26:56 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 10 14 14 // … … 62 62 virtual Expression* mutate( MemberExpr *memberExpr ); 63 63 virtual Expression* mutate( VariableExpr *variableExpr ); 64 virtual Expression* mutate( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ); 64 virtual Expression* mutate( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ); 65 65 virtual Expression* mutate( SizeofExpr *sizeofExpr ); 66 66 virtual Expression* mutate( AlignofExpr *alignofExpr ); … … 76 76 virtual Expression* mutate( TypeExpr *typeExpr ); 77 77 virtual Expression* mutate( AsmExpr *asmExpr ); 78 virtual Expression* mutate( ImplicitCopyCtorExpr *impCpCtorExpr );79 78 virtual Expression* mutate( UntypedValofExpr *valofExpr ); 80 79 virtual Expression* mutate( CompoundLiteralExpr *compLitExpr ); … … 97 96 virtual Initializer* mutate( SingleInit *singleInit ); 98 97 virtual Initializer* mutate( ListInit *listInit ); 99 virtual Initializer* mutate( ConstructorInit *ctorInit );100 98 101 99 virtual Subrange *mutate( Subrange *subrange ); -
src/SynTree/ObjectDecl.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz 12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 13:2 3:32201612 // Last Modified On : Fri May 13 13:20:17 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 30 14 14 // … … 19 19 #include "Expression.h" 20 20 #include "Common/utility.h" 21 #include "Statement.h"22 21 23 22 ObjectDecl::ObjectDecl( const std::string &name, DeclarationNode::StorageClass sc, LinkageSpec::Type linkage, Expression *bitfieldWidth, Type *type, Initializer *init, bool isInline, bool isNoreturn ) … … 59 58 os << " with initializer "; 60 59 init->print( os, indent ); 61 os << std::endl << std::string(indent, ' ');62 os << "maybeConstructed? " << init->get_maybeConstructed();63 60 } // if 64 61 -
src/SynTree/SynTree.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // SynTree.h -- 7 // SynTree.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:31:36201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 1 16:47:44 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 5 14 14 // … … 81 81 class TypeExpr; 82 82 class AsmExpr; 83 class ImplicitCopyCtorExpr;84 83 class UntypedValofExpr; 85 84 class CompoundLiteralExpr; … … 105 104 class SingleInit; 106 105 class ListInit; 107 class ConstructorInit;108 106 109 107 class Subrange; -
src/SynTree/TypeSubstitution.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // TypeSubstitution.cc -- 7 // TypeSubstitution.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Tue Apr 26 11:15:29201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 17:29:15 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // … … 96 96 BoundVarsType::const_iterator bound = boundVars.find( inst->get_name() ); 97 97 if ( bound != boundVars.end() ) return inst; 98 98 99 99 TypeEnvType::const_iterator i = typeEnv.find( inst->get_name() ); 100 100 if ( i == typeEnv.end() ) { … … 217 217 } 218 218 219 std::ostream & operator<<( std::ostream & out, const TypeSubstitution & sub ) {220 sub.print( out );221 return out;222 }223 224 225 219 // Local Variables: // 226 220 // tab-width: 4 // -
src/SynTree/TypeSubstitution.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // TypeSubstitution.h -- 7 // TypeSubstitution.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 29 15:00:20201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 17:33:19 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // … … 33 33 TypeSubstitution( const TypeSubstitution &other ); 34 34 virtual ~TypeSubstitution(); 35 35 36 36 TypeSubstitution &operator=( const TypeSubstitution &other ); 37 37 38 38 template< typename SynTreeClass > int apply( SynTreeClass *&input ); 39 39 template< typename SynTreeClass > int applyFree( SynTreeClass *&input ); 40 40 41 41 void add( std::string formalType, Type *actualType ); 42 42 void add( const TypeSubstitution &other ); … … 44 44 Type *lookup( std::string formalType ) const; 45 45 bool empty() const; 46 46 47 47 template< typename FormalIterator, typename ActualIterator > 48 48 void add( FormalIterator formalBegin, FormalIterator formalEnd, ActualIterator actualBegin ); 49 50 /// this function is unused... 49 51 50 template< typename TypeInstListIterator > 52 51 void extract( TypeInstListIterator begin, TypeInstListIterator end, TypeSubstitution &result ); 53 52 54 53 void normalize(); 55 54 … … 64 63 /// Records type variable bindings from forall-statements and instantiations of generic types 65 64 template< typename TypeClass > Type *handleAggregateType( TypeClass *type ); 66 65 67 66 virtual Type* mutate(VoidType *basicType); 68 67 virtual Type* mutate(BasicType *basicType); … … 76 75 virtual Type* mutate(TupleType *tupleType); 77 76 virtual Type* mutate(VarArgsType *varArgsType); 78 77 79 78 // TODO: worry about traversing into a forall-qualified function type or type decl with assertions 80 79 81 80 void initialize( const TypeSubstitution &src, TypeSubstitution &dest ); 82 81 … … 137 136 return subCount; 138 137 } 139 138 140 139 template< typename SynTreeClass > 141 140 int TypeSubstitution::applyFree( SynTreeClass *&input ) { … … 150 149 return subCount; 151 150 } 152 151 153 152 template< typename TypeInstListIterator > 154 153 void TypeSubstitution::extract( TypeInstListIterator begin, TypeInstListIterator end, TypeSubstitution &result ) { 155 // xxx - this function doesn't extract varEnv - is this intentional?156 154 while ( begin != end ) { 157 155 TypeEnvType::iterator cur = typeEnv.find( (*begin++)->get_name() ); … … 175 173 } 176 174 177 std::ostream & operator<<( std::ostream & out, const TypeSubstitution & sub );178 179 175 #endif // TYPESUBSTITUTION_H 180 176 -
src/SynTree/Visitor.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Visitor.cc -- 7 // Visitor.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:07:40201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 1 18:05:13 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 18 14 14 // … … 284 284 } 285 285 286 void Visitor::visit( ImplicitCopyCtorExpr *impCpCtorExpr ) {287 maybeAccept( impCpCtorExpr->get_callExpr(), *this );288 acceptAll( impCpCtorExpr->get_tempDecls(), *this );289 acceptAll( impCpCtorExpr->get_returnDecls(), *this );290 }291 292 286 void Visitor::visit( UntypedValofExpr *valofExpr ) { 293 287 acceptAll( valofExpr->get_results(), *this ); … … 385 379 } 386 380 387 void Visitor::visit( ConstructorInit *ctorInit ) {388 maybeAccept( ctorInit->get_ctor(), *this );389 maybeAccept( ctorInit->get_init(), *this );390 }391 392 381 void Visitor::visit( Subrange *subrange ) {} 393 382 -
src/SynTree/Visitor.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // Visitor.h -- 7 // Visitor.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Mon May 18 07:44:20 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 14 15:30:58201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 1 17:26:55 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 7 14 14 // … … 62 62 virtual void visit( MemberExpr *memberExpr ); 63 63 virtual void visit( VariableExpr *variableExpr ); 64 virtual void visit( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ); 64 virtual void visit( ConstantExpr *constantExpr ); 65 65 virtual void visit( SizeofExpr *sizeofExpr ); 66 66 virtual void visit( AlignofExpr *alignofExpr ); … … 76 76 virtual void visit( TypeExpr *typeExpr ); 77 77 virtual void visit( AsmExpr *asmExpr ); 78 virtual void visit( ImplicitCopyCtorExpr *impCpCtorExpr );79 78 virtual void visit( UntypedValofExpr *valofExpr ); 80 79 virtual void visit( CompoundLiteralExpr *compLitExpr ); … … 97 96 virtual void visit( SingleInit *singleInit ); 98 97 virtual void visit( ListInit *listInit ); 99 virtual void visit( ConstructorInit *ctorInit );100 98 101 99 virtual void visit( Subrange *subrange ); -
src/driver/cc1.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Fri Aug 26 14:23:51 2005 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu May 5 16:04:30201613 // Update Count : 7712 // Last Modified On : Mon Jan 25 16:05:15 2016 13 // Update Count : 56 14 14 // 15 15 … … 108 108 const char *args[argc + 100]; // leave space for 100 additional cpp command line values 109 109 int nargs = 1; // number of arguments in args list; 0 => command name 110 const char * cargs[20]; // leave space for 20 additional cfa-cpp command line values111 int n cargs = 1; // 0 => command name110 const char *uargs[20]; // leave space for 20 additional cfa-cpp command line values 111 int nuargs = 1; // 0 => command name 112 112 113 113 signal( SIGINT, sigTermHandler ); 114 114 signal( SIGTERM, sigTermHandler ); 115 116 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__117 cerr << "Stage1" << endl;118 #endif // __DEBUG_H__119 115 120 116 // process all the arguments … … 157 153 CFA_flag = true; 158 154 } else if ( prefix( arg, D__CFA_FLAGPREFIX__ ) ) { 159 cargs[ncargs] = ( *new string( arg.substr( D__CFA_FLAGPREFIX__.size() ) ) ).c_str();160 n cargs += 1;155 uargs[nuargs] = ( *new string( arg.substr( D__CFA_FLAGPREFIX__.size() ) ) ).c_str(); 156 nuargs += 1; 161 157 } else if ( arg == "-D" && prefix( argv[i + 1], D__CFA_FLAGPREFIX__.substr(2) ) ) { 162 cargs[ncargs] = ( *new string( string( argv[i + 1] ).substr( D__CFA_FLAGPREFIX__.size() - 2 ) ) ).c_str();163 n cargs += 1;158 uargs[nuargs] = ( *new string( string( argv[i + 1] ).substr( D__CFA_FLAGPREFIX__.size() - 2 ) ) ).c_str(); 159 nuargs += 1; 164 160 i += 1; // and the argument 165 161 } else if ( prefix( arg, D__GCC_BPREFIX__ ) ) { … … 321 317 322 318 if ( fork() == 0 ) { // child runs CFA 323 cargs[0] = ( *new string( bprefix + "/cfa-cpp" ) ).c_str(); 324 325 // Source file-name used to generate routine names containing global initializations for TU. 326 cargs[ncargs] = ( *new string( "-F" ) ).c_str(); 327 ncargs += 1; 328 cargs[ncargs] = ( *new string( string( cpp_in ) ) ).c_str(); 329 ncargs += 1; 330 331 cargs[ncargs] = tmpname; 332 ncargs += 1; 319 uargs[0] = ( *new string( bprefix + "/cfa-cpp" ) ).c_str(); 320 321 uargs[nuargs] = tmpname; 322 nuargs += 1; 333 323 if ( o_name != NULL ) { 334 cargs[ncargs] = o_name;335 n cargs += 1;324 uargs[nuargs] = o_name; 325 nuargs += 1; 336 326 } else if ( ! CFA_flag ) { // run cfa-cpp ? 337 cargs[ncargs] = cpp_out;338 n cargs += 1;327 uargs[nuargs] = cpp_out; 328 nuargs += 1; 339 329 } // if 340 cargs[ncargs] = NULL; // terminate argument list341 342 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__ 343 cerr << "cfa-cpp n cargs: " << o_name << " " << CFA_flag << " " << ncargs << endl;344 for ( i = 0; cargs[i] != NULL; i += 1 ) {345 cerr << cargs[i] << " ";330 uargs[nuargs] = NULL; // terminate argument list 331 332 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__ 333 cerr << "cfa-cpp nuargs: " << o_name << " " << CFA_flag << " " << nuargs << endl; 334 for ( i = 0; uargs[i] != NULL; i += 1 ) { 335 cerr << uargs[i] << " "; 346 336 } // for 347 337 cerr << endl; 348 338 #endif // __DEBUG_H__ 349 339 350 execvp( cargs[0], (char * const *)cargs ); // should not return340 execvp( uargs[0], (char * const *)uargs ); // should not return 351 341 perror( "CFA Translator error: cpp level, execvp" ); 352 342 exit( EXIT_FAILURE ); … … 380 370 const char *args[argc + 100]; // leave space for 100 additional cfa command line values 381 371 int nargs = 1; // number of arguments in args list; 0 => command name 382 383 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__384 cerr << "Stage2" << endl;385 #endif // __DEBUG_H__386 372 387 373 // process all the arguments … … 481 467 482 468 if ( arg == "-E" ) { 469 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__ 470 cerr << "Stage1" << endl; 471 #endif // __DEBUG_H__ 483 472 Stage1( argc, argv ); 484 473 } else if ( arg == "-fpreprocessed" ) { 474 #ifdef __DEBUG_H__ 475 cerr << "Stage2" << endl; 476 #endif // __DEBUG_H__ 485 477 Stage2( argc, argv ); 486 478 } else { -
src/examples/abstype.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 6 22:16:08 201613 // Update Count : 812 // Last Modified On : Wed May 27 18:10:01 2015 13 // Update Count : 4 14 14 // 15 15 16 otype T | { T x( T ); };16 type T | { T x( T ); }; 17 17 18 18 T y( T t ) { … … 21 21 } 22 22 23 forall( otype T ) lvalue T*?( T* );24 int ?++( int * );25 int ?=?( int *, int );26 forall( dtype DT ) DT* ?=?( DT **, DT* );23 forall(type T) lvalue T *?( T* ); 24 int ?++( int *); 25 int ?=?( int*, int ); 26 forall(dtype DT) DT* ?=?( DT **, DT* ); 27 27 28 otype U = int*;28 type U = int*; 29 29 30 30 U x( U u ) { -
src/examples/alloc.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 // Created On : Wed Feb 3 07:56:22 2016 12 12 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 11 17:42:08201614 // Update Count : 5913 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 17 11:43:23 2016 14 // Update Count : 40 15 15 // 16 16 17 forall( otype T ) T * malloc( char fill );18 forall( dtype T ) T *?=?( T **, void * );19 void *malloc( unsigned long int );20 #if 021 17 #include <fstream> 22 18 #include <stdlib> … … 29 25 int * bar( int * p, int c ) { return p; } 30 26 int * baz( int * p, int c ) { return p; } 31 #endif32 27 33 28 int main( void ) { 34 #if 035 29 size_t size = 10; 36 30 int * p; 37 31 struct S { int x; double y; } * s; 38 #endif39 32 40 #if 041 33 p = malloc( sizeof(*p) ); // C malloc, type unsafe 42 34 printf( "here1\n" ); … … 45 37 printf( "here2\n" ); 46 38 free( p ); 47 #endif 48 // int * p; 49 // p = malloc( (char)'\0' ); // CFA malloc, type safe 50 (int *)malloc( (char)'\0' ); // CFA malloc, type safe 51 (void *)malloc( (char)'\0' ); // CFA malloc, type safe 52 #if 0 39 p = malloc( (char)'\0' ); // CFA malloc, type safe 53 40 printf( "here3\n" ); 54 41 p = malloc( p, 1000 ); // CFA remalloc, type safe … … 73 60 printf( "here9\n" ); 74 61 free( p ); 75 62 #if 0 76 63 float * fp = malloc() + 1; 77 64 fprintf( stderr, "%p %p\n", fp, fp - 1 ); -
src/examples/array.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // array.c -- 7 // array.c -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:21:52 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 18:13:52 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // … … 26 26 // The first element is always at index 0. 27 27 forall( otype array_type, otype elt_type | bounded_array( array_type, elt_type ) ) 28 elt_type * begin( array_type *array ) {28 elt_type * begin( array_type array ) { 29 29 return &array[ 0 ]; 30 30 } … … 32 32 // The end iterator should point one past the last element. 33 33 forall( otype array_type, otype elt_type | bounded_array( array_type, elt_type ) ) 34 elt_type * end( array_type *array ) {34 elt_type * end( array_type array ) { 35 35 return &array[ last( array ) ] + 1; 36 36 } -
src/examples/array.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // array.h -- 7 // array.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:26:04201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 18:13:35 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 5 14 14 // … … 26 26 27 27 // A bounded array is an array that carries its maximum index with it. 28 trait bounded_array( otype array_type, otype elt_type | array( array_type *, elt_type ) ) {29 int last( array_type *);28 trait bounded_array( otype array_type, otype elt_type | array( array_type, elt_type ) ) { 29 int last( array_type ); 30 30 }; 31 31 … … 41 41 // return iterators corresponding to the first element and the one-past-the-end element, STL-style. 42 42 forall( otype array_type, otype elt_type | bounded_array( array_type, elt_type ) ) 43 elt_type * begin( array_type * array);43 elt_type *begin( array_type ); 44 44 45 // The end iterator should point one past the last element.46 45 forall( otype array_type, otype elt_type | bounded_array( array_type, elt_type ) ) 47 elt_type * end( array_type * array);46 elt_type *end( array_type ); 48 47 49 48 #endif // ARRAY_H -
src/examples/fstream_test.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 2 15:25:54201613 // Update Count : 6112 // Last Modified On : Sun Mar 6 20:58:29 2016 13 // Update Count : 54 14 14 // 15 15 -
src/examples/includes.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 13 22:30:02 201613 // Update Count : 3 7012 // Last Modified On : Wed Mar 2 23:28:02 2016 13 // Update Count : 328 14 14 // 15 15 … … 24 24 #if 1 25 25 #define _GNU_SOURCE 26 //#include <aio.h>27 //#include <a.out.h>28 //#include <aliases.h>29 //#include <alloca.h>30 //#include <ansidecl.h>31 //#include <ar.h>32 //#include <argp.h>26 #include <aio.h> 27 #include <a.out.h> 28 #include <aliases.h> 29 #include <alloca.h> 30 #include <ansidecl.h> 31 #include <ar.h> 32 #include <argp.h> 33 33 #include <argz.h> 34 //#include <assert.h>34 #include <assert.h> 35 35 #include <bfd.h> 36 #if 037 36 #include <bfdlink.h> 38 37 #include <byteswap.h> … … 57 56 #include <err.h> 58 57 #include <errno.h> 58 #if 0 59 59 #include <error.h> 60 #endif 60 61 #include <eti.h> 61 62 #include <evdns.h> 62 63 #include <event.h> 63 64 #include <evhttp.h> 64 #endif65 65 #if 0 66 66 #include <evrpc.h> … … 129 129 130 130 //#define _GNU_SOURCE 131 #include <bfd.h> 132 //#include <error.h> 131 #include <error.h> 133 132 134 133 #endif // 0 -
src/examples/io.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 // Created On : Wed Mar 2 16:56:02 2016 12 12 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 // Last Modified On : Sat Apr 30 08:34:13201614 // Update Count : 2 713 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 13 23:03:14 2016 14 // Update Count : 22 15 15 // 16 16 … … 52 52 | sepDisable | fc | dc | ldc | sepEnable | endl // complex without separator 53 53 | sepOn | s1 | sepOff | s2 | endl // local separator removal 54 | s1 | "" | s2 | endl; // C string withou tseparator54 | s1 | "" | s2 | endl; // C string withou separator 55 55 sout | endl; 56 56 … … 70 70 | "£" | 27 71 71 | "¥" | 27 72 | "¡" | 2773 72 | "¿" | 27 74 73 | "«" | 27 -
src/examples/rational.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 // Created On : Mon Mar 28 08:43:12 2016 12 12 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 // Last Modified On : Wed May 4 14:19:36201614 // Update Count : 2 413 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 8 11:27:48 2016 14 // Update Count : 21 15 15 // 16 16 … … 20 20 21 21 int main() { 22 Rational a, b, c; 22 23 sout | "constructor" | endl; 23 Rational a = { 3 }, b = { 4 }, c; 24 a = rational( 3 ); 25 b = rational( 4 ); 26 c = rational(); 24 27 sout | a | b | c | endl; 25 a = (Rational){ 4, 8 };26 b = (Rational){ 5, 7 };28 a = rational( 4, 8 ); 29 b = rational( 5, 7 ); 27 30 sout | a | b | endl; 28 a = (Rational){ -2, -3 };29 b = (Rational){ 3, -2 };31 a = rational( -2, -3 ); 32 b = rational( 3, -2 ); 30 33 sout | a | b | endl; 31 a = (Rational){ -2, 3 };32 b = (Rational){ 3, 2 };34 a = rational( -2, 3 ); 35 b = rational( 3, 2 ); 33 36 sout | a | b | endl; 34 37 35 38 sout | "logical" | endl; 36 a = (Rational){ -2 };37 b = (Rational){ -3, 2 };39 a = rational( -2 ); 40 b = rational( -3, 2 ); 38 41 sout | a | b | endl; 39 42 sout | a == 1 | endl; … … 52 55 53 56 sout | "conversion" | endl; 54 a = (Rational){ 3, 4 };57 a = rational( 3, 4 ); 55 58 sout | widen( a ) | endl; 56 a = (Rational){ 1, 7 };59 a = rational( 1, 7 ); 57 60 sout | widen( a ) | endl; 58 a = (Rational){ 355, 113 };61 a = rational( 355, 113 ); 59 62 sout | widen( a ) | endl; 60 63 sout | narrow( 0.75, 4 ) | endl; … … 62 65 sout | narrow( 3.14159265358979, 256 ) | endl; 63 66 64 Rational x = { 1, 2 }, y = { 2 }; 67 Rational x, y; 68 x = rational( 1, 2 ); 69 y = rational( 2 ); 65 70 sout | x - y | endl; 66 71 sout | x > y | endl; … … 68 73 sout | y | denominator( y, -2 ) | y | endl; 69 74 70 Rational z = { 0, 5 }; 75 Rational z; 76 z = rational( 0, 5 ); 71 77 sout | z | endl; 72 78 73 79 sout | x | numerator( x, 0 ) | x | endl; 74 80 75 x = (Rational){ 1, MAX } + (Rational){ 1, MAX };81 x = rational( 1, MAX ) + rational( 1, MAX ); 76 82 sout | x | endl; 77 x = (Rational){ 3, MAX } + (Rational){ 2, MAX };83 x = rational( 3, MAX ) + rational( 2, MAX ); 78 84 sout | x | endl; 79 85 -
src/examples/sum.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 2 15:07:57 201613 // Update Count : 19 812 // Last Modified On : Fri Mar 4 15:06:47 2016 13 // Update Count : 196 14 14 // 15 15 … … 48 48 } // for 49 49 sout | "sum from" | low | "to" | High | "is" 50 | (int)sum( size, a ) | " , check" | (int)s | endl;50 | (int)sum( size, a ) | "" | ", check" | (int)s | endl; 51 51 52 52 int s = 0, a[size], v = low; … … 56 56 } // for 57 57 sout | "sum from" | low | "to" | High | "is" 58 | sum( size, (int *)a ) | " , check" | (int)s | endl;58 | sum( size, (int *)a ) | "" | ", check" | (int)s | endl; 59 59 60 60 float s = 0.0, a[size], v = low / 10.0; … … 64 64 } // for 65 65 sout | "sum from" | low / 10.0 | "to" | High / 10.0 | "is" 66 | sum( size, (float *)a ) | " , check" | (float)s | endl;66 | sum( size, (float *)a ) | "" | ", check" | (float)s | endl; 67 67 68 68 double s = 0, a[size], v = low / 10.0; … … 72 72 } // for 73 73 sout | "sum from" | low / 10.0 | "to" | High / 10.0 | "is" 74 | sum( size, (double *)a ) | " , check" | (double)s | endl;74 | sum( size, (double *)a ) | "" | ", check" | (double)s | endl; 75 75 76 76 struct S { int i, j; } 0 = { 0, 0 }, 1 = { 1, 1 }; … … 87 87 } // for 88 88 sout | "sum from" | low | "to" | High | "is" 89 | sum( size, (S *)a ) | " , check" | (S)s | endl;89 | sum( size, (S *)a ) | "" | ", check" | (S)s | endl; 90 90 } // main 91 91 -
src/examples/vector_int.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // vector_int.c -- 7 // vector_int.c -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:27:12 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed May 27 18:38:05 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 3 14 14 // … … 22 22 #define DEFAULT_CAPACITY 20 23 23 24 v oid ?{}( vector_int * vec) {25 vec { DEFAULT_CAPACITY };24 vector_int vector_int_allocate() { 25 return vector_int_allocate( DEFAULT_CAPACITY ); 26 26 } 27 27 28 void ?{}( vector_int * vec, int reserve ) { 29 vec->last = -1; 30 vec->capacity = reserve; 31 vec->data = malloc( sizeof( int ) * reserve ); 28 vector_int vector_int_allocate( int reserve ) { 29 vector_int new_vector; 30 new_vector.last = -1; 31 new_vector.capacity = reserve; 32 new_vector.data = malloc( sizeof( int ) * reserve ); 33 return new_vector; 32 34 } 33 35 34 void ?{}( vector_int * vec, vector_int other ) { 35 vec->last = other.last; 36 vec->capacity = other.capacity; 37 vec->data = malloc( sizeof( int ) * other.capacity ); 38 for (int i = 0; i < vec->last; i++) { 39 vec->data[i] = other.data[i]; 40 } 41 } 42 43 void ^?{}( vector_int * vec ) { 44 free( vec->data ); 36 void vector_int_deallocate( vector_int vec ) { 37 free( vec.data ); 45 38 } 46 39 … … 63 56 // implement bounded_array 64 57 65 lvalue int ?[?]( vector_int *vec, int index ) {66 return vec ->data[ index ];58 lvalue int ?[?]( vector_int vec, int index ) { 59 return vec.data[ index ]; 67 60 } 68 61 69 int last( vector_int *vec ) {70 return vec ->last;62 int last( vector_int vec ) { 63 return vec.last; 71 64 } 72 65 -
src/examples/vector_int.h
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // vector_int.h -- 7 // vector_int.h -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:26:59 201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed May 27 18:39:05 2015 13 13 // Update Count : 2 14 14 // … … 25 25 } vector_int; 26 26 27 void ?{}( vector_int * ); // allocate vector with default capacity 28 void ?{}( vector_int *, int reserve ); // allocate vector with specified capacity 29 void ?{}( vector_int * vec, vector_int other ); // copy constructor 30 void ^?{}( vector_int * ); // deallocate vector's storage 27 vector_int vector_int_allocate(); // allocate vector with default capacity 28 vector_int vector_int_allocate( int reserve ); // allocate vector with specified capacity 29 void vector_int_deallocate( vector_int ); // deallocate vector's storage 31 30 32 31 void reserve( vector_int *vec, int reserve ); // reserve more capacity … … 35 34 // implement bounded_array 36 35 37 lvalue int ?[?]( vector_int *vec, int index ); // access to arbitrary element (does not resize)38 int last( vector_int *vec ); // return last element36 lvalue int ?[?]( vector_int vec, int index ); // access to arbitrary element (does not resize) 37 int last( vector_int vec ); // return last element 39 38 40 39 #endif // VECTOR_INT_H -
src/examples/vector_test.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // vector_test.c -- 7 // vector_test.c -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 17:31:27201611 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Feb 17 12:23:55 2016 13 13 // Update Count : 18 14 14 // … … 20 20 21 21 int main( void ) { 22 vector_int vec ;22 vector_int vec = vector_int_allocate(); 23 23 24 24 // read in numbers until EOF or error … … 34 34 35 35 sout | "Array elements:" | endl; 36 write( begin( &vec ), end( &vec ), sout );36 write( begin( vec ), end( vec ), sout ); 37 37 sout | endl; 38 38 39 39 sout | "Array elements reversed:" | endl; 40 write_reverse( begin( &vec ), end( &vec ), sout );40 write_reverse( begin( vec ), end( vec ), sout ); 41 41 sout | endl; 42 42 } -
src/initialization.txt
rd668182 rbb8ea30 34 34 sure that resolved initializers for all declarations are being 35 35 generated. 36 37 38 ------39 40 More recent email: (I am quoted; Richard is the responder)41 > As far as I'm aware, the only way that I could currently get the correct42 > results from the unification engine is by feeding it an expression that43 > looks like "?=?( ((struct Y)x.y).a, 10 )", then picking out the pieces that44 > I need (namely the correct choice for a). Does this seem like a reasonable45 > approach to solve this problem?46 47 No, unfortunately. Initialization isn't being rewritten as assignment,48 so you shouldn't allow the particular selection of assignment49 operators that happen to be in scope (and which may include50 user-defined operators) to guide the type resolution.51 52 I don't think there is any way to rewrite an initializer as a single53 expression and have the resolver just do the right thing. I see the54 algorithm as:55 56 For each alternative interpretation of the designator:57 Construct an expression that casts the initializer to the type of58 the designator59 Construct an AlternativeFinder and use it to find the lowest cost60 interpretation of the expression61 Add this interpretation to a list of possibilities62 Go through the list of possibilities and pick the lowest cost63 64 As with many things in the resolver, it's conceptually simple but the65 implementation may be a bit of a pain. It fits in with functions like66 findSingleExpression, findIntegralExpression in Resolver.cc, although67 it will be significantly more complicated than any of the existing68 ones.69 70 71 -
src/libcfa/Makefile.am
rd668182 rbb8ea30 6 6 ## file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 7 7 ## 8 ## Makefile.am -- 8 ## Makefile.am -- 9 9 ## 10 10 ## Author : Peter A. Buhr … … 51 51 52 52 CFLAGS = -g -Wall -Wno-unused-function -B${abs_top_srcdir}/src/driver -XCFA -t # TEMPORARY: does not build with -O2 53 CC = ${abs_top_srcdir}/src/driver/cfa 53 CC = ${abs_top_srcdir}/src/driver/cfa 54 54 55 55 # extension-less header files are overridden by default make rules => explicitly override rule … … 67 67 include_HEADERS = ${cheaders:=.h} ${libs} ${cfaheaders} 68 68 69 CLEANFILES = libcfa-prelude.c70 69 MAINTAINERCLEANFILES += ${includedir}/* -
src/libcfa/Makefile.in
rd668182 rbb8ea30 111 111 AWK = @AWK@ 112 112 BACKEND_CC = @BACKEND_CC@ 113 CC = ${abs_top_srcdir}/src/driver/cfa 113 CC = ${abs_top_srcdir}/src/driver/cfa 114 114 CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@ 115 115 CFA_BINDIR = @CFA_BINDIR@ … … 219 219 cfaheaders = # limits 220 220 include_HEADERS = ${cheaders:=.h} ${libs} ${cfaheaders} 221 CLEANFILES = libcfa-prelude.c222 221 all: all-am 223 222 … … 458 457 459 458 clean-generic: 460 -test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)461 459 462 460 distclean-generic: -
src/libcfa/fstream
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : T hu Apr 28 08:08:04201613 // Update Count : 8 812 // Last Modified On : Tue Apr 19 20:44:10 2016 13 // Update Count : 84 14 14 // 15 15 … … 22 22 struct ofstream { 23 23 void *file; 24 _BoolsepDefault;25 int sepOnOff; // FIX ME: type should be _Bool24 int sepDefault; 25 int sepOnOff; 26 26 char separator[separateSize]; 27 27 }; // ofstream -
src/libcfa/fstream.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // fstream.c -- 7 // fstream.c -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Peter A. Buhr 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 15:14:52201613 // Update Count : 1 8711 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 6 17:55:27 2016 13 // Update Count : 176 14 14 // 15 15 … … 75 75 if ( fclose( (FILE *)(os->file) ) == EOF ) { 76 76 perror( IO_MSG "close output" ); 77 } // if 77 } // if 78 78 } // close 79 79 … … 93 93 int prtfmt( ofstream * os, const char fmt[], ... ) { 94 94 va_list args; 95 95 96 va_start( args, fmt ); 96 97 int len = vfprintf( (FILE *)(os->file), fmt, args ); … … 102 103 } // if 103 104 va_end( args ); 104 105 sepReset( os ); // reset separator106 105 return len; 107 106 } // prtfmt … … 140 139 if ( fclose( (FILE *)(is->file) ) == EOF ) { 141 140 perror( IO_MSG "close input" ); 142 } // if 141 } // if 143 142 } // close 144 143 … … 155 154 return is; 156 155 } // read 157 156 158 157 ifstream *ungetc( ifstream * is, char c ) { 159 158 if ( fail( is ) ) { -
src/libcfa/iostream.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // iostream.c -- 7 // iostream.c -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Peter A. Buhr 10 10 // Created On : Wed May 27 17:56:53 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Mon May 02 15:13:55201613 // Update Count : 30211 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 6 16:13:29 2016 13 // Update Count : 278 14 14 // 15 15 … … 34 34 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, short int si ) { 35 35 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 36 sepReset( os ); 36 37 prtfmt( os, "%hd", si ); 37 38 return os; … … 41 42 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, unsigned short int usi ) { 42 43 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 44 sepReset( os ); 43 45 prtfmt( os, "%hu", usi ); 44 46 return os; … … 48 50 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, int i ) { 49 51 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 52 sepReset( os ); 50 53 prtfmt( os, "%d", i ); 51 54 return os; … … 55 58 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, unsigned int ui ) { 56 59 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 60 sepReset( os ); 57 61 prtfmt( os, "%u", ui ); 58 62 return os; … … 62 66 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, long int li ) { 63 67 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 68 sepReset( os ); 64 69 prtfmt( os, "%ld", li ); 65 70 return os; … … 69 74 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, unsigned long int uli ) { 70 75 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 76 sepReset( os ); 71 77 prtfmt( os, "%lu", uli ); 72 78 return os; … … 76 82 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, long long int lli ) { 77 83 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 84 sepReset( os ); 78 85 prtfmt( os, "%lld", lli ); 79 86 return os; … … 83 90 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, unsigned long long int ulli ) { 84 91 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 92 sepReset( os ); 85 93 prtfmt( os, "%llu", ulli ); 86 94 return os; … … 90 98 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, float f ) { 91 99 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 100 sepReset( os ); 92 101 prtfmt( os, "%g", f ); 93 102 return os; … … 97 106 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, double d ) { 98 107 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 108 sepReset( os ); 99 109 prtfmt( os, "%.*lg", DBL_DIG, d ); 100 110 return os; … … 104 114 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, long double ld ) { 105 115 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 116 sepReset( os ); 106 117 prtfmt( os, "%.*Lg", LDBL_DIG, ld ); 107 118 return os; … … 144 155 // opening delimiters 145 156 ['('] : Open, ['['] : Open, ['{'] : Open, 146 ['$'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'£'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'¥'] : Open, 147 [(unsigned char)'¡'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'¿'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'«'] : Open, 157 ['$'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'£'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'¥'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'¿'] : Open, [(unsigned char)'«'] : Open, 148 158 // closing delimiters 149 159 [','] : Close, ['.'] : Close, [':'] : Close, [';'] : Close, ['!'] : Close, ['?'] : Close, … … 152 162 // opening-closing delimiters 153 163 ['\''] : OpenClose, ['`'] : OpenClose, ['"'] : OpenClose, 154 [' '] : OpenClose, ['\f'] : OpenClose, ['\n'] : OpenClose, ['\r'] : OpenClose, ['\t'] : OpenClose, ['\v'] : OpenClose, // isspace164 ['\f'] : OpenClose, ['\n'] : OpenClose, ['\r'] : OpenClose, ['\t'] : OpenClose, ['\v'] : OpenClose, // isspace 155 165 }; // mask 156 166 157 if ( cp[0] == '\0' ) { sepOff( os ); return os; } // null string => no separator 158 167 int len = strlen( cp ); 168 // null string => no separator 169 if ( len == 0 ) { sepOff( os ); return os; } 159 170 // first character IS NOT spacing or closing punctuation => add left separator 160 171 unsigned char ch = cp[0]; // must make unsigned … … 162 173 prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 163 174 } // if 164 165 // if string starts line, must reset to determine open state because separator is off166 sepReset( os ); // reset separator167 168 175 // last character IS spacing or opening punctuation => turn off separator for next item 169 unsigned int len = strlen( cp ),posn = len - 1;176 unsigned int posn = len - 1; 170 177 ch = cp[posn]; // must make unsigned 171 if ( sepPrt( os ) && mask[ ch ] != Open && mask[ ch ] != OpenClose ) { 178 if ( mask[ ch ] == Open || mask[ ch ] == OpenClose ) { 179 sepOff( os ); 180 } else { 172 181 sepOn( os ); 173 } else {174 sepOff( os );175 182 } // if 176 183 return write( os, cp, len ); … … 180 187 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, const void *p ) { 181 188 if ( sepPrt( os ) ) prtfmt( os, "%s", sepGet( os ) ); 189 sepReset( os ); 182 190 prtfmt( os, "%p", p ); 183 191 return os; … … 185 193 186 194 187 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 195 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 188 196 ostype * ?|?( ostype *os, ostype * (* manip)( ostype * ) ) { 189 197 return manip( os ); 190 198 } // ?|? 191 199 192 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 200 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 193 201 ostype * endl( ostype * os ) { 194 202 os | '\n'; … … 198 206 } // endl 199 207 200 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 208 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 201 209 ostype * sepOn( ostype * os ) { 202 210 sepOn( os ); … … 204 212 } // sepOn 205 213 206 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 214 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 207 215 ostype * sepOff( ostype * os ) { 208 216 sepOff( os ); … … 210 218 } // sepOff 211 219 212 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 220 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 213 221 ostype * sepEnable( ostype * os ) { 214 222 sepEnable( os ); … … 216 224 } // sepEnable 217 225 218 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 226 forall( dtype ostype | ostream( ostype ) ) 219 227 ostype * sepDisable( ostype * os ) { 220 228 sepDisable( os ); … … 336 344 } // ?|? 337 345 338 _Istream_cstrUC cstr( char * s tr ) { _Istream_cstrUC s = { str}; return s; }346 _Istream_cstrUC cstr( char * s ) { _Istream_cstrUC s = { s }; return s; } 339 347 forall( dtype istype | istream( istype ) ) 340 348 istype * ?|?( istype * is, _Istream_cstrUC cstr ) { … … 343 351 } // cstr 344 352 345 _Istream_cstrC cstr( char * s tr, int size ) { _Istream_cstrC s = { str, size }; return s; }353 _Istream_cstrC cstr( char * s, int size ) { _Istream_cstrC s = { s, size }; return s; } 346 354 forall( dtype istype | istream( istype ) ) 347 355 istype * ?|?( istype * is, _Istream_cstrC cstr ) { -
src/libcfa/prelude.cf
rd668182 rbb8ea30 1 1 # 2 "prelude.cf" // needed for error messages from this file 2 // -*- Mode: C -*- 3 // 2 // -*- Mode: C -*- 3 // 4 4 // Copyright (C) Glen Ditchfield 1994, 1999 5 // 5 // 6 6 // prelude.cf -- Standard Cforall Preample for C99 7 // 7 // 8 8 // Author : Glen Ditchfield 9 9 // Created On : Sat Nov 29 07:23:41 2014 … … 117 117 forall( ftype FT ) lvalue FT *?( FT * ); 118 118 119 _Bool +?( _Bool ), -?( _Bool ), ~?( _Bool ); 120 signed int +?( signed int ), -?( signed int ), ~?( signed int ); 121 unsigned int +?( unsigned int ), -?( unsigned int ), ~?( unsigned int ); 122 signed long int +?( signed long int ), -?( signed long int ), ~?( signed long int ); 123 unsigned long int +?( unsigned long int ), -?( unsigned long int ), ~?( unsigned long int ); 124 signed long long int +?( signed long long int ), -?( signed long long int ), ~?( signed long long int ); 125 unsigned long long int +?( unsigned long long int ), -?( unsigned long long int ), ~?( unsigned long long int ); 119 _Bool +?( _Bool ), -?( _Bool ), ~?( _Bool ); 120 signed int +?( signed int ), -?( signed int ), ~?( signed int ); 121 unsigned int +?( unsigned int ), -?( unsigned int ), ~?( unsigned int ); 122 signed long int +?( signed long int ), -?( signed long int ), ~?( signed long int ); 123 unsigned long int +?( unsigned long int ), -?( unsigned long int ), ~?( unsigned long int ); 124 signed long long int +?( signed long long int ), -?( signed long long int ), ~?( signed long long int ); 125 unsigned long long int +?( unsigned long long int ), -?( unsigned long long int ), ~?( unsigned long long int ); 126 126 float +?( float ), -?( float ); 127 127 double +?( double ), -?( double ); … … 627 627 ?+=?( long double _Complex *, long double _Complex ), ?+=?( volatile long double _Complex *, long double _Complex ), 628 628 ?-=?( long double _Complex *, long double _Complex ), ?-=?( volatile long double _Complex *, long double _Complex ); 629 630 631 632 633 634 // ------------------------------------------------------------635 //636 // Section ??? Constructors and Destructors637 //638 // ------------------------------------------------------------639 640 // default ctor641 void ?{}( _Bool * ), ?{}( volatile _Bool * );642 void ?{}( char * ), ?{}( volatile char * );643 void ?{}( unsigned char * ), ?{}( volatile unsigned char * );644 void ?{}( char signed * ), ?{}( volatile char signed * );645 void ?{}( int short * ), ?{}( volatile int short * );646 void ?{}( int short unsigned * ), ?{}( volatile int short unsigned * );647 void ?{}( signed int * ), ?{}( volatile signed int * );648 void ?{}( unsigned int * ), ?{}( volatile unsigned int * );649 void ?{}( signed long int * ), ?{}( volatile signed long int * );650 void ?{}( unsigned long int * ), ?{}( volatile unsigned long int * );651 void ?{}( signed long long int * ), ?{}( volatile signed long long int * );652 void ?{}( unsigned long long int * ), ?{}( volatile unsigned long long int * );653 void ?{}( float * ), ?{}( volatile float * );654 void ?{}( double * ), ?{}( volatile double * );655 void ?{}( long double * ), ?{}( volatile long double * );656 void ?{}( float _Complex * ), ?{}( volatile float _Complex * );657 void ?{}( double _Complex * ), ?{}( volatile double _Complex * );658 void ?{}( long double _Complex * ), ?{}( volatile long double _Complex * );659 660 // copy ctor661 void ?{}( _Bool *, _Bool ), ?{}( volatile _Bool *, _Bool );662 void ?{}( char *, char ), ?{}( volatile char *, char );663 void ?{}( unsigned char *, unsigned char ), ?{}( volatile unsigned char *, unsigned char );664 void ?{}( char signed *, char signed ), ?{}( volatile char signed *, char signed );665 void ?{}( int short *, int short ), ?{}( volatile int short *, int short );666 void ?{}( int short unsigned *, int short unsigned ), ?{}( volatile int short unsigned *, int short unsigned );667 void ?{}( signed int *, signed int), ?{}( volatile signed int *, signed int );668 void ?{}( unsigned int *, unsigned int), ?{}( volatile unsigned int *, unsigned int );669 void ?{}( signed long int *, signed long int), ?{}( volatile signed long int *, signed long int );670 void ?{}( unsigned long int *, unsigned long int), ?{}( volatile unsigned long int *, unsigned long int );671 void ?{}( signed long long int *, signed long long int), ?{}( volatile signed long long int *, signed long long int );672 void ?{}( unsigned long long int *, unsigned long long int), ?{}( volatile unsigned long long int *, unsigned long long int );673 void ?{}( float *, float), ?{}( volatile float *, float );674 void ?{}( double *, double), ?{}( volatile double *, double );675 void ?{}( long double *, long double), ?{}( volatile long double *, long double );676 void ?{}( float _Complex *, float _Complex), ?{}( volatile float _Complex *, float _Complex );677 void ?{}( double _Complex *, double _Complex), ?{}( volatile double _Complex *, double _Complex );678 void ?{}( long double _Complex *, long double _Complex), ?{}( volatile long double _Complex *, long double _Complex );679 680 // dtor681 void ^?{}( _Bool * ), ^?{}( volatile _Bool * );682 void ^?{}( char * ), ^?{}( volatile char * );683 void ^?{}( char unsigned * ), ^?{}( volatile char unsigned * );684 void ^?{}( char signed * ), ^?{}( volatile char signed * );685 void ^?{}( int short * ), ^?{}( volatile int short * );686 void ^?{}( int short unsigned * ), ^?{}( volatile int short unsigned * );687 void ^?{}( signed int * ), ^?{}( volatile signed int * );688 void ^?{}( unsigned int * ), ^?{}( volatile unsigned int * );689 void ^?{}( signed long int * ), ^?{}( volatile signed long int * );690 void ^?{}( unsigned long int * ), ^?{}( volatile unsigned long int * );691 void ^?{}( signed long long int * ), ^?{}( volatile signed long long int * );692 void ^?{}( unsigned long long int * ), ^?{}( volatile unsigned long long int * );693 void ^?{}( float * ), ^?{}( volatile float * );694 void ^?{}( double * ), ^?{}( volatile double * );695 void ^?{}( long double * ), ^?{}( volatile long double * );696 void ^?{}( float _Complex * ), ^?{}( volatile float _Complex * );697 void ^?{}( double _Complex * ), ^?{}( volatile double _Complex * );698 void ^?{}( long double _Complex * ), ^?{}( volatile long double _Complex * );699 700 // // default ctor701 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT ** );702 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT ** );703 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT ** );704 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT ** );705 706 // // copy ctor707 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT **, DT* );708 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT **, DT* );709 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT **, DT* );710 // forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT **, DT* );711 712 // // dtor713 // forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( DT ** );714 // forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( const DT ** );715 // forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( volatile DT ** );716 // forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( const volatile DT ** );717 718 // copied from assignment section719 // copy constructors720 forall( ftype FT ) void ?{}( FT **, FT * );721 forall( ftype FT ) void ?{}( FT * volatile *, FT * );722 723 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * *, DT * );724 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * volatile *, DT * );725 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * *, DT * );726 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * volatile *, DT * );727 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * *, const DT * );728 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * volatile *, const DT * );729 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * *, DT * );730 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * volatile *, DT * );731 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * *, volatile DT * );732 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * volatile *, volatile DT * );733 734 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, DT * );735 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, DT * );736 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, const DT * );737 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, const DT * );738 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, volatile DT * );739 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, volatile DT * );740 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, const volatile DT * );741 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, const volatile DT * );742 743 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * *, void * );744 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * volatile *, void * );745 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * *, void * );746 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * volatile *, void * );747 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * *, const void * );748 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * volatile *, const void * );749 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * *, void * );750 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * volatile *, void * );751 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * *, volatile void * );752 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * volatile *, volatile void * );753 754 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, void * );755 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, void * );756 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, const void * );757 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, const void * );758 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, volatile void * );759 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, volatile void * );760 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, const volatile void * );761 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, const volatile void * );762 763 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( void * *, DT * );764 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( void * volatile *, DT * );765 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const void * *, DT * );766 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const void * volatile *, DT * );767 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const void * *, const DT * );768 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const void * volatile *, const DT * );769 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile void * *, DT * );770 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile void * volatile *, DT * );771 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile void * *, volatile DT * );772 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile void * volatile *, volatile DT * );773 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * *, DT * );774 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, DT * );775 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * *, const DT * );776 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, const DT * );777 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * *, volatile DT * );778 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, volatile DT * );779 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * *, const volatile DT * );780 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, const volatile DT * );781 782 void ?{}( void * *, void * );783 void ?{}( void * volatile *, void * );784 void ?{}( const void * *, void * );785 void ?{}( const void * volatile *, void * );786 void ?{}( const void * *, const void * );787 void ?{}( const void * volatile *, const void * );788 void ?{}( volatile void * *, void * );789 void ?{}( volatile void * volatile *, void * );790 void ?{}( volatile void * *, volatile void * );791 void ?{}( volatile void * volatile *, volatile void * );792 void ?{}( const volatile void * *, void * );793 void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, void * );794 void ?{}( const volatile void * *, const void * );795 void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, const void * );796 void ?{}( const volatile void * *, volatile void * );797 void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, volatile void * );798 void ?{}( const volatile void * *, const volatile void * );799 void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *, const volatile void * );800 801 //forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );802 //forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * volatile *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );803 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );804 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * volatile *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );805 //forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );806 //forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * volatile *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );807 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );808 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *, forall( dtype DT2 ) const DT2 * );809 810 forall( ftype FT ) void ?{}( FT * *, forall( ftype FT2 ) FT2 * );811 forall( ftype FT ) void ?{}( FT * volatile *, forall( ftype FT2 ) FT2 * );812 813 // default ctors814 forall( ftype FT ) void ?{}( FT * * );815 forall( ftype FT ) void ?{}( FT * volatile * );816 817 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * *);818 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( DT * volatile *);819 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * *);820 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const DT * volatile *);821 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * *);822 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( volatile DT * volatile *);823 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * *);824 forall( dtype DT ) void ?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *);825 826 void ?{}( void * *);827 void ?{}( void * volatile *);828 void ?{}( const void * *);829 void ?{}( const void * volatile *);830 void ?{}( volatile void * *);831 void ?{}( volatile void * volatile *);832 void ?{}( const volatile void * *);833 void ?{}( const volatile void * volatile *);834 835 // dtors836 forall( ftype FT ) void ^?{}( FT * * );837 forall( ftype FT ) void ^?{}( FT * volatile * );838 839 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( DT * *);840 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( DT * volatile *);841 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( const DT * *);842 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( const DT * volatile *);843 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( volatile DT * *);844 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( volatile DT * volatile *);845 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( const volatile DT * *);846 forall( dtype DT ) void ^?{}( const volatile DT * volatile *);847 848 void ^?{}( void * *);849 void ^?{}( void * volatile *);850 void ^?{}( const void * *);851 void ^?{}( const void * volatile *);852 void ^?{}( volatile void * *);853 void ^?{}( volatile void * volatile *);854 void ^?{}( const volatile void * *);855 void ^?{}( const volatile void * volatile *); -
src/libcfa/rational
rd668182 rbb8ea30 12 12 // Created On : Wed Apr 6 17:56:25 2016 13 13 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 14 // Last Modified On : Wed May 4 14:11:45201615 // Update Count : 1 614 // Last Modified On : Fri Apr 8 11:38:27 2016 15 // Update Count : 15 16 16 // 17 17 … … 28 28 29 29 // constructors 30 void ?{}( Rational * r);31 void ?{}( Rational * r,long int n );32 void ?{}( Rational * r,long int n, long int d );30 Rational rational(); 31 Rational rational( long int n ); 32 Rational rational( long int n, long int d ); 33 33 34 34 // getter/setter for numerator/denominator -
src/libcfa/rational.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 11 11 // Created On : Wed Apr 6 17:54:28 2016 12 12 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 13 // Last Modified On : Wed May 4 14:16:14201614 // Update Count : 2 513 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 21 07:33:03 2016 14 // Update Count : 22 15 15 // 16 16 … … 53 53 // constructors 54 54 55 void ?{}( Rational * r) {56 r { 0, 1 };55 Rational rational() { 56 return (Rational){ 0, 1 }; 57 57 } // rational 58 58 59 void ?{}( Rational * r,long int n ) {60 r { n, 1 };59 Rational rational( long int n ) { 60 return (Rational){ n, 1 }; 61 61 } // rational 62 62 63 void ?{}( Rational * r,long int n, long int d ) {63 Rational rational( long int n, long int d ) { 64 64 long int t = simplify( &n, &d ); // simplify 65 r->numerator = n / t; 66 r->denominator = d / t; 65 return (Rational){ n / t, d / t }; 67 66 } // rational 68 67 … … 173 172 Rational narrow( double f, long int md ) { 174 173 if ( md <= 1 ) { // maximum fractional digits too small? 175 return (Rational){ f, 1}; // truncate fraction 174 Rational t = rational( f, 1 ); // truncate fraction 175 return t; 176 176 } // if 177 177 … … 199 199 k[2] = x * k[1] + k[0]; k[0] = k[1]; k[1] = k[2]; 200 200 } // for 201 return (Rational){ neg ? -h[1] : h[1], k[1] }; 201 Rational t = rational( neg ? -h[1] : h[1], k[1] ); 202 return t; 202 203 } // narrow 203 204 -
src/libcfa/stdlib
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Thu Jan 28 17:12:35 2016 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Apr 27 22:03:29201613 // Update Count : 9 612 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 21 07:55:21 2016 13 // Update Count : 95 14 14 // 15 15 … … 45 45 46 46 forall( otype T ) T * aligned_alloc( size_t alignment ); 47 forall( otype T ) T * memalign( size_t alignment ); // deprecated47 forall( otype T ) T * memalign( size_t alignment ); 48 48 forall( otype T ) int posix_memalign( T ** ptr, size_t alignment ); 49 49 -
src/libcfa/stdlib.c
rd668182 rbb8ea30 10 10 // Created On : Thu Jan 28 17:10:29 2016 11 11 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 2 8 07:54:21201613 // Update Count : 16 612 // Last Modified On : Thu Apr 21 07:58:29 2016 13 // Update Count : 165 14 14 // 15 15 … … 213 213 //--------------------------------------- 214 214 215 //forall( otype T | { T ?/?( T, T ); T ?%?( T, T ); } )216 // [ T, T ] div( T t1, T t2 ) { return [ t1 / t2, t1 % t2 ];}215 forall( otype T | { T ?/?( T, T ); T ?%?( T, T ); } ) 216 [ T, T ] div( T t1, T t2 ) { /* return [ t1 / t2, t1 % t2 ]; */ } 217 217 218 218 //--------------------------------------- -
src/main.cc
rd668182 rbb8ea30 5 5 // file "LICENCE" distributed with Cforall. 6 6 // 7 // main.cc -- 7 // main.cc -- 8 8 // 9 9 // Author : Richard C. Bilson 10 10 // Created On : Fri May 15 23:12:02 2015 11 // Last Modified By : Rob Schluntz12 // Last Modified On : Fri May 06 15:59:09201613 // Update Count : 20311 // Last Modified By : Peter A. Buhr 12 // Last Modified On : Wed Jan 27 22:20:20 2016 13 // Update Count : 199 14 14 // 15 15 … … 40 40 #include "MakeLibCfa.h" 41 41 #include "InitTweak/Mutate.h" 42 #include "InitTweak/GenInit.h" 43 #include "InitTweak/FixInit.h" 44 #include "InitTweak/FixGlobalInit.h" 42 #include "InitTweak/RemoveInit.h" 45 43 //#include "Explain/GenProlog.h" 46 44 //#include "Try/Visit.h" … … 57 55 58 56 static void parse( FILE * input, LinkageSpec::Type t, bool shouldExit = false ); 59 static void dump( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit , std::ostream & out = std::cout);57 static void dump( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ); 60 58 61 59 bool 62 60 astp = false, 63 61 bresolvep = false, 64 bboxp = false,65 ctorinitp = false,66 62 exprp = false, 67 63 expraltp = false, … … 78 74 codegenp = false; 79 75 80 enum { Ast, B box, Bresolver, CtorInitFix, Expr, ExprAlt, Grammar, LibCFA, Nopreamble, Parse, Prototypes, Resolver, Symbol, Tree, Validate, };76 enum { Ast, Bresolver, Expr, ExprAlt, Grammar, LibCFA, Nopreamble, Parse, Prototypes, Resolver, Symbol, Tree, Validate, }; 81 77 82 78 static struct option long_opts[] = { 83 79 { "ast", no_argument, 0, Ast }, 84 { "before-box", no_argument, 0, Bbox },85 80 { "before-resolver", no_argument, 0, Bresolver }, 86 { "ctorinitfix", no_argument, 0, CtorInitFix },87 81 { "expr", no_argument, 0, Expr }, 88 82 { "expralt", no_argument, 0, ExprAlt }, … … 103 97 std::ostream *output = &std::cout; 104 98 int long_index; 105 std::list< Declaration * > translationUnit; 106 const char *filename = NULL; 99 std::list< Declaration* > translationUnit; 107 100 108 101 opterr = 0; // prevent getopt from printing error messages 109 102 110 103 int c; 111 while ( (c = getopt_long( argc, argv, "ab BcefglnpqrstvyzD:F:", long_opts, &long_index )) != -1 ) {104 while ( (c = getopt_long( argc, argv, "abefglnpqrstvyzD:", long_opts, &long_index )) != -1 ) { 112 105 switch ( c ) { 113 106 case Ast: … … 119 112 bresolvep = true; 120 113 break; 121 case 'B': // print before resolver steps122 bboxp = true;123 break;124 case CtorInitFix:125 case 'c':126 ctorinitp = true;127 break;128 114 case Expr: 129 115 case 'e': // dump AST after expression analysis … … 176 162 break; 177 163 case 'D': // ignore -Dxxx 178 break;179 case 'F': // source file-name without suffix180 filename = optarg;181 164 break; 182 165 case '?': … … 193 176 input = fopen( argv[ optind ], "r" ); 194 177 if ( ! input ) { 195 std::cout << "Error: can't open " << argv[ optind] << std::endl;178 std::cout << "Error: can't open " << argv[optind] << std::endl; 196 179 exit( 1 ); 197 180 } // if 198 // if running cfa-cpp directly, might forget to pass -F option (and really shouldn't have to)199 if ( filename == NULL ) filename = argv[ optind ];200 // prelude filename comes in differently201 if ( libcfap ) filename = "prelude.cf";202 181 optind += 1; 203 182 } else { … … 208 187 output = new ofstream( argv[ optind ] ); 209 188 } // if 210 189 211 190 Parser::get_parser().set_debug( grammarp ); 212 191 … … 229 208 exit( 1 ); 230 209 } // if 231 210 232 211 parse( prelude, LinkageSpec::Intrinsic ); 233 212 } // if 234 213 } // if 235 214 236 parse( input, libcfap ? LinkageSpec::Intrinsic : LinkageSpec::Cforall, grammarp ); 237 215 parse( input, libcfap ? LinkageSpec::Intrinsic : LinkageSpec::Cforall, grammarp ); 216 238 217 if ( parsep ) { 239 218 Parser::get_parser().get_parseTree()->printList( std::cout ); … … 270 249 OPTPRINT( "mutate" ) 271 250 ControlStruct::mutate( translationUnit ); 272 OPTPRINT( "fixNames" ) 251 OPTPRINT( "fixNames" ) 273 252 CodeGen::fixNames( translationUnit ); 274 OPTPRINT( "fixGlobalInit" ); 275 InitTweak::fixGlobalInit( translationUnit, filename, libcfap || treep ); 276 OPTPRINT( "tweakInit" ) 277 InitTweak::genInit( translationUnit ); 253 OPTPRINT( "tweak" ) 254 InitTweak::tweak( translationUnit ); 278 255 279 256 if ( libcfap ) { … … 291 268 if ( exprp ) { 292 269 dump( translationUnit ); 293 return 0;294 }295 296 OPTPRINT( "fixInit" )297 // fix ObjectDecl - replaces ConstructorInit nodes298 InitTweak::fix( translationUnit );299 if ( ctorinitp ) {300 dump ( translationUnit );301 return 0;302 270 } 303 271 … … 308 276 OPTPRINT( "convertLvalue" ) 309 277 GenPoly::convertLvalue( translationUnit ); 310 311 if ( bboxp ) {312 dump( translationUnit );313 return 0;314 }315 278 OPTPRINT( "box" ) 316 279 GenPoly::box( translationUnit ); 317 280 318 281 // print tree right before code generation 319 282 if ( codegenp ) { … … 329 292 } catch ( SemanticError &e ) { 330 293 if ( errorp ) { 331 std::cerr << "---AST at error:---" << std::endl; 332 dump( translationUnit, std::cerr ); 333 std::cerr << std::endl << "---End of AST, begin error message:---\n" << std::endl; 294 dump( translationUnit ); 334 295 } 335 296 e.print( std::cerr ); … … 353 314 } // try 354 315 355 deleteAll( translationUnit );356 316 return 0; 357 317 } // main … … 371 331 } 372 332 373 static void dump( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit , std::ostream & out) {333 static void dump( std::list< Declaration * > & translationUnit ) { 374 334 std::list< Declaration * > decls; 375 335 if ( noprotop ) { 376 filter( translationUnit.begin(), translationUnit.end(), 336 filter( translationUnit.begin(), translationUnit.end(), 377 337 std::back_inserter( decls ), notPrelude ); 378 338 } else { … … 380 340 } 381 341 382 printAll( decls, out );342 printAll( decls, std::cout ); 383 343 deleteAll( translationUnit ); 384 344 }
Note:
See TracChangeset
for help on using the changeset viewer.